18_GMC_Yukon_YukonDenalli_COV_en_US_84016524A_2017JUN23.ai 1 6/21/2017 8:13:42 AM 2018 Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner’s Manual

K

84016524 A GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Contents Introduction ...... 2 In Brief ...... 5 Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 27 Seats and Restraints ...... 60 Storage ...... 118 Instruments and Controls ...... 122 Lighting ...... 170 Infotainment System ...... 179 Climate Controls ...... 180 Driving and Operating ...... 188 Vehicle Care ...... 276 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 369 Technical Data ...... 383 Customer Information ...... 386 Reporting Safety Defects ...... 396 OnStar ...... 400 Index ...... 412 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

2 Introduction Introduction This manual describes features that Helm, Incorporated may or may not be on the vehicle Attention: Customer Service because of optional equipment that 47911 Halyard Drive was not purchased on the vehicle, Plymouth, MI 48170 model variants, country USA specifications, features/applications that may not be available in your Using this Manual region, or changes subsequent to To quickly locate information about the printing of this owner’s manual. the vehicle, use the Index in the The names, logos, emblems, Refer to the purchase back of the manual. It is an slogans, vehicle model names, and documentation relating to your alphabetical list of what is in the vehicle body designs appearing in specific vehicle to confirm the manual and the page number where this manual including, but not limited features. it can be found. to, GM, the GM logo, GMC, the GMC Truck Emblem, YUKON, and Keep this manual in the vehicle for DENALI are trademarks and/or quick reference. Danger, Warning, and service marks of General Motors Caution LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, Canadian Vehicle Owners Warning messages found on vehicle or licensors. A French language manual can be labels and in this manual describe For vehicles first sold in Canada, obtained from your dealer, at hazards and what to do to avoid or substitute the name “General www.helminc.com, or from: reduce them. Motors of Canada Company” for GMC wherever it appears in this Propriétaires Canadiens manual. On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à l'adresse suivante: Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 84016524 A First Printing © 2017 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Introduction 3

A circle with a slash through it is a 9 : Airbag Readiness Light { Danger safety symbol which means “Do Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let # : Air Conditioning Danger indicates a hazard with a this happen.” ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) high level of risk which will result $ in serious injury or death. Symbols : Brake System Warning Light " : Charging System The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of I : Cruise Control { Warning text. Symbols are shown along with ` : Do Not Puncture the text describing the operation or Warning indicates a hazard that information relating to a specific ^ : Do Not Service could result in injury or death. component, control, message, B : Engine Coolant Temperature gauge, or indicator. O : Exterior Lamps M : Shown when the owner’s _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited Caution manual has additional instructions or information. . : Fuel Gauge Caution indicates a hazard that * : Shown when the service + : Fuses could result in property or vehicle manual has additional instructions damage. 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam or information. Changer 0 : Shown when there is more j : LATCH System Child Restraints information on another page — * “see page.” : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : Vehicle Symbol Chart : Oil Pressure O Here are some additional symbols : Power that may be found on the vehicle / : Remote Vehicle Start and what they mean. See the > features in this manual for : Seat Belt Reminders information. 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

4 Introduction

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak a : Under Pressure M : Windshield Washer Fluid GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief 5

Four-Wheel Drive ...... 19 Driving for Better Fuel In Brief Economy ...... 26 Vehicle Features Roadside Assistance Infotainment System ...... 20 Program ...... 26 Instrument Panel Steering Wheel Controls ...... 20 Instrument Panel ...... 6 Cruise Control ...... 20 Driver Information Initial Drive Information Center (DIC) ...... 20 Initial Drive Information ...... 8 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System ...... 21 System ...... 8 Forward Automatic Remote Vehicle Start ...... 9 Braking (FAB) ...... 21 Door Locks ...... 9 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 21 Liftgate ...... 10 Lane Change Alert (LCA) ...... 21 Windows ...... 11 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 22 Seat Adjustment ...... 11 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) Memory Features ...... 12 System ...... 22 Second Row Seats ...... 12 Parking Assist ...... 22 Third Row Seats ...... 13 Power Outlets ...... 22 Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 13 Universal Remote System . . . . . 23 Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 13 Sunroof ...... 23 Seat Belts ...... 13 Passenger Sensing System . . . 14 Performance and Maintenance Mirror Adjustment ...... 14 Traction Control/Electronic Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 15 Stability Control ...... 24 Throttle and Brake Pedal Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 24 Adjustment ...... 15 Fuel (L83 5.3L V8 Engine) . . . . . 25 Interior Lighting ...... 16 Fuel (L86 6.2L V8 Engine) . . . . . 25 Exterior Lighting ...... 16 E85 or FlexFuel ...... 25 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 17 Engine Oil Life System ...... 25 Climate Controls ...... 18 Transmission ...... 18 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

6 In Brief Instrument Panel GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 185. 5. Favorite Switches (Out of 13. Rear Climate Control Buttons. 0 View). See “Steering Wheel See Rear Climate Control 2. Head-Up Display (HUD) 154 0 (If Equipped). Controls” in the infotainment System 184. manual. 14. Ignition Positions (Key Access) 3. g Traction Control/Electronic Volume Switches (Out of View). 0 207 or Ignition Positions 0 Stability Control 229. See “Steering Wheel Controls” (Keyless Access) 0 205. j Power Assist Steps 0 48 (If in the infotainment manual. 15. Steering Wheel Controls. See Equipped). 6. Hazard Warning Flashers the infotainment manual. 0 174. X Parking Assist Button (If 16. Horn 0 123. 0 Equipped). See Assistance 7. Instrument Cluster 133. 17. Steering Wheel Adjustment Systems for Parking or Backing 8. Shift Lever. See Automatic 0 123. 0 243. 0 Transmission 216. 18. Hood Release. See Hood A Lane Departure Warning Tow/Haul Selector Button. See 0 279. 0 (LDW) 0 252 (If Equipped). Tow/Haul Mode 222. 19. Cruise Control 0 233. 0 Pedal Adjust Switch (If Range Selection Mode (If Adaptive Cruise Control 0 235 Equipped). See Manual Mode Equipped). See Adjustable (If Equipped). 0 218. Throttle and Brake Pedal Forward Collision Alert (FCA) 0 205. 9. Light Sensor. See Automatic System 0 246 (If Equipped). Headlamp System 0 173. 4. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn Heated Steering Wheel 0 123. and Lane-Change Signals 10. Infotainment 0 179. 0 20. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If 174. 11. Dual Automatic Climate Control 0 Equipped). See Towing Windshield Wiper/Washer System 180. Equipment 0 267. 0 123. 12. Heated and Ventilated Front 0 21. Data Link Connector (DLC) Seats 67. (Out of View). See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 143. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

8 In Brief 22. Automatic Transfer Case Knob Initial Drive (If Equipped). See Four-Wheel Drive 0 222. Information 23. Parking Brake 0 228. This section provides a brief 24. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 170. overview about some of the important features that may or may Fog Lamps 0 175 (If not be on your specific vehicle. Equipped). For more detailed information, refer 25. Instrument Panel Illumination to each of the features which can be 0 Control 176. found later in this owner’s manual.

Remote Keyless Entry Key Access RKE Transmitter (RKE) System The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is used to remotely lock and unlock the doors and it may work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Keyless Access RKE Transmitter K : Press to unlock the driver door. Press K again within three seconds to unlock all remaining doors. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief 9

Q : Press to lock all doors. Remote Vehicle Start Door Locks Lock and unlock feedback can be The engine can be started from To lock or unlock the doors from personalized. See Vehicle outside of the vehicle. inside the vehicle: Personalization 0 158. Starting the Vehicle . Press Q or K on a power door b : Press twice to open or close lock switch. the liftgate. Press once to stop the 1. Press and release Q on the liftgate from moving. RKE transmitter. . Pushing down the manual lock knob on the driver door will lock c : Press twice to open the 2. Immediately press and hold / all doors. Pushing down the lock liftglass. for at least four seconds or until knob on a passenger door will 7 : Press and release to initiate the turn signal lamps flash. lock that door only. vehicle locate. The turn signal Start the vehicle normally after . Pulling the door handle once will lamps flash and the horn sounds entering. unlock that door. Pulling the three times. When the vehicle starts, the parking handle again will unlatch it. Press 7 and hold for more than lamps will turn on. To lock or unlock the doors from three seconds to sound the panic Remote start can be extended. outside the vehicle press Q or K on alarm. the RKE transmitter. Canceling a Remote Start Press 7 again to cancel the panic See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) alarm. To cancel a remote start, do one of System Operation (Key Access) the following: 0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry See Keys (Keyless Access) 0 27 or (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Keys (Key Access) 0 28 and . Press and hold / until the Access) 0 33. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) parking lamps turn off. System 0 31. . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. . Turn the vehicle on and then off. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 39. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

10 In Brief

Power Door Locks See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) System Operation (Key Access) 0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry 0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 33. Access) 0 33. Use the pull cup to lower and close Liftgate the liftgate. Do not press the touch pad while closing the liftgate. This will cause the liftgate to be unlatched. Power Liftgate Operation If equipped with a power liftgate, the switch is on the overhead console. The vehicle must be in P (Park). : Press to lock the doors. Q Choose the power liftgate mode by K : Press to unlock the doors. selecting MAX or 3/4. Press 8 on See Door Locks 0 41. the overhead console. On the RKE Keyless Access transmitter press b twice quickly. If equipped with Keyless Access, To open the liftgate, press K on the Pressing and releasing b while the the RKE transmitter must be within power door lock switch or press K liftgate is moving stops the liftgate. 1 m (3 ft) of the driver door. on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Pressing again reverses the Pressing the button on the driver transmitter twice to unlock all doors. direction. door handle will unlock the driver Press the touch pad on the To close, press l on the bottom door. If the handle button is pressed underside of the liftgate handle and again within five seconds, the lift up. of the liftgate next to the latch. passenger doors and liftgate will unlock. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief 11

To disable the power liftgate Seat Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks function, select OFF on the liftgate switch. See Liftgate 0 43. Power Seats Windows

To recline the seatback: Tilt the top of the control To adjust the seat: . rearward to recline. . Move the seat forward or Power windows work when the rearward by sliding the control . Tilt the top of the control forward to raise. ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, forward or rearward. or when Retained Accessory Power See Reclining Seatbacks 0 63. (RAP) is active. See Retained . Raise or lower the front part of Accessory Power (RAP) 0 212. the seat cushion by moving the front of the control up or down. Using the window switch, press to open or pull to close the window. . Raise or lower the seat by moving the rear of the control up The windows may be temporarily or down. disabled if they are used repeatedly 0 within a short time. See Power Seat Adjustment 62. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

12 In Brief

Lumbar Adjustment Memory Features release SET; a beep will sound. Then immediately press and hold 1, 2, or B (Exit) on the driver door until two beeps sound. To manually recall these positions, press and hold 1, 2, or B until the saved position is reached. When Auto Memory Recall is enabled in vehicle personalization, positions previously stored to memory buttons 1 and 2 are recalled when the ignition is changed from off to on or ACC/ ACCESSORY. To adjust the lumbar support: If equipped, memory seats allow two When Easy Exit Options is enabled drivers to store and recall their . Press and hold the control in vehicle personalization, the unique seat positions for driving the forward to increase or rearward feature automatically recalls the vehicle, and a shared exit position to decrease upper and lower previously stored exit position when for getting out of the vehicle. Other lumbar support at the same time. exiting the vehicle. See Memory feature positions may also be set, Seats 0 64. . Press and hold the control up to such as power mirrors, power increase upper lumbar support steering wheel, and adjustable and decrease lower lumbar pedals, if equipped. Memory Second Row Seats support. positions are linked to RKE The second row seatbacks can be Press and hold the control down transmitter 1 or 2 for automatic folded for additional cargo space, to increase lower lumbar support memory recalls. or the seats can be folded and and decrease upper lumbar Before storing, adjust all available tumbled for easy entry/exit to the support. memory feature positions. Turn the third row seats. The seatbacks also See Lumbar Adjustment 0 63. ignition on and then press and recline. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief 13

See Second Row Seats 0 69. Press J to heat the driver or Seat Belts passenger seat cushion and Third Row Seats seatback. Third row seatbacks can be folded. Press C to ventilate the driver or 0 See Third Row Seats 74. passenger seat. See Heated and Ventilated Front Heated and Ventilated 0 Seats Seats 67. Head Restraint Adjustment Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly. Refer to the following sections for To achieve a comfortable seating important information on how to use position, change the seatback seat belts properly: recline angle as little as necessary . Seat Belts 0 76. while keeping the seat and the head restraint height in the proper . How to Wear Seat Belts Properly position. 0 77. See Head Restraints 0 61 and . Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 78. The buttons are on the center stack Power Seat Adjustment 0 62. below the climate control system. To . Lower Anchors and Tethers for operate, the engine must be Children (LATCH System) 0 104. running. Press I to heat the driver or passenger seatback only. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

14 In Brief

Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status Exterior Mirrors indicator will light on the overhead System console when the vehicle is started. Power Mirrors See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 142. Mirror Adjustment Interior Mirror United States Adjustment Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view of the area behind the vehicle. Manual Rearview Mirror Push the tab forward for daytime Shown with Power Folding use and pull it rearward for Mirrors, Manual Folding Similar Canada and Mexico nighttime use to avoid glare of the headlamps from behind. To adjust the mirrors: The passenger sensing system will turn off the front outboard Automatic Dimming Rearview 1. Press (1) or (2) to select the passenger frontal airbag under Mirror driver or passenger side mirror. certain conditions. No other airbag If equipped, the mirror automatically 2. Press the arrows on the control is affected by the passenger dims to reduce the glare of pad to move each mirror in the sensing system. See Passenger headlamps from behind. The desired direction. Sensing System 0 91 dimming feature comes on when the 3. Press either (1) or (2) again to vehicle is started. deselect the mirror. See Power Mirrors 0 53. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief 15

Folding Mirrors Steering Wheel Throttle and Brake Pedal The outside mirrors can be folded Adjustment Adjustment inward to prevent damage when going through an automatic car Power Tilt and Telescoping If equipped, the position of the wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward Steering Wheel throttle and brake pedals can be the vehicle. See Folding Mirrors changed. 0 53. Power Folding Mirrors

To adjust the power tilt and telescoping steering wheel: The switch used to adjust the pedals is to the left of the steering Press the control to move the wheel. To adjust power folding mirrors, steering wheel up and down or Press the switch to the left to move if equipped: forward and rearward. the pedals closer to your body. Do not adjust the steering wheel Press the switch to the right to move 1. Press { to fold the mirrors while driving. inward. the pedals away. See Adjustable Throttle and Brake 2. Press again to return the { Pedal 0 205. mirrors to the driving position. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

16 In Brief

The vehicle may have a memory DOOR : The lamps come on function, which lets pedal settings automatically when a door is be saved and recalled. See Memory opened. 0 Seats 64. ON : Turns all dome lamps on. Interior Lighting Reading Lamps Dome Lamps

Press m or n next to each reading lamp to turn it on or off. For more information on interior lighting, see Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 176. Exterior Lighting

There are reading lamps in the overhead console and the headliner, There are dome lamps in the if equipped. To operate, the ignition overhead console and the headliner, be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY or if equipped. using Retained Accessory To change the dome lamp settings, Power (RAP). press the following: OFF : Turns the lamps off, even when a door is open. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief 17

The exterior lamp control is on the . Fog Lamps 0 175 FRONT band up for more frequent instrument panel to the left of the wipes or down for less frequent steering wheel. Windshield Wiper/Washer wipes. There are four positions. To turn on Rainsense, press z O : Turns off the automatic AUTO on the lever, then turn the headlamps and Daytime Running z FRONT band on the wiper Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp lever to adjust the sensitivity. control to O again to turn the . Turn the band up to a higher INT automatic headlamps or DRL setting for more sensitivity to back on. moisture. The windshield wiper control is on For vehicles first sold in Canada, the turn signal lever. . Turn the band down to the lower the off position will only work when INT setting for less sensitivity to the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). The windshield wipers are controlled moisture. by turning the band with z AUTO : Automatically turns on the 3 FRONT on it. Move the band out of the INT headlamps, parking lamps, position to deactivate Rainsense. taillamps, instrument panel lights, 1 : Fast wipes. OFF : Turns the windshield roof marker lamps (if equipped), and w : Slow wipes. license plate lamps. wipers off. ; : Turns on the parking lamps 8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8, including all lamps, except the then release. For several wipes, headlamps. hold the band on 8 longer. 5 : Turns on the headlamps with Lm : Push the paddle at the top of the parking lamps and instrument the lever to spray washer fluid on panel lights. the windshield. 3 INT : Use this setting for See: See Windshield Wiper/Washer intermittent wipes or Rainsense™. 0 0 123. . Exterior Lamp Controls 170 For intermittent wipes, turn the z GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

18 In Brief

Climate Controls 9. RCTRL (Rear Climate Control Transmission Lockout) This system controls the heating, Range Selection Mode cooling, and ventilation. 10. Rear Temperature Control 11. Rear Air Delivery Mode Control 12. Rear Fan Control 13. Front Climate Control Power Button 14. Rear AUTO (Automatic Operation) The Range Selection Mode switch, 15. Rear Climate Control Power if equipped, is on the shift lever. Button 1. To enable the Range Selection 16. Air Recirculation feature, move the shift lever to 17. AUTO (Automatic Operation) the L (Manual Mode) position. The current range will appear 1. Driver Temperature Control See Dual Automatic Climate Control next to the L. This is the System 0 180 and Rear Climate 2. A/C (Air Conditioning) highest attainable range with Control System 0 184 (if equipped). all lower gears accessible. As 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls an example, when 5 (Fifth) 4. Fan Control gear is selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are 5. Defrost available. 6. Passenger Temperature 2. Press the plus/minus buttons Control on the shift lever to select the 7. SYNC (Synchronized desired range of gears for Temperature) current driving conditions. See Manual Mode 0 218. 8. Rear Window Defogger GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief 19

While using Range Selection Mode, 4 n : Vehicles with a two speed cruise control and the Tow/Haul automatic transfer case have a Mode can be used. Four-Wheel Drive Low position. This Grade Braking is not available when setting sends maximum power to all Range Selection Mode is active. four wheels. You might choose 4 n if See Tow/Haul Mode 0 222. you are driving off-road in deep sand, mud, or snow, and while Four-Wheel Drive climbing or descending steep hills. If equipped, the engine's driving N (Neutral) : Vehicles with a two power can be sent to all four wheels speed automatic transfer case have for extra traction. an N (Neutral) position. Shift the Single Speed Transfer Case transfer case to N (Neutral) only Automatic Transfer Case when towing the vehicle. The transfer case knob is to the left See Recreational Vehicle Towing of the steering wheel. Use this knob 0 355 or Towing the Vehicle 0 355. to shift into and out of the different 0 four-wheel drive modes. See Four-Wheel Drive 222. 2 m : This setting is used for driving in most street and highway situations. AUTO : This setting is ideal for use when road surface traction conditions are variable. 4 m : Use the Four-Wheel Drive High Two Speed Transfer Case position when extra traction is needed, such as on snowy or icy roads or in most off-road situations. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

20 In Brief

Vehicle Features Cruise Control * : Press to disengage cruise control without erasing the set Infotainment System speed from memory. See Cruise Control 0 233 or See the infotainment manual for Adaptive Cruise Control 0 235 (If information on the radio, audio Equipped). players, phone, navigation system, Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE), and voice or speech recognition, Driver Information if equipped. It also includes Center (DIC) information on settings. The DIC display is in the instrument cluster. It shows the status of many Steering Wheel Controls vehicle systems. The infotainment system can be operated by using the steering wheel controls. See "Steering 5 : Press to turn the system on or Wheel Controls" in the infotainment off. The indicator light is white when manual. cruise control is on and turns off when cruise control is off. SET − : Press briefly to set the speed and activate cruise control. If cruise control is already active, use to decrease vehicle speed. +RES : If there is a set speed in memory, press to resume that speed or press and hold to accelerate. If cruise control is or : Press to move up or already active, use to increase w x down in a list. vehicle speed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief 21

o or p : Press to move between Forward Automatic it detects that you are actively the interactive display zones in the Braking (FAB) steering. Override LKA by turning cluster. the steering wheel. LKA uses a V If the vehicle has Forward Collision camera to detect lane markings : Press to open a menu or select Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which between 60 km/h (37 mph) and a menu item. Press and hold to includes Intelligent Brake 180 km/h (112 mph). reset values on certain screens. Assist (IBA). When the system See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) See Driver Information Center (DIC) detects a vehicle ahead in your path 0 252 and Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 151. that is traveling in the same 0 252. direction that you may be about to Forward Collision Alert crash into, it can provide a boost to Lane Change Alert (LCA) (FCA) System braking or automatically brake the vehicle. This can help avoid or If equipped, the LCA system is a If equipped, FCA may help avoid or lessen the severity of crashes when lane-changing aid that assists reduce the harm caused by driving in a forward gear. drivers with avoiding lane change front-end crashes. FCA provides a See Forward Automatic Braking crashes that occur with moving green indicator, V, when a vehicle (FAB) 0 248. vehicles in the side blind zone (or is detected ahead. This indicator spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly displays amber if you follow a Lane Keep Assist (LKA) approaching these areas from vehicle too closely. When behind. The LCA warning display approaching a vehicle ahead too If equipped, LKA may help avoid will light up in the corresponding quickly, FCA provides a flashing red crashes due to unintentional lane outside mirror and will flash if the alert on the windshield and rapidly departures. It may assist by gently turn signal is on. The Side Blind beeps or pulses the driver seat. turning the steering wheel if the Zone Alert (SBZA) system is vehicle approaches a detected lane included as part of the LCA system. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) marking without using a turn signal System 0 246. See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) in that direction. It may also provide 0 250 and Lane Change Alert (LCA) a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 0 250. alert as the lane marking is crossed. The system will not assist or alert if GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

22 In Brief

Rear Vision and avoiding objects while in . One inside the center storage Camera (RVC) R (Reverse). It operates at speeds console less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may . One on the rear of the center If equipped, RVC shows a view of show a warning triangle on the storage console the area behind the vehicle on the infotainment display and a graphic infotainment display when the on the instrument cluster to provide . One in the third row seat on the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to the object distance. In addition, driver side aid with parking and low-speed multiple beeps or seat pulses may . One in the rear cargo area on backing maneuvers. occur if very close to an object. the passenger side See Assistance Systems for Parking The vehicle may also have the Front Vehicles with Bench Seats or Backing 0 243. Parking Assist system. . One on the center stack below See Assistance Systems for Parking the climate control system Rear Cross Traffic Alert or Backing 0 243. (RCTA) System . One in the storage area on the bench seat If equipped, the RCTA system uses Power Outlets a triangle with an arrow on the . One on the rear of the center Power Outlets 12-Volt Direct armrest storage infotainment display to warn of Current traffic behind your vehicle that may . One in the third row seat area on cross your vehicle's path while in Accessory power outlets can be the driver side R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will used to plug in electrical equipment, . One in the rear cargo area on sound, or the driver seat will pulse. such as a cell phone, MP3 player, etc. the passenger side See Assistance Systems for Parking Lift the cover to access and replace or Backing 0 243. The vehicle may have up to five accessory power outlets: when not in use. 0 Parking Assist Vehicles with a Center Console See Power Outlets 127. If equipped, Rear Parking . One in front of the cupholders on Assist (RPA) uses sensors on the the center console rear bumper to assist with parking GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief 23

Universal Remote System Sunroof press and release K (1). Press the switch again to stop the movement. Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To open the sunroof, press and hold I (1). Release the switch at the desired position. Press and hold K (1) to close the sunroof. Release the switch at the desired position. Tilt Switch Vent : From the closed position, press J (2) to vent the sunroof. If equipped with the Universal 1. SLIDE Switch Press K (2) to close the Remote system, these buttons will 2. TILT Switch be in the front overhead console. sunroof vent. If equipped, the sunroof only When the sunroof is opened, an air This system provides a way to operates when the ignition is on or deflector will automatically raise. replace up to three remote control in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when The air deflector will retract when transmitters used to activate Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is the sunroof is closed. devices such as garage door active. See Retained Accessory openers, security systems, and Power (RAP) 0 212. The sunroof also has a sunshade home automation devices. which can be pulled forward to block Slide Switch See Universal Remote System sun rays. The sunshade must be 0 166. Express-Open/Express-Close : To opened and closed manually. express-open the sunroof, fully press and release I (1). To express-close the sunroof, fully GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

24 In Brief

If an object is in the path of the Performance and . Press and release g again to sunroof while it is closing, the turn on both systems. automatic reversal system will Maintenance detect the object and stop the StabiliTrak will automatically turn on sunroof. Traction Control/ if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h (35 mph). Traction control will 0 See Sunroof 58. Electronic Stability remain off. Control See Traction Control/Electronic The vehicle has a traction control Stability Control 0 229. system that limits wheel spin and the StabiliTrak system that assists Tire Pressure Monitor with directional control of the vehicle This vehicle may have a Tire in difficult driving conditions. Both Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). systems come on automatically when the vehicle is started and begins to move. . To turn off traction control, press and release g on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel. The traction off light i displays in the instrument The low tire pressure warning light cluster. The appropriate DIC alerts to a significant loss in message displays. pressure of one of the vehicle's tires. If the warning light comes on, . To turn off both traction control stop as soon as possible and inflate and StabiliTrak, press and hold the tires to the recommended g until i and g illuminate in the pressure shown on the Tire and instrument cluster and the appropriate DIC message displays. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

In Brief 25

Loading Information label. See Fuel (L83 5.3L V8 Engine) low as 87 may be used, but it will Vehicle Load Limits 0 200. The reduce performance and fuel warning light will remain on until the economy. See Fuel 0 254. tire pressure is corrected. The low tire pressure warning light E85 or FlexFuel may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started, and then turn off as the vehicle is driven. This may be an early indicator that the Regular Fuel tire pressures are getting low and Use only unleaded gasoline rated the tires need to be inflated to the 87 octane or higher in your vehicle. proper pressure. Do not use gasoline with an octane FlexFuel Possible The TPMS does not replace normal rating lower as it may result in monthly tire maintenance. Maintain vehicle damage and lower fuel Certain models are compatible with the correct tire pressures. economy. See Fuel 0 254. E85 fuel. See E85 or FlexFuel 0 See Tire Pressure Monitor System 256. 0 329. Fuel (L86 6.2L V8 Engine) Engine Oil Life System Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped) The engine oil life system calculates This feature provides visual and engine oil life based on vehicle use audible alerts outside the vehicle to and displays a DIC message when help when inflating an underinflated it is necessary to change the engine tire to the recommended cold tire oil and filter. The oil life system pressure. See “Tire Fill Alert (If should be reset to 100% only Equipped)” under Tire Pressure Premium Recommended Fuel following an oil change. Monitor Operation 0 330. Use premium 93 octane unleaded gasoline in your vehicle. Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating as GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

26 In Brief

Resetting the Oil Life System Driving for Better Fuel . Follow recommended scheduled To reset the engine oil life system: Economy maintenance. 1. Display REMAINING OIL LIFE Driving habits can affect fuel Roadside Assistance on the DIC. See Driver mileage. Here are some driving tips Program Information Center (DIC) 0 151. to get the best fuel economy U.S.: 1-888-881-3302 2. Press and hold V on the DIC. possible. The oil life will change . Avoid fast starts and accelerate TTY Users (U.S. Only): to 100%. smoothly. 1-888-889-2438 The oil life system can also be reset . Brake gradually and avoid Canada: 1-800-268-6800 as follows: abrupt stops. New GMC owners are automatically 1. Display REMAINING OIL LIFE . Avoid idling the engine for long enrolled in the Roadside Assistance on the DIC. See Driver periods of time. Program. 0 Information Center (DIC) 151. . When road and weather See Roadside Assistance Program 2. Fully press the accelerator conditions are appropriate, use 0 390. pedal slowly three times within cruise control. five seconds. . Always follow posted speed 3. If the display changes to 100%, limits or drive more slowly when the system is reset. conditions require. See Engine Oil Life System 0 285. . Keep vehicle tires properly inflated. . Combine several trips into a single trip. . Replace the vehicle's tires with the same TPC Spec number molded into the tire's sidewall near the size. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27 Immobilizer ...... 51 Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Immobilizer Operation ...... 51 Windows Exterior Mirrors Keys (Keyless Access) Convex Mirrors ...... 52 Power Mirrors ...... 53 { Warning Keys and Locks Folding Mirrors ...... 53 Keys (Keyless Access) ...... 27 Heated Mirrors ...... 54 Leaving children in a vehicle with Keys (Key Access) ...... 28 Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . 54 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) an ignition key or Remote Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 54 Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is System ...... 31 Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 55 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) dangerous and children or others System Operation (Key Interior Mirrors could be seriously injured or Access) ...... 31 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 55 killed. They could operate the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 55 power window or other controls or System Operation (Keyless Automatic Dimming Rearview make the vehicle move. The Access) ...... 33 Mirror ...... 56 windows will function with the key Remote Vehicle Start ...... 39 Child-View Mirror ...... 56 in the ignition or with the RKE Door Locks ...... 41 Windows transmitter in the vehicle, and Power Door Locks ...... 42 children or others could be caught Windows ...... 56 Delayed Locking ...... 42 in the path of a closing window. Automatic Door Locks ...... 42 Power Windows ...... 56 Sun Visors ...... 58 Do not leave children in a vehicle Lockout Protection ...... 42 with the ignition key or an RKE Safety Locks ...... 43 Roof transmitter. Doors Sunroof ...... 58 Liftgate ...... 43 Power Assist Steps ...... 48 Vehicle Security Vehicle Security ...... 49 Vehicle Alarm System ...... 49 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside Assistance Program 0 390. If equipped with memory seats, RKE transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to seating positions of memory 1 or 2. See Memory Seats 0 64. Keys (Key Access)

{ Warning

If the vehicle has the Keyless Leaving children in a vehicle with Access system, the transmitter has an ignition key or Remote a button on the side of the Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is transmitter used to remove the key. dangerous and children or others Do not pull the key out without could be seriously injured or pressing the button. killed. They could operate the See your dealer if a replacement power window or other controls or key or additional key is needed. make the vehicle move. The If it becomes difficult to turn a key, windows will function with the key inspect the key blade for debris. in the ignition or with the RKE Periodically clean with a brush transmitter in the vehicle, and or pick. children or others could be caught in the path of a closing window. If the vehicle has the Keyless With an active OnStar service plan, Do not leave children in a vehicle Access system, there is a key in the an OnStar Advisor may remotely transmitter. unlock the vehicle. See OnStar with the ignition key or an RKE This key is used for the driver door Overview 0 400. transmitter. and glove box. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

moving the key out of the RUN Warning (Continued) position. Do not add any additional items to the ring attached to the impacted, and airbags may not ignition key. Attach additional items deploy. To reduce the risk of only to the second ring, and limit unintentional rotation of the added items to a few essential keys ignition key, do not change the or small, light items no larger than way the ignition key and Remote an RKE transmitter. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, if equipped, are connected to the provided key rings.

The ignition key and key rings, and { Warning RKE transmitter, if equipped, are designed to work together as a If the key is unintentionally system to reduce the risk of rotated while the vehicle is unintentionally moving the key out running, the ignition could be of the RUN position. The ignition moved out of the RUN position. key has a small hole to allow This could be caused by heavy attachment of the provided key ring. items hanging from the key ring, It is important that any replacement or by large or long items attached ignition keys have a small hole. See to the key ring that could be your dealer if a replacement key is contacted by the driver or required. steering wheel. If the ignition The combination and size of the moves out of the RUN position, rings that came with your keys were the engine will shut off, braking specifically selected for your and steering power assist may be vehicle. The rings are connected to (Continued) the key like two links of a chain to reduce the risk of unintentionally GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Programming with Two If a key is lost or damaged, see your Recognized Keys (Key dealer to have a new key made. Vehicles Only) Programming without Recognized To program a new key: Keys (Key Vehicles Only) 1. Insert the original, already Program a new key to the vehicle programmed key in the ignition when a recognized key is not and turn the ignition on without available. Canadian regulations starting the engine. require that Canadian owners see 2. Turn the ignition off and their dealer. remove the key. If two currently recognized keys are 3. Quickly, within five seconds, not available, follow this procedure Interference from radio-frequency insert the second original to program the first key. identification (RFID) tags may already programmed key in the This procedure will take prevent the key from starting the ignition and turn the ignition on approximately 30 minutes to vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from without starting the engine. complete for the first key. The the key when starting the vehicle. 4. Turn the ignition off and vehicle must be off and all of the The key is used for the driver door, remove the key. keys must be with you. ignition, and glove box. 5. Insert the new key to be 1. Insert the new vehicle key into If equipped with memory seats, programmed, and within the ignition. keys 1 and 2 are linked to seating five seconds, turn the ignition 2. Turn the ignition on without positions of memory 1 or 2. See on without starting the engine. starting the engine. The Memory Seats 0 64. The security light will turn off security light will come on. Programming Keys to the once the key has been 3. Wait 10 minutes until the Vehicle programmed. security light turns off. Follow these procedures to program 6. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additional 4. Turn the ignition off. up to eight keys to the vehicle. keys are to be programmed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more If locked out of the vehicle, see . If the transmitter is still not times. After the third time, turn Roadside Assistance Program working correctly, see your the ignition on; the key is 0 390. dealer or a qualified technician learned and all previously With an active OnStar service plan, for service. known keys will no longer work an OnStar Advisor may remotely with the vehicle. unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Remote Keyless Entry 6. To learn the second key, turn Overview 0 400. (RKE) System Operation the ignition off, insert the (Key Access) second key to be learned, and Remote Keyless Entry turn the ignition on without (RKE) System The RKE transmitter functions may starting the engine. work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from See Radio Frequency Statement the vehicle. After the two keys are learned, 0 396. remaining keys can be learned by Other conditions can affect the following the procedure in If there is a decrease in the Remote performance of the transmitter. See “Programming with Two Recognized Keyless Entry (RKE) operating Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Keys (Key Vehicles Only).” range: System 0 31. The key has a bar-coded key tag . Check the distance. The that the dealer or qualified locksmith transmitter may be too far from can use to make new keys. Store the vehicle. this information in a safe place, not . Check the location. Other in the vehicle. vehicles or objects may be See your dealer if a replacement blocking the signal. key or additional key is needed. . Check the transmitter's battery. If it becomes difficult to turn a key, See “Battery Replacement” later inspect the key blade for debris. in this section. Periodically clean with a brush or pick. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

/ : Press and release Q, then may come on and stay on for 7 : Press and release to initiate the 20 seconds or until the ignition is immediately press and hold / until vehicle locator. The turn signal turned on. the turn signal lamps flash or for at lamps flash and the horn sounds least four seconds. The engine may If enabled, the turn signal lamps three times. flash twice to indicate unlocking has be started from outside the vehicle Press and hold 7 for more than occurred. If enabled, the exterior using the RKE transmitter. See three seconds to activate the panic 0 lamps may turn on. See Vehicle Remote Vehicle Start 39. alarm. The turn signal lamps flash Personalization 0 158. Q : Press to lock all doors. and the horn sounds repeatedly for If enabled, the turn signal lamps Pressing K on the RKE transmitter 30 seconds. The alarm turns off flash once to indicate locking has disarms the alarm system. See when the ignition is turned on or 7 occurred. If enabled, the horn chirps Vehicle Alarm System 0 49. is pressed again. The ignition must when Q is pressed again within If equipped with auto mirror folding, be off for the panic alarm to work. three seconds. See Vehicle pressing and holding K for Programming Transmitters to Personalization 0 158. one second will unfold the mirrors, the Vehicle if enabled. See Vehicle Pressing arms the alarm system. Q Personalization 0 158. Only RKE transmitters programmed See Vehicle Alarm System 0 49. to this vehicle will work. If a If equipped with auto mirror folding, Press and hold K until the windows transmitter is lost or stolen, a replacement can be purchased and pressing and holding for fully open, if enabled. See Vehicle Q Personalization 0 158. programmed through your dealer. one second will fold the mirrors, Each vehicle can have up to if enabled. See Vehicle b : Press twice to open or close eight transmitters programmed to it. 0 Personalization 158. the liftgate. Press once to stop the See your dealer for transmitter liftgate from moving. K : Press once to unlock only the programming. driver door. If K is pressed again c : Press twice to open the within three seconds, all remaining liftglass. doors unlock. The interior lamps GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

Battery Replacement 1. Separate and remove the back Remote Keyless Entry cover of the transmitter with a Replace the battery in the flat, thin object, such as a coin. (RKE) System Operation transmitter soon if the REPLACE (Keyless Access) BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY displays in the DIC. The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle entry when the Caution transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See “Keyless Access Operation” later in When replacing the battery, do this section. not touch any of the circuitry on The RKE transmitter functions may the transmitter. Static from your work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from body could damage the the vehicle. transmitter. Other conditions can affect the performance of the transmitter. See To replace the battery: Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) 0 2. Press and slide the battery System 31. down toward the pocket of the transmitter in the direction of the key ring. Do not use a metal object 3. Remove the battery. 4. Insert the new battery, positive side facing up. Replace with a CR2032 or equivalent battery. 5. Push together the transmitter back cover top side first, and then the bottom toward the key ring. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

/ : Press and release Q, then If equipped with auto mirror folding, Press and hold K until the windows immediately press and hold / until pressing and holding Q for fully open, if remote window the turn signal lamps flash or for at one second will fold the mirrors, operation is enabled. See Vehicle least four seconds. The engine may if enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 158. 0 be started from outside the vehicle Personalization 158. b : Press twice to open or close using the RKE transmitter. See K : Press once to unlock only the the liftgate. Press once to stop the 0 Remote Vehicle Start 39. driver door. If K is pressed again liftgate from moving. Q : Press to lock all doors. within three seconds, all remaining c : Press twice to open the If enabled, the turn signal lamps doors unlock. The interior lamps liftglass. may come on and stay on for flash once on the second press to 7 : Press and release to initiate indicate locking has occurred. 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on. vehicle locate. The turn signal If enabled, the horn chirps when Q lamps flash and the horn sounds is pressed again within If enabled, the turn signal lamps three times. three seconds. See Vehicle flash twice to indicate unlocking has 7 Personalization 0 158. occurred. If enabled, the exterior Press and hold for more than lamps may turn on. See Vehicle three seconds to activate the panic If the driver door is open when Q is Personalization 0 158. alarm. The turn signal lamps flash pressed, all doors will lock and then and the horn sounds repeatedly for the driver door will immediately Pressing K on the RKE transmitter 30 seconds. The alarm turns off unlock, if enabled. See Vehicle disarms the alarm system. See when the ignition is turned on or 7 0 Personalization 0 158. Vehicle Alarm System 49. is pressed again. The ignition must If the passenger door is open when If equipped with auto mirror folding, be off for the panic alarm to work. K Q is pressed, all doors lock. pressing and holding for Keyless Access Operation one second will unfold the mirrors, Pressing Q arms the alarm system. if enabled. See Vehicle The Keyless Access system allows 0 See Vehicle Alarm System 49. Personalization 0 158. for doors and the liftgate to be accessed without pressing the RKE transmitter button. The RKE transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

of the liftgate or door being opened. Keyless Unlocking/Locking from If the vehicle has this feature, there the Passenger Doors will be a button on the outside door When the doors are locked and the handles. RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) Keyless Access can be of the door handle, pressing the programmed to unlock all doors on lock/unlock button on a passenger the first lock/unlock press from the door handle will unlock all doors. driver door. See Vehicle Pressing the lock/unlock button will Personalization 0 158. cause all doors to lock if any of the If equipped with memory seats, RKE following occur: transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to . The lock/unlock button was used seating positions of memory 1 or 2. to unlock all doors. Driver Side Shown, Passenger See Memory Seats 0 64. Side Similar . Any vehicle door has been Keyless Unlocking/Locking from opened and all doors are now Pressing the lock/unlock button will the Driver Door closed. cause all doors to lock if any of the When the doors are locked and the following occur: Passive Locking RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) . It has been more than If equipped with Keyless Access, of the door handle, pressing the five seconds since the first lock/ this feature will lock the vehicle lock/unlock button on the driver door unlock button press. several seconds after all doors are handle will unlock the driver door. closed, if the vehicle is off and at . Two lock/unlock button presses If the lock/unlock button is pressed least one RKE transmitter has been were used to unlock all doors. again within five seconds, all removed from the interior, or none passenger doors and the liftgate will . Any vehicle door has been remain in the interior. unlock. opened and all doors are now If other electronic devices interfere closed. with the RKE transmitter signal, the vehicle may not detect the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle. If passive locking is enabled, the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

doors may lock with the RKE Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert Key Access transmitter inside the vehicle. Do If the vehicle is on with a door open, To access a vehicle with a dead not leave the RKE transmitter in an and then all doors are closed, the transmitter battery, see Door Locks unattended vehicle. vehicle will check for RKE 0 41. To customize the doors to transmitters inside. If an RKE automatically lock when exiting the transmitter is not detected, the DIC Programming Transmitters to vehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock, will display NO REMOTE the Vehicle Start” under Vehicle Personalization DETECTED and the horn will chirp Only RKE transmitters programmed 0 158. three times. This occurs only once to the vehicle will work. If a each time the vehicle is driven. To transmitter is lost or stolen, a Temporary Disable of Passive turn on or off see Vehicle Locking replacement can be purchased and Personalization 0 158. programmed through your dealer. Temporarily disable passive locking Keyless Liftgate Opening The vehicle can be reprogrammed by pressing and holding K on the so that lost or stolen transmitters no interior door switch with a door open Press the touch pad on the longer work. Each vehicle can have for at least four seconds, or until underside of the liftgate handle to up to eight transmitters matched three chimes are heard. Passive open the liftgate when all doors are to it. locking will then remain disabled unlocked, or when the transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). Programming with Two until Q on the interior door is Recognized Transmitters (Keyless pressed, or until the vehicle is Keyless Liftglass Opening Access Vehicles Only) turned on. Press the exterior liftglass button to A new transmitter can be Remote Left In Vehicle Alert open the liftglass when all doors are programmed to the vehicle when unlocked, or when the transmitter is there are two recognized When the vehicle is turned off and within 1 m (3 ft). an RKE transmitter is left in the transmitters. vehicle, the horn will chirp three See Liftgate 0 43. To program, the vehicle must be off times after all doors are closed. To and all transmitters, both currently turn on or off see Vehicle recognized and new, must be Personalization 0 158. with you. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

1. Remove the key from the Open the center console Programming without Two recognized transmitter. storage area and the storage Recognized Transmitters (Keyless 2. Place the two recognized tray. The transmitter pocket/ Access Vehicles Only) transmitters in the cupholder or insert is in front of the storage If two currently recognized on the passenger seat. area next to the center console transmitters are not available, follow storage area between the this procedure to program up to 3. Insert the vehicle key into the driver and front passenger eight transmitters. This feature is key lock cylinder on the driver seats. not available in Canada. This door handle. Then turn the key procedure will take approximately counterclockwise, to the unlock 5. Press ENGINE START/STOP. 30 minutes to complete. The vehicle position, five times within When the transmitter is must be off and all transmitters to 10 seconds. learned, the DIC display will show that it is ready to program be programmed must be with you. The Driver Information Center the next transmitter. (DIC) displays READY FOR 1. Remove the vehicle key from REMOTE#2, 3, 4, ETC. 6. Remove the transmitter from the transmitter. the transmitter pocket and 2. Insert the vehicle key into the press K or Q on the key lock cylinder on the driver transmitter. door handle; then turn the key To program additional counterclockwise, to the unlock transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6. position, five times within 10 seconds. When all additional transmitters are programmed, press and The Driver Information Center hold ENGINE START/STOP for (DIC) displays REMOTE approximately 12 seconds to LEARN PENDING, exit programming mode. PLEASE WAIT. 7. Return the key back into the transmitter. 4. Place the new transmitter in the transmitter pocket/insert. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

3. Wait for 10 minutes until the 7. Remove the transmitter from DIC displays PRESS ENGINE the transmitter pocket/insert START BUTTON TO LEARN, and press K or Q on the then press ENGINE transmitter. START/STOP. To program additional The DIC will again display transmitters, repeat Steps 5–7. REMOTE LEARN PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. When all additional transmitters are programmed, press and 4. Repeat Step 3 two additional hold ENGINE START/STOP for times. After the third time all approximately 12 seconds to previously known transmitters exit programming mode. will no longer work with the vehicle. Remaining transmitters 5. Place the new transmitter in 8. Return the key back into the can be relearned during the the transmitter pocket/insert. transmitter. next steps. Open the center console Starting the Vehicle with a Low The DIC display should now storage area and the storage Transmitter Battery show READY FOR REMOTE tray. The transmitter pocket/ If the transmitter battery is weak or if # 1. insert is in front of the storage area next to the center console there is interference with the signal, storage area between the the DIC may display NO REMOTE driver and front passenger DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY seats. WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN 6. Press ENGINE START/STOP. START YOUR VEHICLE when When the transmitter is starting the vehicle. learned, the DIC display will show that it is ready to program To start the vehicle: the next transmitter. 1. Open the center console storage area and the storage tray. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

Caution

When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter. Static from your body could damage the transmitter.

To replace the battery:

2. Place the transmitter in the 2. Lift the battery with a flat transmitter pocket/insert. object. 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or 3. Remove the battery. N (Neutral) press the brake 4. Insert the new battery, positive pedal and ENGINE side toward the back cover. START/STOP. Replace with a CR2032 or Replace the transmitter battery equivalent battery. as soon as possible. 5. Push together the transmitter. Battery Replacement Remote Vehicle Start Replace the battery in the 1. With the key removed, insert a transmitter soon if the REPLACE flat, thin object in the center of The climate control system will BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY the transmitter to separate and come on when the vehicle is started message displays in the DIC. remove the back cover. remotely depending on the outside temperature. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The rear defog and heated and The RKE transmitter range may be Extending Engine Run Time ventilated seats may also come on. reduced while the vehicle is running. The engine run time can be See Heated and Ventilated Front Other conditions can affect the extended by 10 minutes, for a total Seats 0 67 and Vehicle 0 performance of the transmitter. of 20 minutes, if during the first Personalization 158. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) 10 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are Laws in some communities may System 0 31 or Vehicle repeated while the engine is still restrict the use of remote starters. Personalization 0 158. running. An extension can be Check local regulations for any requested, 30 seconds after requirements on remote starting of Starting the Engine Using Remote starting. Start vehicles. A maximum of two remote starts, Do not use remote start if the 1. Press and release Q. or a single start with an extension, vehicle is low on fuel. is allowed between ignition cycles. 2. Immediately press and hold / The vehicle cannot be remote until the turn signal lamps flash The vehicle's ignition must be started if: or for at least four seconds. turned on and then back off to use remote start again. . The key is in the ignition (Key When the vehicle starts, the Access) or the RKE transmitter parking lamps will turn on. The Canceling a Remote Start is in the vehicle (Keyless doors will be locked and the Access). To cancel a remote start, do one of climate control system may the following: come on. . The hood is not closed. / The engine will continue to run . Press and hold until the . There is an emission control parking lamps turn off. system malfunction and the for 10 minutes. Repeat malfunction indicator lamp is on. Steps 1 and 2 for a 10-minute . Turn on the hazard warning time extension. flashers. The engine will turn off during a remote vehicle start if: Turn the ignition on to operate the . Turn the ignition on and then off. vehicle. . The coolant temperature gets too high. . The oil pressure gets low. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

Door Locks manual lock knob on a Warning (Continued) passenger door will lock only that door. { Warning death from heat stroke. Always lock the vehicle . Pulling an interior door handle Unlocked doors can be whenever leaving it. will unlock the door. Pulling the dangerous. door handle again unlatches it. . Outsiders can easily enter . Passengers, especially through an unlocked door Keyless Access children, can easily open when you slow down or stop If equipped, the RKE transmitter the doors and fall out of a the vehicle. Locking the must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the moving vehicle. The doors doors can help prevent this liftgate or door being opened. Press can be unlocked and from happening. the button on the door handle to opened while the vehicle is open. See Keyless Access moving. The chance of “ Operation in Remote Keyless Entry being thrown out of the To lock or unlock the doors from ” (RKE) System Operation (Key vehicle in a crash is outside the vehicle: Access) 0 31 or Remote Keyless increased if the doors are . Press Q or K on the Remote Entry (RKE) System Operation not locked. So, all Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. (Keyless Access) 0 33. passengers should wear seat belts properly and the . Use the key in the driver door. Free-Turning Locks doors should be locked To lock or unlock the doors from The door key lock cylinder turns whenever the vehicle is inside the vehicle: freely when either the wrong key is driven. . Press Q or K on the power door used, or the correct key is not fully . Young children who get into lock switch. inserted. The free-turning door lock unlocked vehicles may be feature prevents the lock from being unable to get out. A child . Pushing down the manual lock forced open. To reset the lock, turn can be overcome by knob on the driver door will lock it to the vertical position with the extreme heat and can suffer all doors. Pushing down the correct key fully inserted. Remove permanent injuries or even the key and insert it again. If this (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

does not reset the lock, turn the key Delayed Locking Automatic Door Locks halfway around in the cylinder and repeat the reset procedure. This feature delays the locking of The doors will lock automatically the doors until five seconds after all when all doors are closed, the Power Door Locks doors are closed. ignition is on, and the vehicle is Delayed locking can only be turned shifted out of P (Park). Press Q or K on the Remote on when the Unlocked Door If a vehicle door is unlocked, and Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. Anti-Lockout feature has been then opened and closed, the doors See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) turned off. will lock either when your foot is System Operation (Key Access) removed from the brake or the 0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry When Q is pressed on the power vehicle speed becomes faster than (RKE) System Operation (Keyless door lock switch while the door is 13 km/h (8 mph). Access) 0 33. open, a chime will sound three times indicating delayed locking is To unlock the doors: active. . Press K on the power door lock The doors will lock automatically switch. five seconds after all doors are . Shift the transmission into closed. If a door is reopened before P (Park). that time, the five-second timer will reset when all doors are closed Automatic door locking cannot be again. disabled. Automatic door unlocking can be programmed. See Vehicle Press Q on the door lock switch Personalization 0 158. again or press Q on the RKE transmitter to lock the doors Lockout Protection immediately. Key Access : When locking is This feature can be programmed. requested with the driver door open Q : Press to lock the doors. See “Delayed Door Lock” under and the key in the ignition, all the K : Press to unlock the doors. Vehicle Personalization 0 158. doors will lock and then the driver door will unlock. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43 This can be manually overridden by driver door. The Unlocked Door Doors pressing and holding Q on the Anti-Lockout feature can be turned power door lock switch. on or off. See Vehicle Personalization 0 158. Liftgate Keyless Access : When locking is requested with the driver door open Safety Locks { Warning and the vehicle is on or in ACC/ ACCESSORY, all the doors will lock The rear door safety locks prevent Exhaust gases can enter the and then the driver door will unlock. passengers from opening the rear vehicle if it is driven with the doors from inside the vehicle. If the vehicle is off and locking is liftgate or trunk/hatch open, requested while a door is open, or with any objects that pass when all doors are closed the through the seal between the vehicle will check for RKE body and the trunk/hatch or transmitters inside. If an RKE liftgate. Engine exhaust contains transmitter is detected and the carbon monoxide (CO) which number of RKE transmitters inside cannot be seen or smelled. It can has not reduced, the driver door will cause unconsciousness and even unlock and the horn will sound three death. times. If the vehicle must be driven with This can be manually overridden by the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: pressing and holding on the Q . Close all of the windows. power door lock switch. . Fully open the air outlets on Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout Press { to activate the safety locks or under the instrument If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout is on the rear doors. The indicator light panel. comes on when activated. turned on and the vehicle is off, the . Adjust the climate control driver door is open, and locking is Press { again to deactivate the system to a setting that requested, all the doors will lock and safety locks. brings in only outside air the driver door will remain open. Press the button again to lock the (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Manual Liftgate There will be a delay in the release Warning (Continued) of the liftglass if there is an attempt to open it while the rear wiper is in and set the fan speed to the motion. highest setting. See “Climate Control Systems” Use the pull cup to lower and close in the Index. the liftgate. Do not press the touch pad while closing the liftgate. This . If the vehicle is equipped will cause the liftgate to be with a power liftgate, disable unlatched. the power liftgate function. 0 If equipped with Keyless Access, See Engine Exhaust 215. the RKE transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate to automatically unlock it. Caution See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) To open the liftgate, press K on the System Operation (Key Access) 0 To avoid damage to the liftgate or power door lock switch or press K 31 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless liftgate glass, make sure the area on the RKE transmitter twice to Access) 0 33. above and behind the liftgate is unlock all doors. Press the touch clear before opening it. pad (1) on the underside of the The liftgate has an electric latch. liftgate handle and lift up. If the battery is disconnected or has low voltage, the liftgate will not Press the button (2) above the open. The liftgate will resume license plate to open the liftglass, operation when the battery is or press c twice quickly on the reconnected and charged. RKE transmitter. Do not leave the liftglass open when raising the liftgate. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows 45

Power Liftgate Operation To open or close the liftgate, select MAX or 3/4 mode and then: { Warning . Press b twice quickly on the RKE transmitter until the liftgate You or others could be injured if moves. caught in the path of the power liftgate. Make sure there is no one . Press 8 on the overhead in the way of the liftgate as it is console. The driver door must opening and closing. be unlocked. . Press the touch pad on the underside of the liftgate handle Caution after unlocking all doors. If equipped, the switch is on the If equipped with Keyless Access, Driving with an open and overhead console. The vehicle must a locked vehicle can be opened be in P (Park). unsecured liftgate may result in if the RKE transmitter is within damage to the power liftgate The modes are: 1 m (3 ft) of the touch pad. components. MAX : Opens to maximum height. 3/4 : Opens to a reduced height that can be set from 3/4 to fully open. Use to prevent the liftgate from opening into overhead objects such as a garage door or roof-mounted cargo. The liftgate can be opened all the way manually. OFF : Opens manually only. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

46 Keys, Doors, and Windows

. Press l on the bottom edge of time. If this occurs, the liftgate can strut failure. This could also activate the liftgate next to the latch to still be operated manually. Select the falling liftgate detection feature. close. OFF on the liftgate switch. Allow the liftgate to complete its operation and wait a few seconds Press any liftgate button, the touch If the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) while the power function is before manually closing the liftgate. pad, or b on the RKE transmitter in progress, the liftgate will continue Obstacle Detection Features while the liftgate is moving to stop it. to completion. If the vehicle is Pressing any liftgate button or accelerated before the liftgate has If the liftgate encounters an obstacle pressing b twice quickly on the completed moving, the liftgate may during a power open or close cycle, RKE transmitter restarts the stop or reverse direction. Check for the liftgate will automatically reverse operation in the reverse direction. Driver Information Center (DIC) direction and move a short distance Pressing the touch pad on the messages and make sure the away from the obstacle. After liftgate handle will restart the liftgate is closed and latched before removing the obstruction, the power motion, but only in the opening driving. liftgate operation can be used again. direction. If the liftgate encounters multiple Falling Liftgate Detection obstacles on the same power cycle, Caution If the power liftgate automatically the power function will deactivate. closes after a power opening cycle, After removing the obstructions, Manually forcing the liftgate to it indicates that the system is manually close the liftgate. This will open or close during a power reacting to excess weight on the allow normal power operation cycle can damage the vehicle. liftgate or a possible support strut functions to resume. Allow the power cycle to failure. Remove any excess weight. If the vehicle is locked while the complete. If the liftgate continues to liftgate is closing, and an obstacle automatically close after opening, prevents the liftgate from completely see your dealer for service before closing, the horn will sound as an The power liftgate may be using the power liftgate. alert that the liftgate did not close. temporarily disabled in extremely low temperatures, or after repeated Interfering with the power liftgate Pinch sensors are on the side power cycling over a short period of motion or manually closing the edges of the liftgate. If an object is liftgate too quickly after power caught between the liftgate and the opening may resemble a support vehicle and presses against a GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows 47

sensor, the liftgate will reverse Manual Operation The hands-free feature will not work direction and stop at a partially open while the liftgate is moving. To stop Select OFF to manually operate the position. The liftgate will remain the liftgate while in motion use one liftgate. See Manual Liftgate at the open until it is activated again or “ ” of the liftgate switches. beginning of this section. closed manually. Setting the 3/4 Mode Caution To change the position the liftgate Attempting to move the liftgate stops at when opening: too quickly and with excessive 1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and force may result in damage to the open the liftgate. vehicle. 2. Stop the liftgate movement at the desired height by pressing Operate the liftgate manually with a any liftgate button. Manually smooth motion and moderate adjust the liftgate position if speed. The system includes a needed. feature which limits the manual 3. Press and hold l on the closing speed to protect the bottom edge of the liftgate next components. to the latch on the outside of Hands-Free Operation the liftgate until the turn signals flash and a beep sounds. This If equipped with Hands-Free Vehicle indicates the setting has been Access, the liftgate may be recorded. operated with a kicking motion under the rear bumper. The liftgate cannot be set below a minimum programmable height. The liftgate will not operate if the If there is no light flash or sound, RKE transmitter is not within then the height adjustment may be 1 m (3 ft). too low. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

48 Keys, Doors, and Windows

When closing the liftgate using this Caution feature, there will be a short delay. The rear lights will flash and a Splashing water may cause the chime will sound. Step away from liftgate to open. Keep the RKE the liftgate before it starts moving. transmitter away from the rear bumper detection area or turn the Power Assist Steps liftgate mode to OFF when cleaning or working near the rear bumper to avoid accidental { Warning opening. Never place hands or other body parts between the deployed Length of Kick Zone . Do not sweep your foot side power assist steps and the to side. vehicle. You or others could be . Do not keep your foot under the seriously injured. bumper; the liftgate will not activate. . Do not touch the liftgate until it { Warning has stopped moving. Never step on a moving assist . This feature may be temporarily step. You or others could be disabled under some conditions. seriously injured. If the liftgate does not respond to the kick, open or close the liftgate by another method or Disable the power assist steps start the vehicle. The feature will before jacking or placing any object To operate, move your foot in a be re-enabled. under the vehicle. Too much ice forward kicking motion under the buildup may prevent deployment of center of the rear bumper, then pull the power assist steps. Check the it back. step position before exiting the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows 49 power assist steps, clear the ice, To extend both power assist steps Vehicle Security then enable the assist steps and for cleaning, press j while the confirm normal function prior to use. vehicle is in P (Park) or N (Neutral). This vehicle has theft-deterrent features; however, they do not make Keep hands, children, pets, objects, j Press again to retract them. the vehicle impossible to steal. and clothing clear of the power The DIC will display a message. assist steps when in motion. The steps will reverse direction if they Enable/Disable Vehicle Alarm System encounter an obstruction when Press and hold j for four seconds opening or closing. Remove the to lock and disable the power assist obstruction, then open and close the j door on the same side to complete steps. Press and hold for the motion of the assist steps. If the four seconds again to enable them. obstruction is not cleared, the assist The DIC will display a message. steps remain extended while driving.

The indicator light, on the instrument panel near the windshield, indicates the status of the system. Off : Alarm system is disarmed. On Solid : Vehicle is secured during the delay to arm the system. Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. A door, liftgate, or the hood is open. Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

50 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Arming the Alarm System by pressing K on the RKE . Always unlock a door with the RKE transmitter, or use the 1. Turn off the vehicle. transmitter during the 10-second pre-alarm, the alarm will be Keyless Access system. 2. Lock the vehicle in one of activated. Unlocking the driver door with three ways: The alarm will also be activated if a the key will not disarm the . Use the RKE transmitter. passenger door, the liftgate, or the system or turn off the alarm. . Use the Keyless Access hood is opened without first How to Detect a Tamper system. disarming the system. When the Condition alarm is activated, the turn signals . With a door open, press Q flash and the horn sounds for about If K is pressed on the RKE on the interior of the door. 30 seconds. The alarm system will transmitter and the horn chirps three 3. After 30 seconds the alarm then re-arm to monitor for the next times, an alarm occurred previously system will arm, and the unauthorized event. while the alarm system was armed. indicator light will begin to Disarming the Alarm System If the alarm has been activated, a slowly flash. Pressing Q on the message will appear on the DIC. RKE transmitter a second time To disarm the alarm system or turn will bypass the 30-second off the alarm if it has been activated: Power Sounder, Inclination delay and immediately arm the . Press K on the RKE transmitter. Sensor, and Intrusion Sensor alarm system. . Unlock the vehicle using the In addition to the standard The vehicle alarm system will not Keyless Access system. theft-deterrent system features, this arm if the doors are locked with system may also have a power the key. . Start the vehicle. sounder, inclination sensor, and intrusion sensor. If the driver door is opened without To avoid setting off the alarm by first unlocking with the RKE accident: The power sounder provides an transmitter, the horn will chirp and . Lock the vehicle after all audible alarm which is distinct from the lights will flash to indicate occupants have exited. the vehicle’s horn. It has its own pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not power source, and can sound an started, or the door is not unlocked alarm if the vehicle’s battery is compromised. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows 51

The inclination sensor can set off Intrusion and Inclination Immobilizer the alarm if it senses movement of Sensors Disable Switch the vehicle, such as a change in See Radio Frequency Statement 0 vehicle orientation. 396. The intrusion sensor monitors the Immobilizer Operation vehicle interior, and can activate the alarm if it senses unauthorized entry into the vehicle’s interior. Do not allow passengers or pets to remain in the vehicle when the intrusion sensor is activated. Before arming the theft-deterrent system and activating the intrusion This vehicle has a passive sensor: theft-deterrent system. . Make sure all doors and It is recommended that the intrusion The system does not have to be windows are completely closed. and inclination sensors be manually armed or disarmed. Secure any loose items such as . deactivated if pets are left in the The vehicle is automatically a sunshades. vehicle or the vehicle is being immobilized when the vehicle is . Make sure there are no transported. turned off. obstructions blocking the With the vehicle off, press o in The system is automatically sensors in the front overhead the front overhead console to turn disarmed when the ignition is turned console. off the feature. from off to on. Close DVD screens before . The indicator light will come on The security light, in the instrument leaving the vehicle. momentarily, indicating that these cluster, comes on if there is a sensors have been disabled until problem with arming or disarming the next time the alarm system is the theft-deterrent system. armed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

52 Keys, Doors, and Windows When trying to start the vehicle, the It is possible for the immobilizer Exterior Mirrors security light comes on briefly when system to learn new or replacement the ignition is turned on. keys. Up to eight keys can be Convex Mirrors If the engine does not start and the programmed for the vehicle. To security light stays on, there is a program additional keys, see Keys (Keyless Access) 0 27 or Keys (Key { Warning problem with the system. Turn the 0 ignition off and try again. Access) 28. To program additional transmitters, see your dealer. A convex mirror can make things, If the engine still does not start, and like other vehicles, look farther Do not leave the key or device that the key appears to be undamaged, away than they really are. If you disarms or deactivates the vehicle try another ignition key. It may be cut too sharply into the right lane, theft system in the vehicle. necessary to check the fuse. See you could hit a vehicle on the Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 309. See your dealer to get a new key right. Check the inside mirror or If the engine still does not start with blank cut exactly as the ignition key glance over your shoulder before the other key, the vehicle needs that operates the system. changing lanes. service. If the vehicle does start, the first key may be faulty. See your dealer. The passenger side mirror is convex shaped. A convex mirror's surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver seat. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows 53

Power Mirrors 4. Press either (1) or (2) again to Folding Mirrors deselect the mirror. The indicator light goes off. Power Folding Exterior Automatic Dimming Mirror If equipped, the driver outside mirror automatically adjusts for the glare of headlamps behind. This feature comes on when the vehicle is started. See Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror 0 56. Turn Signal Indicator Shown with Power Folding The vehicle may also have a turn Mirrors, Manual Folding Similar signal indicator on the mirror. An To adjust the mirrors: arrow on the mirror flashes in the To adjust power folding mirrors, direction of the turn or lane change. 1. Press (1) or (2) to select the if equipped: driver or passenger side mirror. 1. Press { to fold the mirrors The indicator light comes on. inward. 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to move the mirror up, 2. Press { again to return the down, right, or left. mirrors to the driving position. 3. Adjust the outside mirror so Resetting the Power Folding that the side of the vehicle and Mirrors the area behind are seen. Reset the power folding mirrors if: . The mirrors are accidentally obstructed while folding. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

54 Keys, Doors, and Windows

. They are accidentally manually Automatic Dimming Driving with the Blind Spot folded/unfolded. Mirror Mirror . The mirrors will not stay in the unfolded position. If the vehicle has the automatic dimming mirror, the driver outside . The mirrors vibrate at normal mirror automatically adjusts for the driving speeds. glare of the headlamps from behind. Fold and unfold the mirrors one time using the mirror controls to reset Blind Spot Mirrors them to their normal position. If equipped, there is a small convex A popping noise may be heard mirror built into the upper and outer during the resetting of the power corner of the driver outside mirror. folding mirrors. This sound is normal It can show objects that may be in after a manual folding operation. the vehicle's blind zone. Manual Folding Fold the mirrors inward to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward the vehicle. Push the mirror outward, to return to its original position. Heated Mirrors K : Press to heat the mirrors. See “Rear Window Defogger” under Actual Mirror View Dual Automatic Climate Control System 0 180. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows 55 1. When the approaching vehicle zone. Then, glance over your Interior Mirrors is a long distance away, the shoulder to double check image in the main mirror is before moving slowly into the small and near the inboard adjacent lane. Interior Rearview Mirrors edge of the mirror. Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear 2. As the vehicle gets closer, the Reverse Tilt Mirrors view of the area behind your vehicle. image in the main mirror gets If equipped with memory seats, the larger and moves outboard. passenger and/or driver mirror tilts If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle 3. As the vehicle enters the blind to a preselected position when the may have three control buttons at zone, the image transitions vehicle is in R (Reverse). This the bottom of the mirror. See your from the main mirror to the allows the curb to be seen when dealer for more information about blind spot mirror. parallel parking. OnStar and how to subscribe to it. See OnStar Overview 0 400. 4. When the vehicle is in the blind The mirror(s) return to the original zone, the image only appears position when: Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. Use a soft towel in the blind spot mirror. . The vehicle is shifted out of dampened with water. Using the Outside Mirror with R (Reverse), or remains in the Blind Spot Mirror R (Reverse) for about 30 seconds. Manual Rearview Mirror 1. Set the main mirror so that the . The ignition is turned off. If equipped with a manual rearview side of the vehicle can just be mirror, push the tab forward for seen and the blind spot mirror . The vehicle is driven in daytime use and pull it for nighttime has an unobstructed view. R (Reverse) above a set speed. use to avoid glare from the 2. When checking for traffic or To turn this feature on or off, see headlamps from behind. before changing a lane, look at Vehicle Personalization 0 158. the main driver/passenger side mirror to observe traffic in the adjacent lane, behind your vehicle. Check the blind spot mirror for a vehicle in the blind GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

56 Keys, Doors, and Windows Automatic Dimming Windows pulsing sound when either rear window is down and the front Rearview Mirror windows are up. To reduce the If equipped, automatic dimming { Warning sound, open either a front window reduces the glare of headlamps or the sunroof, if equipped. from behind. The dimming feature Never leave a child, a helpless comes on when the vehicle is adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, Power Windows started. especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather. { Warning Child-View Mirror They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer Children could be seriously permanent injuries or even death injured or killed if caught in the from heat stroke. path of a closing window. Never leave the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or keys in a vehicle with children. When there are children in the rear seat, use the window lockout button to prevent operation of the windows. See Keys (Keyless Access) 0 27 or Keys (Key Access) 0 28.

If equipped, the child-view mirror is on the overhead console. Press the fixed button on the cover to release. Push the mirror back up when not in use. The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to improve fuel economy performance. This may result in a GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows 57

Briefly press or pull the window switch in the same direction to stop that window’s express movement. Window Automatic Reversal System The express-close feature will reverse window movement if it comes in contact with an object. Extreme cold or ice could cause the window to auto-reverse. The window will operate normally after The power windows work when the . Press Z to engage the rear the object or condition is removed. ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, window lockout feature. The Automatic Reversal System or when Retained Accessory Power indicator light is on when Override (RAP) is active. See Retained engaged. Accessory Power (RAP) 0 212. . Press Z again to disengage. { Warning Using the window switch, press to open or pull to close the window. Window Express Movement If automatic reversal system The windows may be temporarily All windows can be opened without override is active, the window will disabled if they are used repeatedly holding the window switch. Press not reverse automatically. You or within a short time. the switch down fully and quickly others could be injured and the release to express open the window could be damaged. Window Lockout window. Before using automatic reversal system override, make sure that This feature stops the rear If equipped, pull the window switch all people and obstructions are passenger window switches from up fully and quickly release to working. express close the window. clear of the window path. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

58 Keys, Doors, and Windows When the engine is on, override the Sun Visors Roof automatic reversal system by pulling and holding the window switch if conditions prevent it from closing. Sunroof Programming the Power Windows Programming may be necessary if the vehicle battery has been disconnected or discharged. If the window is unable to express-up, program each express-close Pull the sun visor down to block window: glare. Detach the sun visor from the 1. Close all doors. center mount to pivot to the side window and, if equipped, extend 2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ along the rod. ACCESSORY. 3. Partially open the window to be 1. SLIDE Switch programmed. Then close it and 2. TILT Switch continue to pull the switch If equipped, the sunroof only briefly after the window has operates when the ignition is on or fully closed. in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when 4. Open the window and continue Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is to press the switch briefly after active. See Retained Accessory the window has fully opened. Power (RAP) 0 212. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Keys, Doors, and Windows 59

Slide Switch The sunroof also has a sunshade Express-Open/Express-Close : To which can be pulled forward to block express-open the sunroof, fully sun rays. The sunshade must be opened and closed manually when press and release I (1). To the sunroof is in the vent or fully express-close the sunroof, fully closed position. press and release K (1). Press the switch again to stop the Automatic Reversal System movement. The sunroof has an automatic Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To reversal system that is only active Dirt and debris may collect on the when the sunroof is operated in sunroof seal or in the track. This open the sunroof, press and hold I express-close mode. could cause an issue with sunroof (1). Release the switch at the operation or noise. It could also plug desired position. Press and hold If an object is in the path while K express closing, the reversal system the water drainage system. (1) to close the sunroof. Periodically open the sunroof and Release the switch at the desired will detect an object, stop, and open the sunroof again. remove any obstacles or loose position. debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and Tilt Switch If frost or other conditions prevent roof sealing area using a clean closing, override the feature by cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not Vent : From the closed position, closing the sunroof in manual mode. remove grease from the sunroof. press J (2) to vent the sunroof. To stop movement, release the switch. If water is seen dripping into the Press K (2) to close the water drainage system, this is sunroof vent. normal. When the sunroof is opened, an air deflector will automatically raise. The air deflector will retract when the sunroof is closed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

60 Seats and Restraints

Safety System Check ...... 83 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Seats and Seat Belt Care ...... 84 Children (LATCH System) . . . 104 Restraints Replacing Seat Belt System Replacing LATCH System Parts after a Crash ...... 84 Parts After a Crash ...... 111 Securing Child Restraints (With Airbag System the Seat Belt in the Head Restraints Airbag System ...... 85 Head Restraints ...... 61 Rear Seat) ...... 112 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 86 Securing Child Restraints (With Front Seats When Should an Airbag the Seat Belt in the Center Power Seat Adjustment ...... 62 Inflate? ...... 88 Front Seat) ...... 114 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 63 What Makes an Airbag Securing Child Restraints (With Reclining Seatbacks ...... 63 Inflate? ...... 89 the Seat Belt in the Front Memory Seats ...... 64 How Does an Airbag Passenger Seat) ...... 114 Heated and Ventilated Front Restrain? ...... 89 Seats ...... 67 What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates? ...... 90 Rear Seats Passenger Sensing System . . . 91 Rear Seats ...... 68 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Heated Rear Seats ...... 69 Vehicle ...... 95 Second Row Seats ...... 69 Adding Equipment to the Third Row Seats ...... 74 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 95 Airbag System Check ...... 96 Seat Belts Replacing Airbag System Parts Seat Belts ...... 76 after a Crash ...... 96 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 77 Child Restraints Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 78 Older Children ...... 97 Seat Belt Use During Infants and Young Children . . . . 98 Pregnancy ...... 82 Child Restraint Systems ...... 101 Lap Belt ...... 83 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 102 Seat Belt Extender ...... 83 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 61 Head Restraints Front Seats The vehicle’s front seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/ Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can spinal injury in a crash. Do not top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint drive until the head restraints for height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head all occupants are installed and head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place. adjusted properly. To lower the head restraint, press the button, located on the top of the seatback, and push the head restraint down. Try to move the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place. The front seat outboard head restraints are not removable. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

62 Seats and Restraints Second Row Seats To lower the head restraint, press Front Seats the button located on the top of the The vehicle's second row seats seatback and push the head have head restraints in the outboard restraint down. Power Seat Adjustment seating positions that cannot be adjusted. Return the lowered head restraint to the upright position until it locks into { Warning The second row seat outboard head place. Push and pull on the head restraints are not removable. You can lose control of the restraint to make sure it is locked. vehicle if you try to adjust a driver Third Row Seats If you are installing a child restraint seat while the vehicle is moving. in the third row seat, see “Securing Adjust the driver seat only when a Child Restraint Designed for the the vehicle is not moving. LATCH System” under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 104.

The third row seat head restraint can be lowered to allow for better visibility when the rear seat is unoccupied. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 63

To adjust the seat: Lumbar Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks . Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control forward or rearward. . Raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the control up or down. . Raise or lower the seat by moving the rear of the control up or down. To adjust the seatback, see Reclining Seatbacks 0 63. To adjust the lumbar support, see Lumbar Adjustment 0 63. To adjust the lumbar support: To recline the seatback: Some vehicles are equipped with a . Press and hold the control . Tilt the top of the control feature that activates a vibrating forward to increase or rearward rearward to recline. pulse alert in the driver seat to help to decrease upper and lower . Tilt the top of the control forward the driver avoid crashes. See Driver lumbar support at the same time. to raise. Assistance Systems 0 242. . Press and hold the control up to increase upper lumbar support { Warning and decrease lower lumbar support. Sitting in a reclined position when Press and hold the control down the vehicle is in motion can be to increase lower lumbar support dangerous. Even when buckled and decrease upper lumbar up, the seat belts cannot do support. their job. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

64 Seats and Restraints

If equipped, memory seats allow two Warning (Continued) drivers to store and recall their unique seat positions for driving the The shoulder belt will not be vehicle, and a shared exit position against your body. Instead, it will for getting out of the vehicle. Other be in front of you. In a crash, you feature positions may also be set, could go into it, receiving neck or such as power mirrors, power other injuries. steering wheel, and adjustable The lap belt could go up over pedals, if equipped. Memory your abdomen. The belt forces positions are linked to RKE would be there, not at your pelvic transmitter 1 or 2 for automatic bones. This could cause serious memory recalls. internal injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if Before storing, adjust all available memory feature positions. Turn the For proper protection when the the vehicle is moving. ignition on and then press and vehicle is in motion, have the Memory Seats release SET; a beep will sound. seatback upright. Then sit well Then immediately press and hold 1, back in the seat and wear the 2, or B (Exit) on the driver door seat belt properly. until two beeps sound. To manually recall these positions, press and hold 1, 2, or B until the saved position is reached. The vehicle identifies the current driver’s RKE transmitter number (1–8). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 65

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) . To begin Easy Exit Recall Saving Memory Positions System Operation (Key Access) movement when the ignition is 0 Read these instructions completely 31 or Remote Keyless Entry turned off and the driver door is before saving memory positions. (RKE) System Operation (Keyless opened, or when the ignition is Access) 0 33. Only RKE turned off with the driver door To save preferred driving positions transmitters 1 and 2 can be used for already opened, select the 1 and 2: automatic memory recalls. A Driver Settings menu, then Vehicle, 1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ Information Center (DIC) welcome then Comfort and Convenience, ACCESSORY. message indicating the transmitter and then Easy Exit Options. number may display for the first few Select On or Off. See “Easy Exit A DIC welcome message may ignition cycles following a Recall” later in this section. be displayed indicating number 1 or 2 for memory recalls. transmitter change. For Auto . See Vehicle Personalization Memory Recall to work properly, 0 158 for additional setting 2. Adjust all available memory save the positions to the memory information. features to the desired driving button (1 or 2) matching the RKE position. transmitter number displayed in the Identifying Driver Number 3. Press and release SET; a beep DIC welcome message. Carry the To identify the driver number: linked RKE transmitter when will sound. entering the vehicle. 1. Start the vehicle with the other 4. Immediately press and hold the key or RKE transmitter. The 1 or 2 memory button matching Vehicle Personalization Settings DIC should display the driver the above DIC welcome . To have the Auto Memory Recall number; 1 or 2. Turn the message until two beeps movement begin when the ignition off and remove the key sound. vehicle is started, select the or RKE transmitter from the vehicle. If too much time passes Settings menu, then Vehicle, between releasing SET and then Comfort and Convenience, 2. Start the vehicle with the initial pressing 1, the memory and then Auto Memory Recall. key or RKE transmitter. The position will not be saved and Select On or Off. See “Auto DIC should display the other two beeps will not sound. Memory Recall” later in this driver number not shown in Repeat Steps 3 and 4. section. step 1. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

66 Seats and Restraints

1 or 2 corresponds to the driver Auto Memory Recall To stop Auto Memory Recall number. See “Identifying Driver The vehicle identifies the number of movement, turn the ignition off or Number in this section. press any of the following memory ” the current driver’s RKE transmitter controls: 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second (1–8). driver using 1 or 2. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) . Power seat B System Operation (Key Access) B To save positions for and easy 0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry . Memory SET, 1, 2, or exit features, repeat Steps 1–4 (RKE) System Operation (Keyless . Power mirror, with the driver or using B. This stores the positions Access) 0 33. If the RKE transmitter passenger side mirror selected for getting out of the vehicle. is 1 or 2, and Auto Memory Recall is programmed on in vehicle . Power steering wheel, Save preferred memory feature personalization, the positions saved if equipped positions to both 1 and 2 if you are to the same memory button number the only driver. . Adjustable pedals, if equipped 1 or 2 are automatically recalled If the stored memory seat position Manually Recalling Memory when the ignition is turned on, does not automatically recall or Positions or turned from off to ACC/ recalls to the wrong positions, the ACCESSORY. RKE transmitters 3–8 Press and hold 1, 2, or B to recall driver’s RKE transmitter number (1 will not provide automatic memory or 2) may not match the memory the previously stored memory recalls. positions. button number that positions were To turn Auto Memory Recall on or saved to. Try storing the position to To stop manual recall movement, off, see "Vehicle Personalization the other memory button or try the release 1, 2, or B. Recall can also Settings" previously in this section other RKE transmitter. be stopped by pressing a power and Vehicle Personalization 0 158. Easy Exit Recall seat, SET, power mirror control, The transmission must be in power steering wheel control, P (Park) to initiate Auto Memory Easy Exit Recall is not linked to an or adjustable pedal control, Recall. Auto Memory Recall will RKE transmitter. The position stored if memory equipped. The driver or complete if the vehicle is shifted out to B is used for all drivers. To turn passenger side mirror must be of P (Park) prior to reaching the Easy Exit Recall on or off, see selected. stored memory position. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 67

"Vehicle Personalization Settings" the recall may stop. Remove the previously in this section and obstruction and try the recall again. Vehicle Personalization 0 158. If the memory position still does not If turned on, the positions saved to recall, see your dealer for service. B are automatically recalled when one of the following occurs: Heated and Ventilated . The vehicle is turned off and the Front Seats driver door is opened within a short time. { Warning . The vehicle is turned off with the If temperature change or pain to driver door open. the skin cannot be felt, the seat To stop Easy Exit Recall movement, heater may cause burns. To The buttons are on the center stack press any of the following memory reduce the risk of burns, use care below the climate control system. To controls: when using the seat heater, operate, the engine must be running. . Power seat especially for long periods of time. Do not place anything on Press I to heat the driver or . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B the seat that insulates against passenger seatback only. . Power mirror, with the driver or heat, such as a blanket, cushion, passenger side mirror selected cover, or similar item. This may Press J to heat the driver or cause the seat heater to passenger seat cushion and . Power steering wheel, overheat. An overheated seat seatback. if equipped heater may cause a burn or may Press C to ventilate the driver or . Adjustable pedals, if equipped damage the seat. passenger seat. Obstructions The indicator light on the button If something has blocked the driver comes on when this feature is on. seat and/or power steering wheel while recalling a memory position, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

68 Seats and Restraints Press the button once for the The heated or ventilated seat Rear Seats highest setting. With each press of indicator lights do not turn on during the button, the seat will change to a remote start. Rear Seat Reminder the next lower setting, and then to The temperature performance of an the off setting. The indicator lights If equipped, the message REAR unoccupied seat may be reduced. SEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REAR next to the buttons indicate three for This is normal. the highest setting and one for the SEAT displays under certain lowest. If the heated seats are on The heated or ventilated seats will conditions indicating there may be high for an extended time, their level not turn on during a remote start an item or passenger in the rear may automatically be lowered. unless they are enabled in the seat. Check before exiting the vehicle personalization menu. vehicle. The passenger seat may take See Remote Vehicle Start 0 39 and longer to heat up. This feature will activate when a Vehicle Personalization 0 158. second row door is opened while Remote Start Auto Heated and the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes Ventilated Seats before the vehicle is turned on. During a remote start, the heated or There will be an alert when the ventilated seats can be turned on vehicle is turned off. The alert does automatically. When it is cold not directly detect objects in the rear outside, the heated seats turn on, seat; instead, under certain and when it is hot outside the conditions, it detects when a rear ventilated seats turn on. The heated door is opened and closed, or ventilated seats are canceled indicating that there may be when the ignition is turned on. Press something in the rear seat. the heated or ventilated seat button The feature is active only once each to use the heated or ventilated seats time the vehicle is turned on and off, after the vehicle is started. and will require reactivation by opening and closing the second row doors. There may be an alert even when there is nothing in the rear seat; for example, if a child entered GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 69

the vehicle through the rear door Second Row Seats and left the vehicle without the vehicle being shut off. Reclining Seatbacks The feature can be turned on or off. To recline the seatback: See Vehicle Personalization 0 158. Heated Rear Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperature change or pain to the skin, the seat heater may cause burns. The buttons are on the rear of the See the Warning under Heated center console. 0 and Ventilated Front Seats 67. Press M or L to heat the left outboard or right outboard seat cushion. 1. Lift the lever on the outboard Press the button once for the side of the seat. highest setting. With each press of the button, the heated seat changes 2. Move the seatback to the to the next lower setting, and then desired position, and then the off setting. Indicator lights on the release the lever to lock the button show the setting: three for seatback in place. high, two for medium, and one 3. Push and pull on the seatback for low. to make sure it is locked. If the heated seats are on high for an extended time, their level may automatically be lowered. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

70 Seats and Restraints

Manual Fold and Tumble Folding and Tumbling the Seat { Warning Feature To fold and tumble the seat: If either seatback is not locked, it 1. Make sure that there is nothing could move forward in a sudden { Warning under, in front of, or on stop or crash. That could cause Do not leave the second row seat the seat. injury to the person sitting there. in a tumbled position while the Always push and pull on the vehicle is in motion. A tumbled seatbacks to be sure they are seat is not locked. It can move locked. when the vehicle is in motion. People in the vehicle could be To return the seatback to the upright injured in a sudden stop or crash. position: Be sure to return the seat to the 1. Lift the lever fully while passenger seating position before applying pressure to the driving the vehicle. Push and pull seatback, and the seatback will on the seat to make sure it is return to the upright position. locked into place. If the lever is lifted without applying pressure, the seat will release to a folded position. 2. Lift the lever, on the outboard Caution side of the seat, to release the 2. Push and pull on the seatback seatback. to make sure it is locked. Folding a rear seat with the seat The second row seats can be folded belts still fastened may cause for additional cargo space or folded damage to the seat or the seat and tumbled for easy entry and exit belts. Always unbuckle the seat to the third row seat. belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 71

Folding and Tumbling the Seat from the Third Row Seat

{ Warning

Using the third row seating position while the second row is folded, or folded and tumbled, could cause injury in a sudden stop or crash. Be sure to return the seat to the passenger seating position. Push and pull on the The seatback will fold forward 3. Lift the lever again to release seat to make sure it is locked into to create a flat load floor. the rear of the seat from the place. If the seatback cannot fold flat, floor. The seat will tumble try moving the front seat forward. To fold and tumble the seat from the forward and/or put the front 4. The rear pull strap can also be third row seat: seatback in the upright used to fold or fold and tumble 1. Make sure that there is nothing position. the seat. It is easier to tumble under, in front of, or on the seat with the rear pull strap the seat. once the seat is folded flat. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

72 Seats and Restraints

3. Pull the strap again to release the rear of the seat from the { Warning floor. The seat will tumble forward. Automatically folding and tumbling the seat when someone Automatic Fold and Tumble is sitting in the seat, could cause Feature injury to the person sitting there. Always make sure there is no one { Warning sitting in the seat before pressing the automatic seat release switch. Do not leave the second row seat in a tumbled position while the vehicle is in motion. A tumbled 2. Pull the strap on the bottom seat is not locked. It can move Caution rear of the second row seat to when the vehicle is in motion. release the seatback. The Folding a rear seat with the seat People in the vehicle could be seatback will fold forward. belts still fastened may cause injured in a sudden stop or crash. damage to the seat or the seat Be sure to return the seat to the belts. Always unbuckle the seat passenger seating position before belts and return them to their driving the vehicle. Push and pull normal stowed position before on the seat to make sure it is folding a rear seat. locked into place.

The transmission must be in P (Park) for this feature to work. Fold the seat to load cargo. Fold and tumble the seat for entry to the third row. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 73

Folding and Tumbling the Seat Folding and Tumbling the Seat The left switch folds the left To fold and tumble the seat: from the Cargo Area seatback, and the right switch folds the right seatback. 1. Make sure that there is nothing under, in front of, or on 3. Press the switch again to the seat. release the rear of the seat from the floor. The seat will tumble forward. The switches (2) can be used to fold and unfold the third row seatbacks from the cargo area. See Third Row Seats 0 74. Returning the Seat to the Sitting Position

1. Second Row Power Seat { Warning Switches 2. Third Row Power Seat If either seatback is not locked, it Driver Side Rear Panel Switch Switches could move forward in a sudden 2. Press the automatic seat To fold and tumble the seat from the stop or crash. That could cause release switch on the panel cargo area: injury to the person sitting there. behind the rear doors. The Always push and pull on the seatback automatically 1. Make sure that there is nothing seatbacks to be sure they are folds flat. under, in front of, or on locked. the seat. 3. Press the switch again to release the rear of the seat 2. Press the switch (1) on the side from the floor. The seat will trim of the cargo area to fold tumble forward. the seatback. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

74 Seats and Restraints

To return the seat to the sitting The transmission must be in 3. Fully lower the head restraints. position from the tumbled position: P (Park) for this feature to work. See Head Restraints 0 61. Put 1. Pull the seat down until both The third row seatbacks can be the second row seatback in the upright position. See Second sides of the seat are latched to folded to increase cargo space. 0 the floor. Make sure the seat is Row Seats 69. securely latched to the floor before raising the seatback. If both sides are not latched to the floor, the seatback will not raise. 2. Lift the seatback and push it rearward. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Third Row Seats Folding the Seatback 1. Second Row Power Seat 4. Disconnect the rear seat belt Fold and Tumble Switches Caution mini-latch, using a key in the 2. Third Row Power Seat Fold slot on the mini-buckle, and let and Raise Switches Folding a rear seat with the seat the belt retract into the belts still fastened may cause To fold the seatback: headliner. damage to the seat or the seat 1. Open the liftgate to access the belts. Always unbuckle the seat controls for the third row seat. belts and return them to their 2. Make sure that there is nothing normal stowed position before under, in front of, or on folding a rear seat. the seat. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 75

Returning the Third Row The left switch raises the left Seatback to the Upright seatback, and the right switch Position raises the right seatback.

{ Warning

A seat belt that is improperly routed, not properly attached, or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. After raising the 5. Stow the mini-latch in the rear seatback, always check to be holder in the headliner. sure that the seat belts are properly routed and attached, and 6. Press and hold the switch (2) are not twisted. on the side trim of the cargo area to fold the third row 1. Second Row Power Seat seatback. Fold and Tumble Switches 3. Reconnect the center seat belt The left switch folds the left 2. Third Row Power Seat Fold mini-latch to the mini-buckle. seatback, and the right switch and Raise Switches Do not let it twist. folds the right seatback. To return the third row seatback to 4. Pull on the seat belt to be sure 7. Repeat the steps for the other the upright position: the mini-latch is secure. seatback, if desired. 1. Open the liftgate to access the 5. Repeat the steps for the other The switches (1) can be used to fold controls for the seat. seatback, if desired. or fold and tumble the second row 2. Press and hold the switch (2) seats from the cargo area. See on the side trim of the cargo Second Row Seats 0 69. area to raise the third row seatback. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

76 Seats and Restraints Seat Belts When riding in a vehicle, you travel Warning (Continued) as fast as the vehicle does. If the This section describes how to use vehicle stops suddenly, you keep seat belts properly, and some things passengers to ride in any area of going until something stops you. not to do. the vehicle that is not equipped It could be the windshield, the with seats and seat belts. instrument panel, or the seat belts! { Warning Always wear a seat belt, and When you wear a seat belt, you and check that all passenger(s) are the vehicle slow down together. Do not let anyone ride where a restrained properly too. There is more time to stop because seat belt cannot be worn properly. you stop over a longer distance and, In a crash, if you or your when worn properly, your strongest passenger(s) are not wearing This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the seat belts. bones take the forces from the seat seat belts, injuries can be much See Seat Belt Reminders 0 140. belts. That is why wearing seat belts worse than if you are wearing makes such good sense. seat belts. You can be seriously Why Seat Belts Work injured or killed by hitting things Questions and Answers About inside the vehicle harder or by Seat Belts being ejected from the vehicle. In Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle addition, anyone who is not after a crash if I am wearing a buckled up can strike other seat belt? passengers in the vehicle. A: You could be — whether you are It is extremely dangerous to ride wearing a seat belt or not. Your in a cargo area, inside or outside chance of being conscious of a vehicle. In a collision, during and after a crash, so you passengers riding in these areas can unbuckle and get out, is are more likely to be seriously much greater if you are belted. injured or killed. Do not allow (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 77

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why It is very important for all occupants pelvic bones and you would be should I have to wear seat to buckle up. Statistics show that less likely to slide under the lap belts? unbelted people are hurt more often belt. If you slid under it, the belt A: Airbags are supplemental in crashes than those who are would apply force on your systems only. They work with wearing seat belts. abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. seat belts — not instead of them. There are important things to know Whether or not an airbag is about wearing a seat belt properly. . Wear the shoulder belt over the provided, all occupants still have shoulder and across the chest. to buckle up to get the most These parts of the body are best protection. able to take belt restraining Also, in nearly all states and in forces. The shoulder belt locks if all Canadian provinces, the law there is a sudden stop or crash. requires wearing seat belts. { Warning How to Wear Seat Belts You can be seriously injured, Properly or even killed, by not wearing This section is only for people of your seat belt properly. adult size. . Never allow the lap or There are special things to know shoulder belt to become about seat belts and children, and . Sit up straight and always keep loose or twisted. there are different rules for smaller your feet on the floor in front of you. . Never wear the shoulder children and infants. If a child will be belt under both arms or riding in the vehicle, see Older . Always use the correct buckle behind your back. Children 0 97 or Infants and Young for your seating position. Children 0 98. Follow those rules for . Never route the lap or . Wear the lap part of the belt low everyone's protection. shoulder belt over an and snug on the hips, just armrest. touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

78 Seats and Restraints

Lap-Shoulder Belt Engaging the child restraint locking feature in the front All seating positions in the vehicle outboard seating position may have a lap-shoulder belt except for affect the passenger sensing the center front passenger position, system. See Passenger if equipped, which has a lap belt. Sensing System 0 91. See Lap Belt 0 83. If you are using a rear seating position with a detachable seat belt, and the seat belt is not attached, see Third Row Seats 0 74 for instructions on reconnecting the seat belt to the mini-buckle. 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull The following instructions explain the belt across you. Do not let how to wear a lap-shoulder belt it get twisted. properly. The lap-shoulder belt may lock 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is if you pull the belt across you adjustable, so you can sit up very quickly. If this happens, let straight. To see how, see the belt go back slightly to For front seating positions, “Seats” in the Index. unlock it. Then pull the belt across you more slowly. if the webbing locks in the latch plate before it reaches the If the shoulder portion of a buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to passenger belt is pulled out all unlock. the way, the child restraint locking feature may be engaged. If this happens, let the belt go back all the way and start again. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 79

in this section for instructions on use and important safety information.

3. Push the latch plate into the To unlatch the belt, push the button buckle until it clicks. If the latch on the buckle. The belt should plate will not go fully into the return to its stowed position. buckle, check if the correct For third row seats, slide the latch buckle is being used. 5. To make the lap part tight, pull plate up the safety webbing when Pull up on the latch plate to up on the shoulder belt. the seat belt is not in use. The latch make sure it is secure. If the For third row seats, it may be plate should rest on the stitching on belt is not long enough, see necessary to pull stitching on the seat belt. 0 Seat Belt Extender 83. the seat belt through the latch Always stow the seat belt slowly. Position the release button on plate to fully tighten the lap belt If the seat belt webbing returns the buckle so that the seat belt on smaller occupants. quickly to the stowed position, the could be quickly unbuckled if retractor may lock and cannot be necessary. pulled out. If this happens, pull the 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt seat belt straight out firmly to unlock height adjuster, move it to the the webbing, and then release it. height that is right for you. See If the webbing is still locked in the retractor, see your dealer. “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

80 Seats and Restraints

Before a door is closed, be sure the They can help tighten the seat belts seat belt is out of the way. If a door during the early stages of a is slammed against a seat belt, moderate to severe frontal, near damage can occur to both the seat frontal, or rear crash if the threshold belt and the vehicle. conditions for pretensioner activation are met. Seat belt Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster pretensioners can also help tighten The vehicle has a shoulder belt the seat belts in a side crash or a height adjuster for the driver and rollover event. front outboard passenger positions. Pretensioners work only once. If the Adjust the height so the shoulder pretensioners activate in a crash, portion of the belt is on the shoulder the pretensioners and probably and not falling off of it. The belt Push down on the release button to other parts of the vehicle's seat belt should be close to, but not move the height adjuster to the system will need to be replaced. contacting, the neck. Improper desired position. See Replacing Seat Belt System shoulder belt height adjustment Parts after a Crash 0 84. Move the adjuster up by pushing up could reduce the effectiveness of on the shoulder belt guide. Do not sit on the outboard seat belt the seat belt in a crash. See How to while entering or exiting the vehicle 0 Wear Seat Belts Properly 77. After the adjuster is set to the or at any time while sitting in the desired position, try to move it down seat. Sitting on the seat belt can without pushing the release button damage the webbing and hardware. to make sure it has locked into position. Seat Belt Pretensioners This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for front outboard occupants. Although the seat belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they are part of the seat belt assembly. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 81

Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides Second Row Outboard Seating Positions { Warning The vehicle has comfort guides for the second row outboard seating A seat belt that is not properly positions. The comfort guides are worn may not provide the stored on a clip on the interior trim protection needed in a crash. The next to the outboard seatback. person wearing the belt could be To install: seriously injured. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. 2. Place the guide over the belt, and insert the two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide. Rear seat belt comfort guides may provide added seat belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults. When installed on a shoulder belt, the comfort guide positions the shoulder belt away from the neck and head. 1. Remove the guide from its storage clip on the interior trim next to the outboard seatback. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

82 Seats and Restraints

3. Be sure that the belt is not To remove and store the comfort twisted and it lies flat. The guide, squeeze the belt edges elastic cord must be behind the together so that the seat belt can be belt with the plastic guide on removed from the guide. Slide the the front. guide onto its storage clip. Third Row Seating Positions Comfort guides are available through your dealer for third row seating positions. Instructions are included with the guides.

Seat Belt Use During A pregnant woman should wear a Pregnancy lap-shoulder belt, and the lap Seat belts work for everyone, portion should be worn as low as including pregnant women. Like all possible, below the rounding, occupants, they are more likely to throughout the pregnancy. be seriously injured if they do not The best way to protect the fetus is 4. Buckle, position, and release wear seat belts. to protect the mother. When a seat the seat belt as described belt is worn properly, it is more likely previously in this section. Make that the fetus will not be hurt in a sure the shoulder portion of the crash. For pregnant women, as for belt is on the shoulder and not anyone, the key to making seat falling off of it. The belt should belts effective is wearing them be close to, but not contacting, properly. the neck. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 83

Lap Belt Seat Belt Extender This section is only for the lap belt. If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten To learn how to wear a lap-shoulder around you, you should use it. 0 belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt 78. But if a seat belt is not long enough, The vehicle may have a center your dealer will order you an seating position with a lap seat belt. extender. When you go in to order it, The lap seat belt does not have a take the heaviest coat you will wear, retractor. so the extender will be long enough for you. To help avoid personal injury, do not let someone else use it, and use it only for the seat it is To make the belt shorter, pull its free made to fit. The extender has been end as shown until the belt is snug. designed for adults. Never use it for securing child restraints. For more If the belt is not long enough, see information on the proper use and fit Seat Belt Extender 0 83. of seat belt extenders see the Make sure the release button on the instruction sheet that comes with buckle is positioned so you would the extender. be able to unbuckle the seat belt quickly if necessary. Safety System Check If you find that the latch plate will Periodically check the seat belt To make the belt longer, tilt the latch not go fully into the buckle, see if reminder, seat belts, buckles, latch plate and pull it along the belt. you are using the correct buckle. Be plates, retractors, shoulder belt Buckle, position, and release it the sure that the latch plate clicks when height adjusters (if equipped), and same way as the lap part of a inserted into the buckle. seat belt anchorages to make sure lap-shoulder belt. they are all in working order. Look for any other loose or damaged seat belt system parts that might keep a seat belt system from performing GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

84 Seats and Restraints

properly. See your dealer to have it Seat belt hardware should be kept After a minor crash, replacement of repaired. Torn or frayed seat belts dry and free of dust or debris. As seat belts may not be necessary. may not protect you in a crash. necessary exterior hard surfaces But the seat belt assemblies that They can rip apart under impact and seat belt webbing may be lightly were used during any crash may forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, cleaned with mild soap and water. have been stressed or damaged. have it replaced immediately. Ensure there is not excessive dust See your dealer to have the seat Make sure the seat belt reminder or debris in the mechanism. If dust belt assemblies inspected or light is working. See Seat Belt or debris exists in the system please replaced. Reminders 0 140. see the dealer. Parts may need to New parts and repairs may be be replaced to ensure proper necessary even if the seat belt Keep seat belts clean and dry. See functionality of the system. Seat Belt Care 0 84. system was not being used at the time of the crash. Replacing Seat Belt Seat Belt Care Have the seat belt pretensioners System Parts after a checked if the vehicle has been in a Keep belts clean and dry. Crash crash, or if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle { Warning { Warning or while you are driving. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 141. Do not bleach or dye seat belt A crash can damage the seat belt webbing. It may severely weaken system in the vehicle. A damaged the webbing. In a crash, they seat belt system may not properly might not be able to provide protect the person using it, adequate protection. Clean and resulting in serious injury or even rinse seat belt webbing only with death in a crash. To help make mild soap and lukewarm water. sure the seat belt systems are Allow the webbing to dry. working properly after a crash, have them inspected and any Seat belts should be properly cared necessary replacements made as for and maintained. soon as possible. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 85 Airbag System All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on the trim or on an { Warning The vehicle has the following attached label near the deployment airbags: opening. You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not . A frontal airbag for the driver For frontal airbags, the word wearing your seat belt, even with . A frontal airbag for the front AIRBAG is on the center of the airbags. Airbags are designed to outboard passenger steering wheel for the driver and on work with seat belts, not replace the instrument panel for the front them. Also, airbags are not . A seat-mounted side impact outboard passenger. airbag for the driver designed to inflate in every crash. For the front center airbag, the word In some crashes seat belts are . A seat-mounted side impact AIRBAG is on the inboard side of the only restraint. See When airbag for the front outboard the driver seatback. Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 88. passenger For seat-mounted side impact Wearing your seat belt during a . A roof-rail airbag for the driver airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the crash helps reduce your chance and for the second and third row side of the seatback closest to of hitting things inside the vehicle passengers seated directly the door. behind the driver or being ejected from it. Airbags For roof-rail airbags, the word are “supplemental restraints” to . A roof-rail airbag for the front AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. the seat belts. Everyone in the outboard passenger and the vehicle should wear a seat belt second and third row Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by seat properly, whether or not there is passengers seated directly an airbag for that person. behind the front outboard belts. Even though today's airbags passenger are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an The vehicle may have the following inflating bag, all airbags must inflate airbag: very quickly to do their job. . A front center airbag for the Here are the most important things driver and front outboard to know about the airbag system: passenger GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

86 Seats and Restraints

There is an airbag readiness light { Warning Warning (Continued) on the instrument cluster, which shows the airbag symbol. Because airbags inflate with great Occupants should not lean on or force and faster than the blink of sleep against the door or side The system checks the airbag an eye, anyone who is up windows in seating positions with electrical system for malfunctions. against, or very close to any seat-mounted side impact airbags The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag airbag when it inflates can be and/or roof-rail airbags. 0 seriously injured or killed. Do not Readiness Light 141. sit unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you would be if sitting Where Are the Airbags? on the edge of the seat or leaning { Warning forward. Seat belts help keep you Children who are up against, in position before and during a or very close to, any airbag when crash. Always wear a seat belt, it inflates can be seriously injured even with airbags. The driver or killed. Always secure children should sit as far back as possible properly in the vehicle. To read while still maintaining control of how, see Older Children 0 97 or the vehicle. The seat belts and Infants and Young Children 0 98. the front outboard passenger airbags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor. The driver frontal airbag is in the Occupants should not lean on or center of the steering wheel. sleep against the front center armrest or console in vehicles with a front center airbag. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 87

If the vehicle has a front center airbag, it is in the inboard side of the driver seatback.

The front outboard passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger frontal airbag is in the passenger Side Similar side instrument panel. The roof-rail airbags for the driver, Driver Side Shown, Passenger front outboard passenger, and Side Similar second and third row outboard The driver and front outboard seating positions are in the ceiling passenger seat-mounted side above the side windows. impact airbags are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door. { Warning If something is between an occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death. The path of an (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

88 Seats and Restraints

impact exceeds the specific airbag whether the object is fixed or Warning (Continued) system's deployment threshold. moving, rigid or deformable, narrow Deployment thresholds are used to or wide. inflating airbag must be kept predict how severe a crash is likely Frontal airbags are not intended to clear. Do not put anything to be in time for the airbags to between an occupant and an inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear inflate and help restrain the impacts, or many side impacts. airbag, and do not attach or put occupants. The vehicle has anything on the steering wheel electronic sensors that help the In addition, the vehicle has hub or on or near any other airbag system determine the advanced technology frontal airbag covering. severity of the impact. Deployment airbags. Advanced technology frontal airbags adjust the restraint Do not use seat or console thresholds can vary with specific according to crash severity. accessories that block the vehicle design. inflation path of a seat-mounted Frontal airbags are designed to The vehicle also has a seat position side impact airbag or the front inflate in moderate to severe frontal sensor that enables the sensing center airbag, if equipped. or near frontal crashes to help system to monitor the position of the reduce the potential for severe driver seat. The seat position sensor Never secure anything to the roof injuries, mainly to the driver's or provides information that is used to of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags front outboard passenger's head adjust the deployment of the driver by routing a rope or tie-down and chest. frontal airbag. through any door or window The front center airbag, if equipped, opening. If you do, the path of an Whether the frontal airbags will or should inflate is not based primarily is designed to inflate in moderate to inflating roof-rail airbag will be on how fast the vehicle is traveling. severe side crashes depending blocked. It depends on what is hit, the upon the location of the impact, direction of the impact, and how when either side of the vehicle is When Should an Airbag quickly the vehicle slows down. struck. In addition, the front center airbag is designed to inflate when Inflate? Frontal airbags may inflate at the sensing system predicts that the different crash speeds depending on vehicle is about to roll over on its This vehicle is equipped with whether the vehicle hits an object 0 side. The front center airbag is not airbags. See Airbag System 85. straight on or at an angle, and Airbags are designed to inflate if the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 89

designed to inflate in frontal In any particular crash, no one can Airbags supplement the protection impacts, near frontal impacts, say whether an airbag should have provided by seat belts by or rear impacts. inflated simply because of the distributing the force of the impact Seat-mounted side impact airbags vehicle damage or the repair costs. more evenly over the are designed to inflate in moderate occupant's body. to severe side crashes depending What Makes an Airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags on the location of the impact. Inflate? are designed to help contain the Seat-mounted side impact airbags head and chest of occupants in the In a deployment event, the sensing are not designed to inflate in frontal outboard seating positions in the system sends an electrical signal impacts, near frontal impacts, first, second, and third rows. The triggering a release of gas from the rollovers, or rear impacts. rollover capable roof-rail airbags are inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the A seat-mounted side impact airbag designed to help reduce the risk of airbag causing the bag to break out is designed to inflate on the side of full or partial ejection in rollover of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, the vehicle that is struck. events, although no system can and related hardware are all part of prevent all such ejections. Roof-rail airbags are designed to the airbag module. inflate in moderate to severe side But airbags would not help in many For airbag locations, see Where Are crashes depending on the location types of collisions, primarily the Airbags? 0 86. of the impact. In addition, these because the occupant's motion is roof-rail airbags are designed to not toward those airbags. See When inflate during a rollover or in a How Does an Airbag Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 88. severe frontal impact. Roof-rail Restrain? Airbags should never be regarded airbags are not designed to inflate in In moderate to severe frontal or as anything more than a supplement rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags near frontal collisions, even belted to seat belts. will inflate when either side of the occupants can contact the steering vehicle is struck, if the sensing wheel or the instrument panel. In system predicts that the vehicle is moderate to severe side collisions, about to roll over on its side, or in a even belted occupants can contact severe frontal impact. the inside of the vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

90 Seats and Restraints

What Will You See after system will return to normal { Warning operation; the doors can be locked, an Airbag Inflates? the interior lamps can be turned off, After frontal and seat-mounted side When an airbag inflates, there and the hazard warning flashers can impact airbags inflate, they quickly may be dust in the air. This dust be turned off using the controls for deflate, so quickly that some people could cause breathing problems those features. If any of these may not even realize the airbags for people with a history of systems are damaged in the crash inflated. The front center airbag and asthma or other breathing trouble. they may not operate as normal. roof-rail airbags may still be at least To avoid this, everyone in the partially inflated for some time after vehicle should get out as soon as { Warning they inflate. Some components of it is safe to do so. If you have the airbag module may be hot for breathing problems but cannot A crash severe enough to inflate several minutes. For location of the get out of the vehicle after an the airbags may have also airbags, see Where Are the airbag inflates, then get fresh air damaged important functions in Airbags? 0 86. by opening a window or a door. the vehicle, such as the fuel The parts of the airbag that come If you experience breathing system, brake and steering into contact with you may be warm, problems following an airbag systems, etc. Even if the vehicle but not too hot to touch. There may deployment, you should seek appears to be drivable after a be some smoke and dust coming medical attention. moderate crash, there may be from the vents in the deflated concealed damage that could airbags. Airbag inflation does not The vehicle has a feature that may make it difficult to safely operate prevent the driver from seeing out of automatically unlock the doors, turn the vehicle. the windshield or being able to steer on the interior lamps and hazard Use caution if you should attempt the vehicle, nor does it prevent warning flashers, and shut off the people from leaving the vehicle. to restart the engine after a crash fuel system after the airbags inflate. has occurred. The feature may also activate, without airbag inflation, after an event that exceeds a predetermined In many crashes severe enough to threshold. After turning the ignition inflate the airbag, windshields are off and then on again, the fuel broken by vehicle deformation. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 91

Additional windshield breakage may Passenger Sensing OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will also occur from the front outboard be visible. See Passenger Airbag passenger airbag. System Status Indicator 0 142. . Airbags are designed to inflate The vehicle has a passenger The passenger sensing system only once. After an airbag sensing system for the front turns off the front outboard inflates, you will need some new outboard passenger position. The passenger frontal airbag under parts for the airbag system. passenger airbag status indicator certain conditions. No other airbag If you do not get them, the will light on the overhead console is affected by the passenger airbag system will not be there when the vehicle is started. sensing system. to help protect you in another The passenger sensing system crash. A new system will include works with sensors that are part of airbag modules and possibly the front outboard passenger seat other parts. The service manual and seat belt. The sensors are for the vehicle covers the need designed to detect the presence of to replace other parts. a properly seated occupant and . The vehicle has a crash sensing United States determine if the front outboard and diagnostic module which passenger frontal airbag should be records information after a allowed to inflate or not. crash. According to accident statistics, See Vehicle Data Recording and children are safer when properly Privacy 0 398 and Event Data 0 secured in a rear seat in the correct Recorders 398. child restraint for their weight . Let only qualified technicians Canada and Mexico and size. work on the airbag systems. Whenever possible, children aged Improper service can mean that The words ON and OFF, or the symbols for on and off, will be 12 and under should be secured in an airbag system will not work a rear seating position. properly. See your dealer for visible during the system check. service. When the system check is complete, either the word ON or GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

92 Seats and Restraints

Never put a rear-facing child seat in When the passenger sensing the front. This is because the risk to Warning (Continued) system has turned off the front the rear-facing child is so great, outboard passenger frontal airbag, if the airbag inflates. Never put a rear-facing child the off indicator will light and stay lit restraint in the front seat, even if as a reminder that the airbag is off. the airbag is off. If securing a { Warning See Passenger Airbag Status forward-facing child restraint in Indicator 0 142. A child in a rear-facing child the front outboard passenger seat, always move the seat as far The passenger sensing system is restraint can be seriously injured designed to turn on the front back as it will go. It is better to or killed if the passenger frontal outboard passenger frontal airbag secure child restraints in the rear airbag inflates. This is because anytime the system senses that a the back of the rear-facing child seat. Consider using another person of adult size is sitting restraint would be very close to vehicle to transport the child properly in the front outboard the inflating airbag. A child in a when a rear seat is not available. passenger seat. forward-facing child restraint can When the passenger sensing be seriously injured or killed if the The passenger sensing system is system has allowed the airbag to be passenger frontal airbag inflates designed to turn off the front enabled, the on indicator will light and the passenger seat is in a outboard passenger frontal airbag if: and stay lit as a reminder that the forward position. . The front outboard passenger airbag is active. Even if the passenger sensing seat is unoccupied. For some children, including system has turned off the . The system determines an infant children in child restraints, and for passenger frontal airbag, no is present in a child restraint. very small adults, the passenger system is fail-safe. No one can sensing system may or may not turn guarantee that an airbag will not . A front outboard passenger off the front outboard passenger takes his/her weight off of the deploy under some unusual frontal airbag, depending upon the seat for a period of time. circumstance, even though the person's seating posture and body airbag is turned off. . There is a critical problem with build. Everyone in the vehicle who the airbag system or the has outgrown child restraints should (Continued) passenger sensing system. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 93

wear a seat belt properly — whether 2. Remove the child restraint from 5. If, after reinstalling the child or not there is an airbag for that the vehicle. restraint and restarting the person. 3. Remove any additional items vehicle, the on indicator is still from the seat such as blankets, lit, turn the vehicle off. Then { Warning cushions, seat covers, seat slightly recline the vehicle heaters, or seat massagers. seatback and adjust the seat If the airbag readiness light ever cushion, if adjustable, to make comes on and stays on, it means 4. Reinstall the child restraint sure that the vehicle seatback that something may be wrong following the directions is not pushing the child with the airbag system. To help provided by the child restraint restraint into the seat cushion. avoid injury to yourself or others, manufacturer and refer to Securing Child Restraints (With Also make sure the child have the vehicle serviced right the Seat Belt in the Center restraint is not trapped under away. See Airbag Readiness 0 the vehicle head restraint. 0 Front Seat) 114 or Securing Light 141 for more information, Child Restraints (With the Seat If this happens, adjust the head including important safety restraint. See Head Restraints Belt in the Front Passenger 0 information. Seat) 0 114 or Securing Child 61. Restraints (With the Seat Belt 6. Restart the vehicle. 0 If the On Indicator Is Lit for a in the Rear Seat) 112. The passenger sensing system may Child Restraint Make sure the seat belt or may not turn off the airbag for a The passenger sensing system is retractor is locked by pulling child in a child restraint depending designed to turn off the front the shoulder belt all the way upon the child’s size. It is better to outboard passenger frontal airbag if out of the retractor when secure the child restraint in a rear the system determines that an infant installing the child restraint, seat. Never put a rear-facing child is present in a child restraint. If a even if the child restraint is restraint in the front seat, even if the child restraint has been installed equipped with a seat belt lock on indicator is not lit. and the on indicator is lit: off. When the retractor lock is set, the belt can be tightened 1. Turn the vehicle off. but not pulled out of the retractor. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

94 Seats and Restraints

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material Adult-Sized Occupant from the seat, such as { Warning blankets, cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat If the front outboard passenger massagers. airbag is turned off for an adult-sized occupant, the airbag 3. Place the seatback in the fully will not be able to inflate and help upright position. protect that person in a crash, 4. Have the person sit upright in resulting in an increased risk of the seat, centered on the seat serious injury or even death. An cushion, with legs comfortably adult-sized occupant should not extended. ride in the front outboard 5. If the shoulder portion of the passenger seat, if the passenger belt is pulled out all the way, airbag off indicator is lit. the child restraint locking feature will be engaged. This If a person of adult size is sitting in Additional Factors Affecting may unintentionally cause the the front outboard passenger seat, System Operation passenger sensing system to but the off indicator is lit, it could be turn the airbag off for some Seat belts help keep the passenger because that person is not sitting adult-sized occupants. If this in position on the seat during properly in the seat or that the child happens, unbuckle the belt, let vehicle maneuvers and braking, restraint locking feature is engaged. the belt go back all the way, which helps the passenger sensing Use the following steps to allow the and then buckle the belt again system maintain the passenger system to detect that person and without pulling the belt out all airbag status. See “Seat Belts” and enable the front outboard passenger the way. “Child Restraints” in the Index for frontal airbag: additional information about the 6. Restart the vehicle and have 1. Turn the vehicle off. importance of proper restraint use. the person remain in this position for two to three minutes A thick layer of additional material, after the on indicator is lit. such as a blanket or cushion, or aftermarket equipment such as GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 95

seat covers, seat heaters, and seat Servicing the Adding Equipment to the massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system Airbag-Equipped Vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle operates. We recommend that you Airbags affect how the vehicle Adding accessories that change the not use seat covers or other should be serviced. There are parts vehicle's frame, bumper system, aftermarket equipment except when of the airbag system in several height, front end, or side sheet approved by GM for your specific places around the vehicle. Your metal may keep the airbag system vehicle. See Adding Equipment to dealer and the service manual have from working properly. the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 95 information about servicing the The operation of the airbag system for more information about vehicle and the airbag system. To can also be affected by changing modifications that can affect how purchase a service manual, see any parts of the front seats, seat the system operates. Service Publications Ordering 0 belts, airbag sensing and diagnostic The on indicator may be lit if an Information 395. module, steering wheel, instrument object, such as a briefcase, panel, inner door seals including the handbag, grocery bag, laptop, { Warning speakers, any of the airbag or other electronic device, is put on modules, ceiling or pillar garnish an unoccupied seat. If this is not For up to 10 seconds after the trim, overhead console, front desired, remove the object from vehicle is turned off and the sensors, side impact sensors, the seat. battery is disconnected, an airbag airbag wiring, or front center can still inflate during improper console. service. You can be injured if you { Warning Your dealer and the service manual are close to an airbag when it have information about the location inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. Stowing articles under the of the airbag sensors, sensing and passenger seat or between the They are probably part of the diagnostic module, and airbag passenger seat cushion and airbag system. Be sure to follow wiring. seatback may interfere with the proper service procedures, and proper operation of the passenger make sure the person performing In addition, the vehicle has a sensing system. work for you is qualified to do so. passenger sensing system for the front outboard passenger position, which includes sensors that are part GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

96 Seats and Restraints

of the passenger's seat. The airbag system will be affected if the Replacing Airbag System passenger sensing system may not vehicle is modified for any other operate properly if the original seat reason, call Customer Assistance. Parts after a Crash trim is replaced with non-GM See Customer Assistance Offices covers, upholstery, or trim, or with 0 388. { Warning GM covers, upholstery, or trim designed for a different vehicle. Any Airbag System Check A crash can damage the airbag object, such as an aftermarket seat systems in the vehicle. heater or a comfort enhancing pad The airbag system does not need A damaged airbag system may or device, installed under or on top regularly scheduled maintenance or not properly protect you and your of the seat fabric, could also replacement. Make sure the airbag passenger(s) in a crash, resulting interfere with the operation of the readiness light is working. See in serious injury or even death. To 0 passenger sensing system. This Airbag Readiness Light 141. help make sure the airbag could either prevent proper systems are working properly deployment of the passenger Caution after a crash, have them airbag(s) or prevent the passenger inspected and any necessary If an airbag covering is damaged, sensing system from properly replacements made as soon as opened, or broken, the airbag turning off the passenger airbag(s). possible. See Passenger Sensing System may not work properly. Do not 0 91. open or break the airbag coverings. If there are any If an airbag inflates, you will need to If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail opened or broken airbag replace airbag system parts. See airbags, see Different Size Tires your dealer for service. and Wheels 0 337 for additional coverings, have the airbag important information. covering and/or airbag module If the airbag readiness light stays on replaced. For the location of the after the vehicle is started or comes If you have to modify your vehicle airbags, see Where Are the on when you are driving, the airbag because you have a disability and Airbags? 0 86. See your dealer system may not work properly. Have you have questions about whether for service. the vehicle serviced right away. See the modifications will affect the Airbag Readiness Light 0 141. vehicle's airbag system, or if you have questions about whether the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 97 Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that . Can proper seat belt fit be come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no, Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat. lap-shoulder belt until the child If you have the choice, a child passes the fit test below: should sit in a position with a . Sit all the way back on the seat. lap-shoulder belt and get the Do the knees bend at the seat additional restraint a shoulder edge? If yes, continue. If no, belt can provide. return to the booster seat. Q: What is the proper way to . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. wear seat belts? Does the shoulder belt rest on A: An older child should wear a the shoulder? If yes, continue. lap-shoulder belt and get the If no, try using the rear seat belt additional restraint a shoulder comfort guide, if available. See belt can provide. The shoulder “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides” belt should not cross the face or under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 78. Older children who have outgrown neck. The lap belt should fit If a comfort guide is not booster seats should wear the snugly below the hips, just available, or if the shoulder belt vehicle’s seat belts. touching the top of the thighs. still does not rest on the This applies belt force to the shoulder, then return to the child's pelvic bones in a crash. booster seat. It should never be worn over the . Does the lap belt fit low and abdomen, which could cause snug on the hips, touching the severe or even fatal internal thighs? If yes, continue. If no, injuries in a crash. return to the booster seat. Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 78. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

98 Seats and Restraints

According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly Warning (Continued) restrained in a rear seating position. That could cause serious or fatal In a crash, children who are not injuries. The shoulder belt should buckled up can strike other people go over the shoulder and across who are buckled up, or can be the chest. thrown out of the vehicle. Older children need to use seat belts properly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one child to wear the same seat belt. The { Warning seat belt cannot properly spread Never allow a child to wear the the impact forces. In a crash, they seat belt with the shoulder belt can be crushed together and behind their back. A child can be seriously injured. A seat belt must seriously injured by not wearing be used by only one person at the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a a time. crash, the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt. The child could move too far Infants and Young forward increasing the chance of Children head and neck injury. The child Everyone in a vehicle needs might also slide under the lap protection! This includes infants and belt. The belt force would then be all other children. Neither the applied right on the abdomen. distance traveled nor the age and (Continued) size of the traveler changes the need, for everyone, to use safety GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 99

restraints. In fact, the law in every Every time infants and young state in the United States and in children ride in vehicles, they should every Canadian province says have the protection provided by children up to some age must be appropriate child restraints. Neither restrained while in a vehicle. the vehicle's seat belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them. { Warning Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people, Children can be seriously injured or can be thrown out of the vehicle. or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck. The { Warning shoulder belt can tighten but cannot be loosened if it is locked. Never hold an infant or a child The shoulder belt locks when it is while riding in a vehicle. Due to { Warning pulled all the way out of the crash forces, an infant or a child Children who are up against, retractor. It unlocks when the will become so heavy it is not or very close to, any airbag when shoulder belt is allowed to go all possible to hold it during a crash. it inflates can be seriously injured the way back into the retractor, For example, in a crash at only or killed. Never put a rear-facing but it cannot do this if it is 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) child restraint in the front wrapped around a child’s neck. infant will suddenly become a outboard seat. Secure a If the shoulder belt is locked and 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's rear-facing child restraint in a rear tightened around a child’s neck, arms. An infant or child should be seat. It is also better to secure a the only way to loosen the belt is secured in an appropriate forward-facing child restraint in a to cut it. restraint. rear seat. If you must secure a Never leave children unattended forward-facing child restraint in in a vehicle and never allow the front outboard seat, always children to play with the seat move the front passenger seat as belts. far back as it will go. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

100 Seats and Restraints

For each type of child restraint, there are many different models { Warning available. When purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be A young child's hip bones are still used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the so small that the vehicle's regular restraint will have a label saying that seat belt may not remain low on it meets federal motor vehicle safety the hip bones, as it should. standards. The restraint Instead, it may settle up around manufacturer's instructions that the child's abdomen. In a crash, come with the restraint state the the belt would apply force on a weight and height limitations for a body area that is unprotected by particular child restraint. In addition, any bony structure. This alone there are many kinds of restraints could cause serious or fatal Child restraints are devices used to available for children with special injuries. To reduce the risk of restrain, seat, or position children in needs. the vehicle and are sometimes serious or fatal injuries during a called child seats or car seats. crash, young children should { Warning always be secured in appropriate There are three basic types of child restraints. child restraints: To reduce the risk of neck and . Forward-facing child restraints head injury in a crash, infants and toddlers should be secured in a . Rearward-facing child restraints rear-facing child restraint until age . Belt-positioning booster seats two, or until they reach the maximum height and weight limits The proper child restraint for your of their child restraint. child depends on their size, weight, and age, and also on whether the child restraint is compatible with the vehicle in which it will be used. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 101

Child Restraint Systems

Forward-Facing Child Restraint Booster Seats Rear-Facing Infant Restraint A forward-facing child restraint A belt-positioning booster seat is provides restraint for the child's used for children who have A rear-facing child restraint provides body with the harness. outgrown their forward-facing child restraint with the seating surface restraint. Boosters are designed to against the back of the infant. improve the fit of the vehicle's seat The harness system holds the infant belt system until the child is large in place and, in a crash, acts to enough for the vehicle seat belts to keep the infant positioned in the fit properly without a booster seat. restraint. See the seat belt fit test in Older Children 0 97. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

102 Seats and Restraints

Securing an Add-On Child When securing an add-on child Securing the Child Within the Restraint in the Vehicle restraint, refer to the instructions Child Restraint that come with the restraint which { Warning may be on the restraint itself or in a { Warning booklet, or both, and to this manual. A child can be seriously injured or The child restraint instructions are A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child important, so if they are not killed in a crash if the child is not restraint is not properly secured in available, obtain a replacement properly secured in the child copy from the manufacturer. the vehicle. Secure the child restraint. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle Keep in mind that an unsecured properly following the instructions using the vehicle’s seat belt or child restraint can move around in a that came with that child restraint. LATCH system, following the collision or sudden stop and injure instructions that came with that people in the vehicle. Be sure to child restraint and the instructions properly secure any child restraint in Where to Put the in this manual. the vehicle — even when no child is Restraint in it. According to accident statistics, To help reduce the chance of injury, In some areas of the United States children and infants are safer when the child restraint must be secured and Canada, Certified Child properly restrained in an appropriate in the vehicle. Child restraints must Passenger Safety Technicians child restraint secured in a rear be secured in vehicle seats by lap (CPSTs) are available to inspect seating position. and demonstrate how to correctly belts or the lap belt portion of a Whenever possible, children aged lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH use and install child restraints. In the U.S., refer to the National 12 and under should be secured in system. See Lower Anchors and a rear seating position. Tethers for Children (LATCH Highway Traffic Safety System) 0 104 for more information. Administration (NHTSA) website to The vehicle may be equipped with a Children can be endangered in a locate the nearest child safety seat front center airbag in the inboard crash if the child restraint is not inspection station. For CPST side of the driver seat. Even with a properly secured in the vehicle. availability in Canada, check with front center airbag, a child restraint Transport Canada or the Provincial can be installed in any second row Ministry of Transportation office. seating position. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 103

Never put a rear-facing child When securing a child restraint with restraint in the front. This is because Warning (Continued) the seat belts in a rear seat position, the risk to the rear-facing child is so study the instructions that came with great if the airbag deploys. Secure rear-facing child restraints the child restraint to make sure it is in a rear seat, even if the airbag compatible with this vehicle. is off. If you secure a { Warning forward-facing child restraint in Child restraints and booster seats vary considerably in size, and some A child in a rear-facing child the front seat, always move the front passenger seat as far back may fit in certain seating positions restraint can be seriously injured better than others. or killed if the front passenger as it will go. It is better to secure airbag inflates. This is because the child restraint in a rear seat. Depending on where you place the the back of the rear-facing child child restraint and the size of the See Passenger Sensing System child restraint, you may not be able restraint would be very close to 0 91 for additional information. to access adjacent seat belts or the inflating airbag. A child in a LATCH anchors for additional forward-facing child restraint can passengers or child restraints. be seriously injured or killed if the { Warning Adjacent seating positions should front passenger airbag inflates not be used if the child restraint and the passenger seat is in a A child in a child restraint in the prevents access to or interferes with forward position. center front seat can be badly the routing of the seat belt. Even if the passenger sensing injured or killed by the frontal Wherever a child restraint is system has turned off the front airbags if they inflate. Never installed, be sure to follow the passenger frontal airbag, no secure a child restraint in the instructions that came with the child system is fail-safe. No one can center front seat. It is always restraint system and secure the guarantee that an airbag will not better to secure a child restraint in child restraint system properly. deploy under some unusual a rear seat. Keep in mind that an unsecured circumstance, even though it is child restraint can move around in a turned off. Do not use child restraints in the collision or sudden stop and injure (Continued) center front seat position. people in the vehicle. Be sure to GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

104 Seats and Restraints

properly secure any child restraint in Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat See Securing Child Restraints (With the vehicle — even when no child is belts to secure the child and the the Seat Belt in the Center Front in it. booster seat. If the manufacturer Seat) 0 114 or Securing Child recommends that the booster seat Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Lower Anchors and be secured with the LATCH system, Front Passenger Seat) 0 114 or Tethers for Children this can be done as long as the Securing Child Restraints (With the booster seat can be positioned Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 112. (LATCH System) properly and there is no interference Child restraints built after March The LATCH system secures a child with the proper positioning of the 2014 will be labeled with the restraint during driving or in a crash. lap-shoulder belt on the child. specific child weight up to which the LATCH attachments on the child Make sure to follow the instructions LATCH system can be used to restraint are used to attach the child that came with the child restraint, install the restraint. restraint to the anchors in the and also the instructions in this The following explains how to attach vehicle. The LATCH system is manual. designed to make installation of a a child restraint with these child restraint easier. When installing a child restraint with attachments in the vehicle. a top tether, you must also use Not all vehicle seating positions In order to use the LATCH system in either the lower anchors or the seat your vehicle, you need a child have lower anchors. In this case, belts to properly secure the child the seat belt must be used (with top restraint that has LATCH restraint. A child restraint must attachments. LATCH-compatible tether where available) to secure never be installed using only the top the child restraint. rear-facing and forward-facing child tether and anchor. seats can be properly installed See Securing Child Restraints (With using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can the Seat Belt in the Center Front be used until the combined weight Seat) 0 114 or Securing Child the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not use of the child plus the child restraint is Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the both the seat belts and the LATCH 0 anchorage system to secure a 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the seat belt Front Passenger Seat) 114 or alone instead of the LATCH Securing Child Restraints (With the rear-facing or forward-facing 0 child seat. anchorage system once the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 112. combined weight is more than 29.5 kg (65 lbs). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 105

Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints with top tethers are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint. Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3,4) is used to secure built into the vehicle. There are two the top of the child restraint to the lower anchors for each LATCH vehicle. A top tether anchor is built seating position that will into the vehicle. The top tether accommodate a child restraint with attachment hook (2) on the child lower attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. The child restraint may have a single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Second Row — 60/40 Either will have a single attachment hook (2) to secure the top tether to H : Seating positions with two the anchor. lower anchors. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

106 Seats and Restraints

I : Seating positions with top tether anchors.

To assist in locating the top tether anchors, the top tether anchor symbol is near the top tether anchors for second row seats. For third row seats, the top tether anchor symbol is on the flipper Third Row Seat panel. I : Seating positions with top Second Row — Bucket tether anchors. H : Seating positions with two lower anchors. I : Seating positions with top tether anchors.

To assist in locating the lower anchors, each seating position with lower anchors has two labels, near the crease between the seatback Second Row Seat — Bucket and the seat cushion. For models with bucket second row seating, the top tether anchors are at the bottom rear of the seat GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 107

cushion for each seating position in According to accident statistics, the second row. Be sure to use an children and infants are safer when anchor on the same side of the properly restrained in a child vehicle as the seating position restraint system or infant restraint where the child restraint will be system secured in a rear seating placed. position. See Where to Put the Restraint 0 102 for additional information. Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System Third Row Seat { Warning For the third row seat, the top tether anchors are on the back of the A child could be seriously injured seatback. Move the flipper panel or killed in a crash if the child rearward to access the anchors. Be restraint is not properly attached sure to use an anchor on the same to the vehicle using either the Second Row Seat 60/40 — side of the vehicle as the seating LATCH anchors or the vehicle For models with 60/40 second row position where the child restraint will seat belt. Follow the instructions be placed. seating, the top tether anchors are that came with the child restraint at the bottom rear of the seat Do not secure a child restraint in a and the instructions in this cushion for each seating position in position without a top tether anchor manual. the second row. Be sure to use an if a national or local law requires anchor on the same side of the that the top tether be attached, or if vehicle as the seating position the instructions that come with the where the child restraint will be child restraint say that the top tether placed. must be attached. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

108 Seats and Restraints

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued)

To reduce the risk of serious or wrapped around a child’s neck. Do not fold the rear seatback fatal injuries during a crash, do If the shoulder belt is locked and when the seat is occupied. Do not not attach more than one child tightened around a child’s neck, fold the empty rear seat with a restraint to a single anchor. the only way to loosen the belt is seat belt buckled. This could Attaching more than one child to cut it. damage the seat belt or the seat. restraint to a single anchor could Buckle any unused seat belts Unbuckle and return the seat belt cause the anchor or attachment behind the child restraint so to its stowed position, before to come loose or even break children cannot reach them. Pull folding the seat. during a crash. A child or others the shoulder belt all the way out could be injured. of the retractor to set the lock, The vehicle is equipped with a front and tighten the belt behind the center airbag in the inboard side of child restraint after the child the driver seat. Even with a front { Warning restraint has been installed. center airbag, a child restraint can be installed in any second row Children can be seriously injured seating position. or strangled if a shoulder belt is Caution If you need to secure more than one wrapped around their neck. The child restraint in the rear seat, see 0 shoulder belt can tighten but Do not let the LATCH Where to Put the Restraint 102. cannot be loosened if it is locked. attachments rub against the This system is designed to make The shoulder belt locks when it is vehicle’s seat belts. This may installation of child restraints easier. pulled all the way out of the damage these parts. If necessary, When using lower anchors, do not retractor. It unlocks when the move buckled seat belts to avoid use the vehicle's seat belts. Instead shoulder belt is allowed to go all rubbing the LATCH attachments. use the vehicle's anchors and child the way back into the retractor, restraint attachments to secure the but it cannot do this if it is (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 109

restraints. Some restraints also use 1.1. Find the lower anchors another vehicle anchor to secure a for the desired seating top tether. position. 1. Attach and tighten the lower 1.2. Put the child restraint on attachments to the lower the seat. anchors. If the child restraint 1.3. Attach and tighten the does not have lower lower attachments on the attachments or the desired child restraint to the lower seating position does not have anchors. If the position you are lower anchors, secure the child using does not have a restraint with the seat belts and 2. If the child restraint headrest or head restraint top tether when recommended manufacturer recommends that and you are using a by the child restraint the top tether be attached, single tether, route the manufacturer. Refer to your attach and tighten the top tether over the seatback. child restraint manufacturer tether to the top tether anchor. instructions and the Refer to the child restraint instructions in this manual. For instructions and the following the third row outboard seating steps: positions, if the head restraint 2.1. Find the top tether interferes with the proper anchor. installation of the child restraint, then the head For the third row seat, restraint may be removed. See move the flipper panel “Head Restraint Removal and rearward to access the top tether anchors. Reinstallation under Lower If the position you are Anchors and Tethers for 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten using does not have a Children (LATCH System) the top tether according 0 headrest or head restraint 104. to your child restraint and you are using a dual instructions and the tether, route the tether following instructions: over the seatback. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

110 Seats and Restraints

If the position you are If the position you are using has an adjustable using has a fixed or an headrest or head restraint adjustable head restraint and you are using a If the position you are and you are using a dual single tether, raise the using has a fixed tether, route the tether headrest or head restraint headrest or head restraint around the head restraint. and route the tether and you are using a 3. Before placing a child in the under the headrest or single tether, route the child restraint, make sure it is head restraint and in tether around the inboard securely held in place. To between the headrest or or outboard side of the check, grasp the child restraint head restraint posts. headrest or head at the LATCH path and attempt restraint. to move it side to side and back and forth. There should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement, for proper installation. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 111

Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation { Warning 1. Partially fold the seatback With head restraints that are not forward. See Third Row Seats installed and adjusted properly, 0 74 for additional information. there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/ spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly.

4. With the head restraint facing Replacing LATCH System rearward, insert the head restraint posts into the holes in Parts After a Crash the top of the seatback. 5. Push the head restraint down. { Warning 6. Try to move the head restraint A crash can damage the LATCH 2. Press the buttons on the head to make sure that it is locked in system in the vehicle. A damaged restraint posts and pull up on place. LATCH system may not properly the head restraint. 7. When the child restraint is secure the child restraint, 3. Route the top tether of the child removed, reinstall the head resulting in serious injury or even restraint under the head restraint before the seating death in a crash. To help make restraint. position is used. sure the LATCH system is working properly after a crash, see your dealer to have the (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

112 Seats and Restraints

install the child restraint using For the third row outboard Warning (Continued) LATCH. If a child restraint is seating positions, if the head secured in the vehicle using a seat restraint interferes with the system inspected and any belt and it uses a top tether, see proper installation of the child necessary replacements made as Lower Anchors and Tethers for restraint, the head restraint soon as possible. Children (LATCH System) 0 104 for may be removed. See “Head top tether anchor locations. Restraint Removal and If the vehicle has the LATCH system Do not secure a child seat in a Reinstallation” under Lower and it was being used during a position without a top tether anchor Anchors and Tethers for crash, new LATCH system parts Children (LATCH System) if a national or local law requires 0 may be needed. that the top tether be anchored, or if 104. New parts and repairs may be the instructions that come with the 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run necessary even if the LATCH child restraint say that the top strap the lap and shoulder portions system was not being used at the must be anchored. of the vehicle's seat belt time of the crash. If the child restraint or vehicle seat through or around the restraint. position does not have the LATCH The child restraint instructions Securing Child Restraints system, you will be using the seat will show you how. (With the Seat Belt in the belt to secure the child restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions that Rear Seat) came with the child restraint. When securing a child restraint with If more than one child restraint the seat belts in a rear seat position, needs to be installed in the rear study the instructions that came with seat, be sure to read Where to Put the child restraint to make sure it is the Restraint 0 102. compatible with this vehicle. 1. Put the child restraint on If the child restraint has the LATCH the seat. system, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 104 for how and where to GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 113

3. Push the latch plate into the lock is set, the belt can be Try to pull the belt out of the buckle until it clicks. tightened but not pulled out of retractor to make sure the If the latch plate will not go fully the retractor. retractor is locked. If the into the buckle, check to see if retractor is not locked, repeat the correct buckle is Steps 4 and 5. being used. 6. If the child restraint has a top Position the release button on tether, follow the child restraint the buckle, away from the child manufacturer’s instructions restraint system, so that the regarding the use of the top seat belt could be quickly tether. Refer to the instructions unbuckled if necessary. that came with the child restraint and see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 104. 7. Before placing a child in the 5. To tighten the belt, push down child restraint, make sure it is on the child restraint, pull the securely held in place. To shoulder portion of the belt to check, grasp the child restraint tighten the lap portion of the at the seat belt path and belt and feed the shoulder belt attempt to move it side to side back into the retractor. When and back and forth. When the installing a forward-facing child child restraint is properly restraint, it may be helpful to installed, there should be no use your knee to push down on more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the the child restraint as you movement. way out of the retractor to set tighten the belt. the lock. When the retractor GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

114 Seats and Restraints

To remove the child restraint, Never put a rear-facing child seat in unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and Warning (Continued) the front. This is because the risk to let it return to the stowed position. the rear-facing child is so great if the If the top tether is attached to a top center front seat. It is always airbag deploys. tether anchor, disconnect it. better to secure a child restraint in a rear seat. If the head restraint was removed { Warning for a third row outboard seating position, reinstall it before the Do not use child restraints in the A child in a rear-facing child seating position is used. See “Head center front seat position. restraint can be seriously injured Restraint Removal and or killed if the front outboard Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors Securing Child Restraints passenger frontal airbag inflates. and Tethers for Children (LATCH (With the Seat Belt in the This is because the back of the System) 0 104 for additional rear-facing child restraint would information on reinstalling the head Front Passenger Seat) be very close to the inflating restraint properly. This vehicle has airbags. A rear airbag. A child in a forward-facing seat is a safer place to secure a child restraint can be seriously Securing Child Restraints forward-facing child restraint. See injured or killed if the front (With the Seat Belt in the Where to Put the Restraint 0 102. outboard passenger frontal airbag Center Front Seat) In addition, the vehicle has a inflates and the passenger seat is passenger sensing system which is in a forward position. designed to turn off the front { Warning Even if the passenger sensing outboard passenger frontal airbag system has turned off the front under certain conditions. A child in a child restraint in the outboard passenger frontal See Passenger Sensing System center front seat can be badly airbag, no system is fail-safe. No 0 91 and Passenger Airbag Status one can guarantee that an airbag injured or killed by the frontal Indicator 0 142 for more information, airbags if they inflate. Never including important safety (Continued) secure a child restraint in the information. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 115

the instructions that come with the 2. Put the child restraint on Warning (Continued) child restraint say that the top strap the seat. must be anchored. will not deploy under some 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run unusual circumstance, even In Canada, the law requires that the lap and shoulder portions though it is turned off. forward-facing child restraints have of the vehicle's seat belt a top tether, and that the tether be through or around the restraint. Secure rear-facing child restraints attached. The child restraint instructions in a rear seat, even if the airbag will show you how. is off. If you secure a When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this forward-facing child restraint in position, follow the instructions that the front outboard passenger came with the child restraint and the seat, always move the seat as far following instructions: back as it will go. It is better to secure the child restraint in a 1. Move the seat as far back as it rear seat. will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. See Passenger Sensing System Move the seat upward or the 0 91 for additional information. seatback to an upright position, if needed, to get a tight If the child restraint uses a top installation of the child tether, see Lower Anchors and restraint. Tethers for Children (LATCH When the passenger sensing 0 Tilt the latch plate to adjust the System) 104 for top tether anchor system has turned off the front belt, if needed. locations. outboard passenger frontal Do not secure a child seat in a airbag, the off indicator on the position without a top tether anchor passenger airbag status if a national or local law requires indicator should light and stay that the top tether be anchored, or if lit when you start the vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 142. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

116 Seats and Restraints

4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the 6. To tighten the belt, push down buckle until it clicks. way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the Position the release button on the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to the buckle, away from the child lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the restraint system, so that the tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt seat belt could be quickly the retractor. back into the retractor. When unbuckled if necessary. installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Seats and Restraints 117

7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. If the airbag is off, the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started. If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit, see “If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing System 0 91. To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and let it return to the stowed position. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

118 Storage Storage Storage If equipped with storage behind the radio, press and hold P to open. Compartments There is a USB port inside. See the Storage Compartments infotainment manual. { Warning Storage Compartments ...... 118 Press and hold P again to close. Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 118 Keep the storage area closed when Glove Box ...... 118 Do not store heavy or sharp not in use. Cupholders ...... 118 objects in storage compartments. Sunglasses Storage ...... 119 In a crash, these objects may The storage area cannot be Armrest Storage ...... 119 cause the cover to open and operated with P when valet mode Rear Storage ...... 119 could result in injury. is enabled. See Vehicle Center Console Storage ...... 120 Personalization 0 158. Additional Storage Features Instrument Panel Storage The storage area can be operated Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 120 manually. Convenience Net ...... 120 Roof Rack System Glove Box Roof Rack System ...... 120 Lift up the glove box handle to open it. Use the key to lock and unlock the glove box. Cupholders The cupholders are immediately in front of the center console storage bin. Press the button to open. The door will retract rearward. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Storage 119

If the cupholder door is closed, it will Sunglasses Storage Rear Storage lock if the vehicle is in a crash. See your dealer to have the door unlocked. Press the button on the forward bin to open. The door will retract forward. If equipped, cupholders may be in the second and third row seat armrest areas.

If equipped, sunglasses storage is There is storage in the floor of the on the overhead console. Press the rear cargo area. Lift the handle to fixed button on the cover and access. There is a removable release to access. divider to help organize. Armrest Storage For vehicles with a rear seat armrest, pull the loop at the top of the armrest down to access the cupholders. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

120 Storage Center Console Storage Additional Storage Roof Rack System Features { Warning

Cargo Tie-Downs If something is carried on top of the vehicle that is longer or wider than the roof rack — like paneling, plywood, or a mattress — the wind can catch it while the vehicle is being driven. The item being carried could be violently torn off, and this could cause a collision and damage the vehicle. Never carry something longer or wider Pull the handle and lift to access. than the roof rack on top of the There are auxiliary jacks, USB vehicle unless using a GM ports, an accessory power outlet, a certified accessory carrier. tote compartment, and a device holder inside. There are four cargo tie-downs in the rear cargo area. These can be If equipped, the roof rack can be On the rear of the console, there are used to strap cargo down and keep used to load items. For roof racks auxiliary jacks, a High Voltage it from moving inside the vehicle. that do not have crossrails included, Power Outlet (HVPO), and an open GM Certified crossrails can be storage area. Convenience Net purchased as an accessory. See See Power Outlets 0 127 and the your dealer for additional infotainment manual. Use the convenience net, located in information. the rear, to store small loads as far forward as possible. The net should not be used to store heavy loads. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Storage 121

Do not exceed the maximum vehicle Caution capacity when loading the vehicle. For more information on vehicle Loading cargo on the roof rack capacity and loading, see Vehicle that weighs more than 100 kg Load Limits 0 200. (220 lb) or hangs over the rear or sides of the vehicle may damage A Center High-Mounted Stoplamp the vehicle. Load cargo so that it (CHMSL) is located above the rear rests evenly between the window glass. Make sure items loaded on the roof of the vehicle do crossrails, making sure to fasten not block or damage the CHMSL. cargo securely.

To prevent damage or loss of cargo when driving, check to make sure crossrails and cargo are securely fastened. Loading cargo on the roof rack will make the vehicle’s center of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden braking, or abrupt maneuvers, otherwise it may result in loss of control. If driving for a long distance, on rough roads, or at high speeds, occasionally stop the vehicle to make sure the cargo remains in its place. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

122 Instruments and Controls

Engine Coolant Temperature High-Beam On Light ...... 149 Instruments and Gauge ...... 138 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 150 Controls Transmission Temperature Lamps On Reminder ...... 150 Gauge ...... 139 Cruise Control Light ...... 150 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 140 Door Ajar Light ...... 150 Controls Seat Belt Reminders ...... 140 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 141 Information Displays Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 123 Driver Information Steering Wheel Controls ...... 123 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator ...... 142 Center (DIC) ...... 151 Heated Steering Wheel ...... 123 Head-Up Display (HUD) ...... 154 Horn ...... 123 Charging System Light ...... 142 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 123 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Vehicle Messages Rear Window Wiper/ (Check Engine Light) ...... 143 Vehicle Messages ...... 157 Washer ...... 125 Brake System Warning Engine Power Messages . . . . . 158 Compass ...... 126 Light ...... 145 Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 158 Clock ...... 126 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Power Outlets ...... 127 Warning Light ...... 145 Vehicle Personalization Wireless Charging ...... 129 Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 146 Vehicle Personalization ...... 158 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 146 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Universal Remote System Indicators Light ...... 146 Universal Remote System . . . . 166 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 146 Universal Remote System Indicators ...... 132 Traction Off Light ...... 147 Programming ...... 166 Instrument Cluster ...... 133 StabiliTrak OFF Light ...... 147 Universal Remote System Speedometer ...... 136 Traction Control System (TCS)/ Operation ...... 168 Odometer ...... 136 StabiliTrak Light ...... 147 Trip Odometer ...... 136 Engine Coolant Temperature Tachometer ...... 136 Warning Light ...... 148 Fuel Gauge ...... 137 Tire Pressure Light ...... 148 Engine Oil Pressure Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 149 Gauge ...... 137 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 149 Security Light ...... 149 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 123 Controls Steering Wheel Controls Horn The infotainment system can be To sound the horn, press a on the Steering Wheel operated by using the steering steering wheel. Adjustment wheel controls. See "Steering Wheel Controls" in the infotainment Windshield Wiper/Washer Power Tilt and Telescoping manual. Steering Wheel Heated Steering Wheel

The windshield wiper control is on the turn signal lever. The windshield wipers are controlled by turning the band with z FRONT on it. 1 : Fast wipes. To adjust the power tilt and w : Slow wipes. telescoping steering wheel: 3 INT : If Rainsense is turned off, Press the control to move the ( : Press to turn the heated turn the z FRONT band up for steering wheel up and down or steering wheel on or off. A light next forward and rearward. to the button displays when the more frequent wipes or down for feature is turned on. less frequent wipes. If Rainsense is Do not adjust the steering wheel turned on, see Rainsense later in The steering wheel takes about while driving. this section. three minutes to start heating. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

124 Instruments and Controls

OFF : Turns the windshield If the ignition is turned off while the . Turn the band down to lower INT wipers off. wipers are performing wipes due to setting for less sensitivity to 8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8, windshield washing or Rainsense, moisture. then release. For several wipes, the wipers continue to run until they 3 reach the base of the windshield. Move the band out of the INT hold the band on 8 longer. position to deactivate Rainsense. Rainsense Clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them. If frozen With Rainsense, a sensor near the to the windshield, carefully loosen or top center of the windshield detects thaw them. Damaged wiper blades the amount of water on the should be replaced. See Wiper windshield and controls the Blade Replacement 0 303. frequency of the windshield wiper. Heavy snow or ice can overload the Keep this area of the windshield wiper motor. An internal circuit clear of debris to allow for best z AUTO : Press to turn breaker to the motor will stop the system performance. Rainsense on or off. When turned motor until it cools down. 3 z INT : Turn the FRONT on and z FRONT is in one of the Wiper Parking band on the wiper lever to adjust the Rainsense wipe sensitivity positions sensitivity when Rainsense is the wipers can be adjusted for more If the ignition is turned off while the turned on. wipers are on w, 1, or 3 INT, or less sensitivity to moisture. When turned off, the wipers operate as they will immediately stop. timed intermittent wipers and can be If z FRONT is then moved to adjusted for more or less frequent OFF before the driver door is wipes. opened or within 10 minutes, the If z AUTO is turned on when the wipers will restart and move to the ignition is turned on, or if the ignition base of the windshield. . Turn the band up for more is in on and the z FRONT band sensitivity to moisture. is in one of the sensitivity settings GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 125

when z AUTO is turned on or off, Windshield Washer Rear Window Wiper/ a message may display indicating if Washer Rainsense was turned on or off. { Warning

If the ignition is in on and z In freezing weather, do not use FRONT is not in one of the the washer until the windshield is sensitivity settings when z AUTO warmed. Otherwise the washer is turned on, a message may fluid can form ice on the display indicating that the wiper windshield, blocking your vision. band must be in one of the sensitivity settings for Rainsense to L The rear wiper control is on the turn operate. m : Push the paddle marked with signal lever. the windshield washer symbol at the Wiper Arm Assembly Protection top of the turn signal lever to spray To turn the rear wiper on, slide the lever to a wiper position. When using an automatic car wash, washer fluid and activate the wipers. move the windshield wiper lever to The wipers will continue until the OFF : Turns the wiper off. paddle is released or the maximum OFF. This disables the automatic INT : Turns on the rear wiper with a Rainsense windshield wipers. wash time is reached. When the paddle is released, additional wipes delay between wipes. With Rainsense, if the transmission may occur depending on how long ON : Turns on the rear wiper. is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle the windshield washer had been = REAR : Press this button on the speed is very slow, the wipers will activated. See Washer Fluid 0 296 end of the lever to spray washer automatically stop at the base of the for information on filling the fluid on the rear window. The wipers windshield. windshield washer fluid reservoir. will clear the rear window and either The wiper operations return to stop or return to your preset speed. normal when the transmission is no For more washer cycles, press and longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle hold the button. speed has increased. The rear window wiper/washer will not operate if the liftgate or liftglass is open or ajar. If the liftgate or GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

126 Instruments and Controls

liftglass is opened while the rear interval wipes, then the rear wiper will automatically determine when a wiper is on, the wiper returns to the automatically performs interval GPS signal is restored and provide parked position and stops. wipes. a heading again. Rear Wiper Arm Assembly This feature can be turned on or off. Protection See Vehicle Personalization 0 158. Clock When using an automatic car wash, The windshield washer reservoir is Setting the Time and Date with move the rear wiper control to OFF used for the windshield and the rear Center Stack Controls window. Check the fluid level in the to disable the rear wiper. In some To set the time or date: vehicles, if the transmission is in reservoir if either washer is not N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is working. See Washer Fluid 0 296. 1. Select SETTINGS from the very slow, the rear wiper will Home Page, then select Time automatically park under the rear Compass and Date. spoiler. The vehicle may have a compass 2. Select the desired function. The wiper operations return to display on the Driver Information 3. Turn the MENU knob to normal when the transmission is no Center (DIC). The compass receives increase or decrease the value. longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle its heading and other information speed has increased. from the Global Positioning 4. Press the MENU knob to go to System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak, the next value. After the last Reverse Gear Wipes and vehicle speed information. value is selected, the system If the rear wiper control is off, the will update and return to the The compass system is designed to rear wiper will automatically operate Settings menu. Press BACK operate for a certain number of o continuously when the shift lever is to go to the last menu and miles or degrees of turn before in R (Reverse), and the front save the changes. needing a signal from the GPS windshield wiper is performing low satellites. When the compass Auto Set requires an active or high speed wipes. If the rear display shows CAL, drive the connection to OnStar. wiper control is off, the shift lever is vehicle for a short distance in an in R (Reverse), and the front open area where it can receive a windshield wiper is performing GPS signal. The compass system GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 127

If auto timing is set, the time 2. Touch Set Time, then touch « To set the clock display: displayed on the clock may not or ª to increase or decrease 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home update immediately when driving Page, then touch Time into a new time zone. hours, minutes, and AM or PM. Touch 12–24 Hr for 12 or and Date. To set the clock display: 24 hour clock. 2. Touch Clock Display, then 1. Select SETTINGS from the 3. Touch S to go back to the touch Off or On to turn the Home Page, then select Time clock display off or on. previous menu. and Date. Auto Set requires an active 3. Touch S to go back to the 2. Select Clock Display. connection to OnStar. previous menu. 3. Turn the MENU knob to Off If auto timing is set, the time or On. displayed on the clock may not Power Outlets 4. Press the MENU knob to update immediately when driving Power Outlets 12-Volt Direct select. into a new time zone. Current Press o BACK to go to the last To set the date: Accessory power outlets can be menu and save the changes. 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home used to plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone, MP3 Setting the Time and Date with Page, then touch Time and Date. player, etc. Infotainment Display Controls The vehicle may have up to five 2. Touch Set Date, then touch To set the time: « accessory power outlets: or ª to increase or decrease 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home Vehicles with a Center Console Page, then touch Time month, day, or year. . One in front of the cupholders on and Date. 3. Touch S to go back to the the center console previous menu. . One inside the center storage console . One on the rear of the center storage console GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

128 Instruments and Controls

. One in the third row seat on the battery power modes. If these driver side power outlets are used while in Warning (Continued) the battery power mode, this . One in the rear cargo area on plugged in when the vehicle is not the passenger side could cause interference between the Remote Keyless in use because the vehicle could Vehicles with Bench Seats Entry (RKE) transmitter and the catch fire and cause injury or death. . One on the center stack below vehicle, and the vehicle may not the climate control system start. See Ignition Positions (Key . One in the storage area on the Access) 0 207 or Ignition bench seat Positions (Keyless Access) Caution 0 . One on the rear of the center 205. Leaving electrical equipment armrest storage . The power outlets in the third plugged in for an extended period . One in the third row seat area on row seat area or in the rear of time while the ignition is off will the driver side cargo area are powered at all drain the battery. Always unplug times. The power outlets inside electrical equipment when not in . One in the rear cargo area on the storage area, on the rear of use and do not plug in equipment the passenger side the console, or on the bench that exceeds the maximum Lift the cover to access and replace seat are only powered when the 15 amp rating. when not in use. ignition is on or in ACC/ ACCESSORY, or when RAP is The accessory power outlets are active. Certain power accessory plugs may powered as follows: not be compatible with the . The power outlet near the { Warning accessory power outlet and could cupholders for vehicles with a overload vehicle or adapter fuses. center console or on the center Power is always supplied to the If a problem is experienced, see stack for vehicles with bench outlet, if configured accordingly. your dealer. seats, can be configured to Do not leave electrical equipment operate using Retained (Continued) Accessory Power (RAP) or GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 129

When adding electrical equipment, For vehicles with bench seats, the The power outlet is not designed for be sure to follow the proper 110/120-volt power outlet is on the the following, and may not work installation instructions included with center stack below the climate properly if they are plugged in: the equipment. See Add-On controls. 0 . Equipment with high initial peak Electrical Equipment 274. An indicator light on the outlet turns wattage, such as on to show it is in use. The light compressor-driven refrigerators Caution comes on when the ignition is on, and electric power tools equipment requiring less than 150 Hanging heavy equipment from . Other equipment requiring an watts is plugged into the outlet, and extremely stable power supply, the power outlet can cause no system fault is detected. damage not covered by the such as vehicle warranty. The power The indicator light does not come on microcomputer-controlled outlets are designed for when the ignition is off or if the electric blankets and touch equipment is not fully seated into sensor lamps accessory power plugs only, such the outlet. as cell phone charge cords. . Medical equipment If equipment is connected using more than 150 watts or a system Wireless Charging Power Outlet 110/120-Volt fault is detected, a protection circuit Alternating Current shuts off the power supply and the The vehicle may have wireless charging on top of the center If equipped with this power outlet, it indicator light turns off. To reset the circuit, unplug the item and plug it console. See Center Console can be used to plug in electrical 0 back in or turn the ignition off and Storage 120. The system equipment that uses a maximum operates at 145 kHz and wirelessly limit of 150 watts. then back to on. The power restarts when equipment using 150 watts or charges one PMA or Qi compatible For vehicles with a center console, less is plugged into the outlet and a mobile device. The power output of the 110/120-volt power outlet is on system fault is not detected. the system is capable of charging at the rear of the center console. a rate up to 1 amp (5W), as requested by the compatible mobile device. See Radio Frequency Statement 0 396. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

130 Instruments and Controls

To check for phone or other device The operating temperature is −20 °C compatibility: (−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the . In the U.S., see my.gmc.com/ charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to learn. 35 °C (95 °F) for the phone. . In Canada, see { Warning gmtotalconnect.ca. . Or, see your dealer for details. Remove all objects from the charging pad before charging { Warning your mobile device. Objects, such as coins, keys, rings, paper clips, Wireless charging can affect the or cards, between the phone and operation of an implanted charging pad will become very To charge a mobile device: pacemaker or other medical hot. On the rare occasion that the 1. Remove all objects from the devices. If you have one, it is charging system does not detect charging pad. The system may an object, and the object gets recommended to consult with not charge if there are any wedged between the phone and your doctor before using the objects between the mobile wireless charging system. charger, remove the phone and device and charging pad. allow the object to cool before removing it from the charging 2. Place the mobile device face The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ pad, to prevent burns. up against the alignment rib on ACCESSORY, or Retained the charge pad. Accessory Power (RAP) must be active. The wireless charging 3. The } will appear on the V feature may not correctly indicate on the infotainment display. charging when the vehicle is in RAP. This indicates that the mobile See Retained Accessory Power device is properly positioned (RAP) 0 212. and charging. If a mobile device is placed on the charging pad and } does not GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 131

display, remove the mobile [email protected]. This offer is THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED device from the pad, turn it valid for three (3) years from the BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS 180 degrees, and wait date on which you purchased the AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" three seconds before placing/ product. AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED aligning the mobile device on WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT the pad again. Freescale-WCT library NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale WARRANTIES OF Software Acknowledgements Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS Certain Wireless Charging Module reserved. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE product from LG Electronics, Inc. 1. Redistributions of source code ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT ("LGE") contains the open source must retain the above copyright SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER software detailed below. Refer to notice, this list of conditions OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE the indicated open source licenses and the following disclaimer. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, (as are included following this INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, notice) for the terms and conditions 2. Redistributions in binary form EXEMPLARY, OR of their use. must reproduce the above CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES copyright notice, this list of (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED OSS Notice Information conditions and the following TO, PROCUREMENT OF To obtain the source code that is disclaimer in the SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR contained in this product, please documentation and/or other SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, visit http://opensource.lge.com. In materials provided with the OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS addition to the source code, all distribution. INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER referred license terms, warranty 3. Neither the name of the CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY disclaimers and copyright notices copyright holder nor the names OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN are available for download. LG of its contributors may be used CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, Electronics will also provide open to endorse or promote products OR TORT (INCLUDING source code to you on CD-ROM for derived from this software NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) a charge covering the cost of without specific prior written ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF performing such distribution (such permission. THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, as the cost of media, shipping, and EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE handling) upon email request to POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

132 Instruments and Controls Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators Warning lights and gauges can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to the warning lights and gauges could prevent injury. Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working. When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on while driving, or when one of the gauges shows there may be a problem, check the section that explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 133

Instrument Cluster

English, Metric Similar GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

134 Instruments and Controls

Denali English Standard Theme, Metric Similar GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 135

Cluster Menu . Info App. This is where the If there is an active call, mute the selected Driver Information phone or switch to handset There is an interactive display area Center (DIC) displays can be operation. in the center of the instrument viewed. See Driver Information cluster. Center (DIC) 0 151. Navigation . Audio Press V to select the Navigation . Phone app, then press p to enter the Navigation menu. If there is no . Navigation active route, you can resume the . Options last route and turn the voice prompts on/off. If there is an active Audio route, press V to cancel or resume Press V to select the Audio app, route guidance or turn the voice then press p to enter the Audio prompts on or off. menu. In the Audio menu browse for Options music, select from the favorites, V or change the audio source. Use w Press to select the Options app, Use the right steering wheel control then press p to enter the Options to open and scroll through the or x to change the station or go to different items and displays. the next or previous track. menu. Use w or x to scroll through items in the Options menu. Press o to access the cluster Phone V Units : Press p while Units is applications. Use w or x to scroll Press to select the Phone app, displayed to enter the Units menu. through the list of available then press p to enter the Phone Choose English or Metric units by applications. Not all applications will menu. In the Phone menu, if there is V be available on all vehicles. pressing while the desired item is no active phone call, view recent highlighted. A checkmark will be calls, or scroll through contacts. displayed next to the selected item. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

136 Instruments and Controls

Display Themes (Denali) : There displayed. Enable the speed Trip Odometer are three instrument cluster display warning and then use w or x to configurations to choose from: The trip odometer shows how far adjust the value. Press V to set the Standard, Technology, and Media. the vehicle has been driven since speed. Once the speed is set, this the trip odometer was last reset. Info Pages : Press p while Info feature can be turned off by V The trip odometer is accessed and Pages is displayed to enter the Info pressing while viewing this page. reset through the Driver Information Pages menu and select the items to If the selected speed limit is Center (DIC). See Driver be displayed in the Info app. See exceeded, a pop-up warning is Information Center (DIC) 0 151. Driver Information Center (DIC) displayed with a chime. 0 151. Software Information : Displays Tachometer Head-up Display (HUD) Rotation : open source software information. If equipped, this feature allows for The tachometer displays the engine adjusting the angle of the HUD speed in revolutions per Speedometer minute (rpm). image. Press p on the steering The speedometer shows the wheel controls while Head-up vehicle's speed in either kilometers Display Rotation is highlighted to per hour (km/h) or miles per enter Adjust Mode. Press w or x hour (mph). to adjust the angle of the HUD display. Press V to confirm and Odometer save the setting. To cancel the The odometer shows how far the setting, press o. The vehicle must vehicle has been driven, in either be in P (Park). kilometers or miles. The odometer Speed Warning : The Speed displays on the Speed page of the Warning display allows the driver to Driver Information Center (DIC). set a speed that they do not want to exceed. To set the Speed Warning, press p when Speed Warning is GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 137

Fuel Gauge Here are four things that some Engine Oil Pressure owners ask about. None of these show a problem with the fuel gauge: Gauge . At the service station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank's capacity to fill English Standard Theme Shown, the tank. Metric Similar . The gauge moves a little while Metric Standard Theme When the ignition is on, the fuel turning a corner or speeding up. gauge indicates about how much . The gauge takes a few seconds fuel is left in the tank. to stabilize after the ignition is There is an arrow near the fuel turned on, and goes back to gauge pointing to the side of the empty when the ignition is vehicle the fuel door is on. turned off. When the indicator nears empty, the low fuel light comes on. There still is a little fuel left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

138 Instruments and Controls

Engine Coolant Caution Temperature Gauge Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the engine. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil level as soon as possible. Add oil if required, but if the oil level is within the operating range English Standard Theme and the oil pressure is still low, have the vehicle serviced. Always The engine oil pressure gauge follow the maintenance schedule shows the engine oil pressure for changing engine oil. Metric Standard Theme in kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds per square inch) when the engine is running. Oil pressure can vary with engine speed, outside temperature, and oil viscosity. A reading outside the normal operating range can be caused by a dangerously low oil level or some other problem causing low oil pressure. Check the vehicle's oil as soon as possible. An oil pressure message may display. See Engine Oil 0 283. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 139

Transmission Temperature Gauge

English Standard Theme English Standard Theme This gauge measures the This gauge appears when the temperature of the vehicle's engine vehicle is in Tow/Haul Mode and Metric Standard Theme coolant. shows the transmission fluid While driving under normal temperature. If the gauge is reading operating conditions, if the needle in the red area and/or a message moves into the red warning area, appears in the Driver Information the engine is too hot. Pull off the Center (DIC), the vehicle must be road, stop the vehicle, and turn off stopped and the cause checked. the engine as soon as possible. One possible cause is a low fluid level in the transmission. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

140 Instruments and Controls

When the engine is running, this accessories, such as the radio and Caution gauge shows the condition of the air conditioner and unplug all charging system. The gauge can chargers and accessories. Do not drive the vehicle while the transition from a higher to lower or a Readings outside the normal transmission fluid is overheating, lower to higher reading. This is or the transmission can be operating range indicate a possible normal. If the vehicle is operating problem in the electrical system. damaged. This could lead to outside the normal operating range, costly repairs that would not be Have the vehicle serviced as soon the charging system light comes on. as possible. covered by the warranty. See Charging System Light 0 142 for more information. The voltmeter Seat Belt Reminders Voltmeter Gauge gauge may also read lower when in fuel economy mode. This is normal. Driver Seat Belt Reminder Readings outside the normal Light operating range can also occur There is a driver seat belt reminder when a large number of electrical light on the instrument cluster. accessories are operating in the vehicle and the engine is left idling for an extended period. This condition is normal since the charging system is not able to provide full power at engine idle. As engine speeds are increased, this condition should correct itself as higher engine speeds allow the When the vehicle is started, this Standard Theme charging system to create maximum light flashes and a chime may come power. on to remind the driver to fasten When the ignition is on, this gauge their seat belt. Then the light stays indicates the battery voltage. The vehicle can only be driven for a on solid until the belt is buckled. short time with the readings outside This cycle may continue several the normal operating range. If the vehicle must be driven, turn off all GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 141

times if the driver remains or passenger remains or becomes becomes unbuckled while the unbuckled while the vehicle is vehicle is moving. moving. If the driver seat belt is buckled, If the passenger seat belt is neither the light nor the chime buckled, neither the chime nor the comes on. light comes on. The airbag readiness light comes on The front passenger seat belt Passenger Seat Belt Reminder for several seconds when the reminder light and chime may turn Light vehicle is started. If the light does on if an object is put on the seat not come on then, have it fixed There may be a passenger seat belt such as a briefcase, handbag, immediately. reminder light near the passenger grocery bag, laptop, or other airbag status indicator. See electronic device. To turn off the Passenger Sensing System 0 91. reminder light and/or chime, remove { Warning the object from the seat or buckle the seat belt. If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or Airbag Readiness Light comes on while driving, it means the airbag system might not be This light shows if there is an working properly. The airbags in electrical problem with the airbag the vehicle might not inflate in a system. The system check includes For vehicles equipped with the crash, or they could even inflate the airbag sensor(s), passenger passenger seat belt reminder light, without a crash. To help avoid sensing system (if equipped), the when the vehicle is started this light injury, have the vehicle serviced pretensioners, the airbag modules, flashes and a chime may come on right away. the wiring, and the crash sensing to remind passengers to fasten their and diagnostic module. For more seat belt. Then the light stays on information on the airbag system, If there is a problem with the airbag solid until the belt is buckled. This see Airbag System 0 85. system, a Driver Information Center cycle continues several times if the (DIC) message may also come on. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

142 Instruments and Controls

Passenger Airbag Status after several more seconds, the status indicator will light either ON Warning (Continued) Indicator or OFF, or the on or off symbol, to The vehicle has a passenger let you know the status of the front with the airbag system. To help sensing system. See Passenger outboard passenger frontal airbag. avoid injury to yourself or others, Sensing System 0 91 for important have the vehicle serviced right If the word ON or the on symbol is away. See Airbag Readiness safety information. The passenger lit on the passenger airbag status airbag status indicator is in the Light 0 141 for more information, indicator, it means that the front including important safety overhead console. outboard passenger frontal airbag is information. allowed to inflate. If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the airbag status indicator, it Charging System Light means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag. United States If, after several seconds, both status indicator lights remain on, or if there are no lights at all, there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system. See The charging system light comes on your dealer for service. briefly when the ignition is turned on, but the engine is not running, as { Warning a check to show the light is working. Canada and Mexico It should go out when the engine is When the vehicle is started, the If the airbag readiness light ever started. passenger airbag status indicator comes on and stays on, it means If the light stays on, or comes on will light ON and OFF, or the that something may be wrong while driving, there may be a symbols for on and off, for several problem with the electrical charging seconds as a system check. Then, (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 143

system. Have it checked by your dealer. Driving while this light is on Caution could drain the battery. Modifications to the engine, When this light comes on, or is transmission, exhaust, intake, flashing, the Driver Information or fuel system, or the use of Center (DIC) also displays a replacement tires that do not Malfunctions are often indicated by message. meet the original tire the system before any problem is If a short distance must be driven specifications, can cause this light noticeable. Being aware of the light with the light on, be sure to turn off and seeking service promptly when to come on. This could lead to all accessories, such as the radio it comes on may prevent damage. costly repairs not covered by the and air conditioner. vehicle warranty. This could also affect the vehicle s ability to pass Caution ’ Malfunction Indicator an Emissions Inspection/ Lamp (Check Engine If the vehicle is driven continually Maintenance test. See with this light on, the emission Accessories and Modifications Light) 0 control system may not work as 278. This light is part of the vehicle’s well, the fuel economy may be emission control on-board lower, and the vehicle may not diagnostic system. If this light is on If the light is flashing : A run smoothly. This could lead to while the engine is running, a malfunction has been detected that malfunction has been detected and costly repairs that might not be could damage the emission control the vehicle may require service. The covered by the vehicle warranty. system and increase vehicle light should come on to show that it emissions. Diagnosis and service is working when the ignition is in may be required. Service Mode. To help prevent damage, reduce See Ignition Positions (Key Access) vehicle speed and avoid hard 0 207 or Ignition Positions (Keyless accelerations and uphill grades. Access) 0 205. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

144 Instruments and Controls

If towing a trailer, reduce the . Poor fuel quality can cause not used to perform an Emissions amount of cargo being hauled as inefficient engine operation and Inspection/Maintenance test or to soon as possible. poor driveability, which may go service the vehicle may affect away once the engine is warmed vehicle operation. See Add-On If the light continues to flash, find a 0 safe place to park. Turn the vehicle up. If this occurs, change the Electrical Equipment 274. See off and wait at least 10 seconds fuel brand. It may require at your dealer if assistance is needed. before restarting the engine. If the least one full tank of the proper The vehicle may not pass light is still flashing, follow the fuel to turn the light off. See Fuel inspection if: 0 254. previous guidelines and see your . The light is on when the engine dealer for service as soon as If the light remains on, see your is running. possible. dealer. . The light does not come on If the light is on steady : A Emissions Inspection and when the ignition is in malfunction has been detected. Maintenance Programs Service Mode. Diagnosis and service may be required. If the vehicle requires an Emissions . Critical emission control systems Inspection/Maintenance test, the have not been completely Check the following: test equipment will likely connect to diagnosed. If this happens, the . If fuel has been added to the the vehicle's Data Link vehicle would not be ready for vehicle using the capless fuel Connector (DLC). inspection and might require funnel adapter, make sure that it several days of routine driving has been removed. See “Filling before the system is ready for the Tank with a Portable Gas inspection. This can happen if Can” under Filling the Tank the 12-volt battery has recently 0 256. The diagnostic system been replaced or run down, or if can detect if the adapter has the vehicle has been recently been left installed in the vehicle, serviced. allowing fuel to evaporate into See your dealer if the vehicle will the atmosphere. A few driving The DLC is under the instrument panel to the left of the steering not pass or cannot be made ready trips with the adapter removed for the test. may turn off the light. wheel. Connecting devices that are GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 145

Brake System Warning does not fully release. If it stays on Antilock Brake System after the parking brake is fully Light released, it means the vehicle has a (ABS) Warning Light The vehicle brake system consists brake problem. of two hydraulic circuits. If one If the light comes on while driving, circuit is not working, the remaining pull off the road and stop carefully. circuit can still work to stop the The pedal might be harder to push, vehicle. For normal braking or the pedal can go closer to the performance, both circuits need to floor. It may take longer to stop. be working. If the light is still on, have the This light comes on briefly when the If the warning light comes on, there vehicle towed for service. See engine is started. is a brake problem. Have the brake Towing the Vehicle 0 355. system inspected right away. If the light does not come on, have it { Warning fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem. The brake system might not be If the light comes on while driving, working properly if the brake stop as soon as it is safely possible system warning light is on. and turn off the vehicle. Then start Driving with the brake system the engine again to reset the Metric English warning light on can lead to a system. If the ABS light stays on, crash. If the light is still on after or comes on again while driving, the This light should come on briefly the vehicle has been pulled off vehicle needs service. A chime may when the engine is started. If it does the road and carefully stopped, also sound when the light comes on not come on then, have it fixed so it have the vehicle towed for steady. will be ready to warn you if there is a problem. service. If the ABS light is the only light on, the vehicle has regular brakes, but When the ignition is on, the brake the antilock brakes are not system warning light also comes on functioning. when the parking brake is set. The light stays on if the parking brake GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

146 Instruments and Controls

If both the ABS and the brake Tow/Haul Mode Light without using the turn signal in that system warning light are on, the direction. The LKA light will turn vehicle's antilock brakes are not amber. functioning and there is a problem This light is amber and flashes as a with the regular brakes. See your Lane Departure Warning (LDW) dealer for service. alert, to indicate that the lane See Brake System Warning Light marking has been crossed. 0 145. See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 252. For vehicles with the Tow/Haul Four-Wheel-Drive Light Mode feature, this light comes on Vehicle Ahead Indicator when the Tow/Haul Mode has been activated. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 222. Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light

The four-wheel-drive light comes on If equipped, this indicator will when the transfer case is shifted display green when a vehicle is into four-wheel drive and the front detected ahead and amber when axle engages. LO or HI will also be you are following a vehicle ahead next to this light when the vehicle is much too closely. in four-wheel low or four-wheel high. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Some delay between the shifting System 0 246. and the light coming on is normal. This light is green if LKA is available to assist. See Four-Wheel Drive 0 222. LKA may assist by gently turning the steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a detected lane marking GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 147

Traction Off Light StabiliTrak OFF Light Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light

This light comes on briefly while This light comes on briefly while starting the engine. If it does not, starting the engine. If it does not, This light comes on briefly when the have the vehicle serviced by your have the vehicle serviced by your engine is started. dealer. If the system is working dealer. If the light does not come on, have normally, the indicator light then This light comes on when the turns off. the vehicle serviced by your dealer. StabiliTrak system is turned off. If the system is working normally, The traction off light comes on when If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction the indicator light turns off. the Traction Control System (TCS) Control System (TCS) is also off. has been turned off by pressing and If the light is on and not flashing, the If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak system does not assist in controlling button. system have been disabled. the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and A Driver Information Center (DIC) This light and the StabiliTrak OFF the StabiliTrak systems, and the message may display. Check the light come on when StabiliTrak is warning light turns off. DIC messages to determine which turned off. See Traction Control/Electronic feature(s) is no longer functioning If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not Stability Control 0 229. and whether the vehicle requires limited. Adjust driving accordingly. service. See Traction Control/Electronic If the light is on and flashing, the Stability Control 0 229. TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system is actively working. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

148 Instruments and Controls

See Traction Control/Electronic When the Light Is On Steady 0 Caution (Continued) Stability Control 229. This indicates that one or more of the tires are significantly Engine Coolant engine and it may not be covered by the vehicle warranty. See underinflated. Temperature Warning Engine Overheating 0 294. A Driver Information Center (DIC) Light tire pressure message may also The engine coolant temperature display. Stop as soon as possible, warning light comes on when the and inflate the tires to the pressure engine has overheated. value shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Tire If this happens, pull over and turn Pressure 0 327. off the engine as soon as possible. See Engine Overheating 0 294. When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On Steady This light comes on briefly while starting the vehicle. Tire Pressure Light If the light flashes for about a minute and then stays on, there may be a If it does not, have the vehicle problem with the TPMS. If the serviced by your dealer. If the problem is not corrected, the light system is working normally the will come on at every ignition cycle. indicator light goes off. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 330. Caution For vehicles with the Tire Pressure The engine coolant temperature Monitor System (TPMS), this light warning light indicates that the comes on briefly when the engine is vehicle has overheated. Driving started. It provides information with this light on can damage the about tire pressures and the TPMS. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 149

Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it Security Light means that oil is not flowing through the engine properly. The vehicle Caution could be low on oil and might have Lack of proper engine oil some other system problem. See your dealer. maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the engine. Low Fuel Warning Light The repairs would not be covered The security light should come on by the vehicle warranty. Check briefly as the engine is started. If it the oil level as soon as possible. does not come on, have the vehicle Add oil if required, but if the oil serviced by your dealer. If the level is within the operating range system is working normally, the and the oil pressure is still low, indicator light turns off. have the vehicle serviced. Always If the light stays on and the engine This light is near the fuel gauge and follow the maintenance schedule does not start, there could be a comes on briefly when the ignition is for changing engine oil. problem with the theft-deterrent turned on as a check to show it is system. See Immobilizer Operation working. 0 51. It also comes on when the fuel tank is low on fuel. The light turns off High-Beam On Light when fuel is added. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced.

This light should come on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

150 Instruments and Controls

This light comes on when the The light goes out when the fog Adaptive Cruise Control Light high-beam headlamps are in use. lamps are turned off. See Fog 0 See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Lamps 175 for more information. Changer 0 172. Lamps On Reminder IntelliBeam® Light

This light is white when the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is on and ready, and turns green when the ACC is set and active. See This light comes on when the Adaptive Cruise Control 0 235. This light comes on when the exterior lamps are in use. See IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is Exterior Lamp Controls 0 170. Door Ajar Light enabled. See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 170. Cruise Control Light Front Fog Lamp Light

This light comes on when a door is open or not securely latched. Before The cruise control light is white driving, check that all doors are when the cruise control is on and properly closed. For vehicles with fog lamps, this ready, and turns green when the light comes on when the fog lamps cruise control is set and active. are on. See Cruise Control 0 233. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 151

Information Displays o or p : Press to move between 6. Press V while an item is the interactive display zones in the highlighted to select or Driver Information cluster. deselect that item. When an Center (DIC) V : Press to open a menu or select item is selected, a checkmark a menu item. Press and hold to will appear next to it. The DIC displays are shown in the reset values on certain screens. DIC Info Pages center of the instrument cluster in the Info app. See Instrument Cluster DIC Info Page Options The following is the list of all 0 133. The displays show the status The info pages on the DIC can be possible DIC info page displays. of many vehicle systems. The turned on or off through the Some may not be available for your controls for the DIC are on the right Options menu. particular vehicle. Some items may steering wheel control. not be turned on by default but can 1. Press o to access the cluster be turned on through the Options applications. app. See “DIC Info Page Options” earlier in this section. 2. Press w or x to scroll to the Options application. Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or 3. Press V to enter the miles per hour (mph). The vehicle Options menu. odometer is also shown on this page. 4. Scroll to Info Pages and press p. Trip A or Trip B, Average Fuel Economy, and Average Speed : 5. Press w or x to move Shows the current distance traveled, through the list of possible in either kilometers (km) or information displays. miles (mi), since the trip odometer was last reset. w or x : Press to move up or down in a list. The Average Fuel Economy display shows the approximate average liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

152 Instruments and Controls

or miles per gallon (mpg). This economy over recent driving history This also shows the number of number is calculated based on the and the amount of fuel remaining in liters (L) or gallons (gal) of fuel used number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded the fuel tank. It also shows if the since the last reset of this since the last time this menu item Active Fuel Management is active menu item. was reset. This number reflects only and in V4 mode, or inactive and in Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the the approximate average fuel V8 mode. See Active Fuel 0 oil's remaining useful life. economy that the vehicle has right Management 214. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is now, and will change as driving The Instantaneous Fuel Economy displayed, that means 99% of the conditions change. display shows the current fuel current oil life remains. The Average Speed display shows economy in either liters per When the remaining oil life is low, the average speed of the vehicle in 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per gallon (mpg). This number message will appear on the display. per hour (mph). This average is reflects only the approximate fuel The oil should be changed as soon calculated based on the various economy that the vehicle has right as possible. See Engine Oil 0 283. vehicle speeds recorded since the now and changes frequently as In addition to the engine oil life last reset of this value. driving conditions change. system monitoring the oil life, Press and hold V while this display Timer and Fuel Used : Can be additional maintenance is is active to reset the trip odometer, used as a timer. To start the timer, recommended in the Maintenance the average fuel economy, and the press V while this display is active. Schedule. See Maintenance Schedule 0 370. average speed. Or press p and The display will show the amount of select reset in the menu. time that has passed since the timer The Oil Life display must be reset was last reset. To stop the timer, after each oil change. It will not Fuel Range and Instantaneous press V briefly while this display is reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil Fuel Economy : Shows the active and the timer is running. To Life display at any time other than approximate distance the vehicle when the oil has just been changed. can be driven without refueling. reset the timer to zero, press and hold V while this display is active. It cannot be reset accurately until LOW will be displayed when the the next oil change. To reset the vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel engine oil life system, press and range estimate is based on an average of the vehicle's fuel GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 153

hold V for several seconds while from highest to lowest. If a feature is Trailer Brake : Displays on vehicles the Oil Life display is active. See turned off, it will be removed from with the Integrated Trailer Brake Engine Oil Life System 0 285. the list. Control (ITBC) system. Tire Pressure : Shows the Economy Trend : Shows history of TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer approximate pressures of all four the Average Fuel Economy from the gain setting. tires. Tire pressure is displayed in last 50 km (30 mi). Each bar OUTPUT shows the power output to either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds represents about 5 km (3 mi) of the trailer any time a trailer with per square inch (psi). If the pressure driving. During driving the bars will electric brakes is connected. Output is low, the value for that tire is shift to always reflect the most is displayed in 0 to 10 bars. Dashes shown in amber. recent distance on the right side. may appear in the OUTPUT display See Tire Pressure Monitor System Press and hold V to clear the graph if a trailer is not connected. 0 329 and Tire Pressure Monitor or press p to reset through Operation 0 330. Speed Signs : Shows sign the menu. information, which comes from a Best Fuel Economy : Displays ECO Index : Provides feedback on roadway database in the onboard average fuel economy, the best fuel the efficiency of current driving navigation. economy over the selected behavior. The bar graph shows a distance, and a bar graph showing Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch value that is based on current fuel and roll information, road wheel instantaneous fuel economy. consumption compared to what is angle, and four-wheel drive (4WD) Press p to change the selected expected from the vehicle with good status. V and bad driving habits. It also shows distance. Press and hold while if the Active Fuel Management is Following Distance : Used to this display is active to reset the active and in V4 mode, or inactive select the alert timing for the best fuel economy and average fuel and in V8 mode. See Active Fuel Forward Collision Alert (FCA). See economy. This display can also be Management 0 214. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) reset by selecting reset in the menu. System 0 246. Engine Hours : Shows the total Top Consumers : Shows a list of number of hours the engine has run. Blank Page : Shows no the features that are currently This display also shows the engine information. impacting the fuel economy, in order idle hours. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

154 Instruments and Controls

Transmission Fluid Temperature Gauge : Shows the temperature of Caution the automatic transmission fluid in either degrees Celsius (°C) or If you try to use the HUD image degrees Fahrenheit (°F). as a parking aid, you may misjudge the distance and Head-Up Display (HUD) damage your vehicle. Do not use the HUD image as a parking aid. { Warning The HUD information can be If the HUD image is too bright or displayed in various languages. The too high in your field of view, it speedometer reading and other may take you more time to see numerical values can be displayed HUD Display on the Vehicle things you need to see when it is in either English or metric units. Windshield dark outside. Be sure to keep the The language selection is changed The HUD may display some of the HUD image dim and placed low in through the radio and the units of following vehicle information and your field of view. measurement is changed through vehicle messages or alerts: the instrument cluster. See Vehicle 0 . Speed If equipped with HUD, some Personalization 158 and “Cluster Settings Menu” under Instrument . Tachometer information concerning the 0 operation of the vehicle is projected Cluster 133. . Audio onto the windshield. The image is . Phone projected through the HUD lens on top of the instrument panel. The . Navigation information appears as an image . Collision Alert focused out toward the front of the vehicle. . Cruise Control . Lane Departure . Low Fuel GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 155

Some vehicle messages or alerts $ : Press down or lift up to center Press@ on the steering wheel displayed in the HUD may be the HUD image. The HUD image controls while Head-up Display cleared by using the steering wheel can only be adjusted up and down, Rotation is highlighted to enter controls. See Vehicle Messages not side to side. Adjust Mode. Press or to 0 157. y z ! : Press to select the display adjust the angle of the HUD display. Some information shown may not view. Each press will change the Press S or T to highlight OK, then be available on your vehicle if it is display view. not equipped with these features. press @ to save the setting. D : Lift up and hold to brighten the CANCEL can also be selected to display. Press down and hold to dim cancel the setting. The vehicle must the display. Hold down to turn the be in P (Park). See Instrument display off. Cluster 0 133. The HUD image will automatically Press @ on the steering wheel dim and brighten to compensate for controls while Head-up Display outside lighting. The HUD Rotation is highlighted to enter brightness control can also be adjusted as needed. Adjust Mode. Press y or z to adjust the angle of the HUD display. The HUD image can temporarily Press S or T to highlight OK, then The HUD control is to the left of the light up depending on the angle and steering wheel. position of the sunlight on the HUD press @ to save the setting. To adjust the HUD image: display. This is normal. CANCEL can also be selected to cancel the setting. The vehicle must Polarized sunglasses could make 1. Adjust the driver seat. be in P (Park). See Instrument the HUD image harder to see. 2. Start the engine. Cluster 0 133. Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation 3. Use the following settings to HUD Views adjust the HUD. Option There are four views in the HUD. This feature allows for adjusting the Some vehicle information and angle of the HUD image. vehicle messages or alerts may be displayed in any view. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

156 Instruments and Controls

Metric Metric Metric

English English English Speed View : This display gives the Audio/Phone View : This displays Navigation View : This displays the speedometer reading (in English or the speed view along with audio/ speed view along with Turn-by-Turn metric units), speed limit, Adaptive phone information. The current radio Navigation information. The Cruise Control speed, Lane station, media type, and incoming compass heading is displayed when Departure Warning, and vehicle calls will be displayed. navigation routing is not active. ahead indicator. Some information All HUD views may briefly display Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts only appears on vehicles that have audio information when the driver shown in the instrument cluster may these features, and when they are uses the steering wheel controls to also be displayed in any HUD view. active. adjust the audio settings appearing in the instrument cluster. Incoming phone calls appearing in the instrument cluster may also display in any HUD view. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 157 HUD Troubleshooting Vehicle Messages Check that: Messages displayed on the DIC . Nothing is covering the indicate the status of the vehicle or HUD lens. some action that may be needed to correct a condition. Multiple . HUD brightness setting is not Metric too dim or too bright. messages may appear one after another. . HUD is adjusted to the proper height. The messages that do not require immediate action can be . Polarized sunglasses are acknowledged and cleared by not worn. pressing V. The messages that . Windshield and HUD lens are require immediate action cannot be clean. cleared until that action is English If the HUD image is not correct, performed. Performance View : This displays contact your dealer. All messages should be taken the speedometer reading, rpm The windshield is part of the HUD seriously; clearing the message reading, transmission positions, and does not correct the problem. gear shift indicator. system. See Windshield Replacement 0 304. If a SERVICE message appears, Care of the HUD see your dealer. Clean the inside of the windshield to Follow the instructions given in the remove any dirt or film that could messages. The system displays reduce the sharpness or clarity of messages regarding the following the HUD image. topics: Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth . Service Messages sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe Fluid Levels the lens gently, then dry it. . . Vehicle Security GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

158 Instruments and Controls . Brakes while this message is on, but Vehicle . Ride Control Systems maximum acceleration and speed may be reduced. Anytime this Personalization . Driver Assistance Systems message stays on, or displays Use the audio system controls to repeatedly, the vehicle should be . Cruise Control access the personalization menus taken to your dealer for service as for customizing vehicle features. . Lighting and Bulb Replacement soon as possible. . Wiper/Washer Systems The following are all possible Vehicle Speed Messages personalization features. Depending . Doors and Windows on the vehicle, some may not be . Seat Belts SPEED LIMITED TO available. XXX KM/H (MPH) . Airbag Systems Radio Audio System Controls This message shows that the . Engine and Transmission 1. Touch the desired feature to vehicle speed has been limited to display a list of available . Tire Pressure the speed displayed. The limited options. . Battery speed is a protection for various propulsion and vehicle systems, 2. Select the desired feature Engine Power Messages such as lubrication, thermal, setting. suspension, Teen Driver if 3. Press BACK on the center ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED equipped, or tires. o stack or touch 0 to return to This message displays when the the previous menu or exit. vehicle's propulsion power is reduced. Reduced propulsion power Turn the vehicle on to access the can affect the vehicle's ability to Settings menu, then select accelerate. If this message is on, SETTINGS from the Home Page on but there is no observed reduction the infotainment display. in performance, proceed to your destination. The performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is driven. The vehicle may be driven GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 159

Personalization Menus Time and Date Teen Driver The following list of menu items may Manually set the time and date. See See “Teen Driver” under “Settings” be available: Clock 0 126. in the infotainment manual. . Time and Date Language Valet Mode . Language Select Language, then select from This will lock the infotainment . Rear Seat Reminder the available language(s). system and steering wheel controls. It may also limit access to vehicle . Video Voice-Over The selected language will display on the system, and voice storage locations, if equipped. . Teen Driver recognition (if equipped) will reflect To enable valet mode: . Valet Mode the selected language. 1. Enter a four-digit code on the . Radio Rear Seat Reminder keypad. . Vehicle This allows for a chime and a 2. Select Enter to go to the . Bluetooth message when the rear door has confirmation screen. been opened before or during Apple CarPlay 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. . operation of the vehicle. . Android Auto Touch LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or Select Off or On. unlock the system. Touch Back to . Voice Video Voice-Over go back to the previous menu. . Display When activated, the RSI will read Radio . Rear Camera aloud menu titles, menu listings, Select and the following may . Return to Factory Settings pop-ups, alerts, and file titles from display: audio and video media. . Software Information . Manage Favorites Select Off or On. . Wi-Fi . Number of Favorites Shown Detailed information for each menu . Audible Touch Feedback follows. . Bose AudioPilot GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

160 Instruments and Controls

. Auto Volume Auto Volume . Comfort and Convenience . Maximum Startup Volume This feature adjusts the volume . Lighting . Audio Cue Volume based on vehicle speed and . Power Door Locks ambient noise. . Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Manage Favorites Select Off, Low, Medium-Low, This allows favorites to be edited. Medium, Medium-High, or High. Climate and Air Quality See Manage Favorites in “ ” Select and the following may Settings under Radio in the Maximum Startup Volume “ ” “ ” display: infotainment manual. This feature sets the maximum startup volume. If the vehicle is . Auto Fan Speed Number of Favorites Shown started and the volume is greater . Auto Defog Select to set the number of favorites than this level, the volume is to display. adjusted to this level. To set the . Auto Rear Defog Select the desired number or select maximum startup volume, touch + Auto Fan Speed or − to increase or decrease. Auto and the infotainment system This feature will set the auto fan will automatically adjust the number Audio Cue Volume speed. of favorites shown. This feature sets the volume of Select Low, Medium, or High. Audible Touch Feedback audio files played at system startup Auto Defog This allows Audible Touch and shutdown. Feedback to be turned on or off. Select On, then touch + or − to When set to On, the auto defog increase or decrease the volume. comes on when the climate control Select Off or On. sensor detects high interior Bose AudioPilot Vehicle humidity. Air will be directed to the windshield. This allows Bose AudioPilot to be Select and the following may turned on or off. display: Select Off or On. Select Off or On. . Climate and Air Quality . Collision/Detection Systems GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 161

Auto Rear Defog Forward Collision System Side Blind Zone Alert If equipped, this feature will This feature will turn on or off This allows the feature to be turned automatically turn on the rear Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and on or off. See Side Blind Zone Alert window defogger when the vehicle Forward Automatic Braking (FAB). (SBZA) 0 250. is first started in cold weather and The Off setting disables all FCA and Select Off or On. turn off when the vehicle is warmed. FAB functions. With the Alert and Select Off or On. Brake setting, both FCA and FAB Rear Cross Traffic Alert are available. The Alert setting This allows the feature to be turned Collision/Detection Systems disables FAB. See Forward on or off. See Assistance Systems Automatic Braking (FAB) 0 248. Select and the following may for Parking or Backing 0 243. display: Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert. Select Off or On. Alert Type . Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier Comfort and Convenience . Forward Collision System This feature will give a reminder that Select and the following may Adaptive Cruise Control provides . Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier display: when it has brought the vehicle to a . Park Assist complete stop behind another . Auto Memory Recall . Side Blind Zone Alert stopping vehicle, and then that . Easy Exit Options vehicle drives on. . Rear Cross Traffic Alert . Chime Volume Select Off or On. Alert Type . Hands Free Liftgate Control Park Assist This feature will set crash alerts to . Reverse Tilt Mirror This allows the feature to be turned beeps or seat vibrations. This . Auto Mirror Folding setting affects all crash alerts on or off. See Assistance Systems including Forward Collision Alert, for Parking or Backing 0 243. . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Lane Departure Warning, and Park Select Off, On, or On with Towbar Assist alerts. Attached. Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

162 Instruments and Controls

Auto Memory Recall Reverse Tilt Mirror Lighting This feature automatically recalls When on, the driver and/or Select the Lighting menu and the the current driver’s previously stored passenger mirrors will tilt downward following may display: 1 or 2 button positions when the when the vehicle is shifted to . Vehicle Locator Lights ignition is changed from off to on or R (Reverse) to improve visibility of ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory the ground near the rear wheels. . Exit Lighting Seats 0 64. See Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 55. Vehicle Locator Lights Select On or Off. Select Off, On - Driver and This feature will flash the exterior Passenger, On - Driver, or On - lamps and allows some of the Easy Exit Options Passenger. exterior lamps and most of the This feature automatically recalls interior lamps to turn on briefly when the previously stored Exit button Auto Mirror Folding K on the Remote Keyless Entry position when exiting the vehicle. When on, the outside mirrors will (RKE) transmitter is pressed to See Memory Seats 0 64. automatically fold or unfold when locate the vehicle. Select On or Off. the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter Q or K button is Select On or Off. Chime Volume pressed and held. See Folding Exit Lighting This allows the selection of the Mirrors 0 53. This allows the selection of how chime volume level. Select Off or On. long the exterior lamps stay on Touch + or − to adjust the volume. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear when leaving the vehicle when it is dark outside. Hands Free Liftgate Control When on and the front wiper is on Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, The liftgate may be operated with a and wiping, the rear wiper will or 120 Seconds. kicking motion under the rear automatically activate when the bumper. See Liftgate 0 43. vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse). Power Door Locks Select Off, On-Open and Close, Select Off or On. Select Power Door Locks and the or On-Open Only. following may display: . Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 163

. Auto Door Unlock . Remote Unlock Light Feedback Select All Doors or Driver Door. . Delayed Door Lock . Remote Lock Feedback Remote Start Auto Cool Seats Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout . Remote Door Unlock If turned on, this feature will turn the When on, this feature will keep the . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats ventilated seats on when using remote start on warm days. driver door from locking when the . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats door is open and the key is in the Select Off or On. ignition. If Off is selected, the . Passive Door Unlock Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Delayed Door Lock menu will be . Passive Door Lock available. If turned on, this feature will turn the . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Select On or Off. heated seats on when using remote Remote Unlock Light Feedback start on cold days. Auto Door Unlock When on, the exterior lamps will Select Off or On. This allows selection of which of the flash when unlocking the vehicle Passive Door Unlock doors will automatically unlock when with the RKE transmitter. the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). This allows the selection of what Select Off or Flash Lights. Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. doors will unlock when using the Remote Lock Feedback button on the driver door to unlock Delayed Door Lock the vehicle. This allows selection of what type of When on, this feature will delay the feedback is given when locking the Select All Doors or Driver Door. locking of the doors. To override the vehicle with the RKE transmitter. delay, press the power door lock Passive Door Lock switch on the door. Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights This allows passive locking to be Only, or Horn Only. Select On or Off. turned on or off and selects Remote Door Unlock feedback. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start This allows selection of which doors Select and the following may will unlock when pressing K on the display: RKE transmitter. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

164 Instruments and Controls

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Pair New Device Apple CarPlay System Operation (Key Access) Select to pair a new device. See Select and the following may 0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry “Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls” display: (RKE) System Operation (Keyless under Bluetooth in the infotainment 0 “ ” . Apple CarPlay Access) 33. manual. Select Off, On with Horn . Manage Apple CarPlay Devices Chirp, or On. Device Management Apple CarPlay Select to connect to a different Remote Left in Vehicle Alert phone source, disconnect a phone, This feature allows Apple devices to This feature sounds an alert when or delete a phone. be connected to the infotainment the RKE transmitter is left in the system through a USB port. Ringtones vehicle. This menu also enables Select Off or On. Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert. Select to change the ring tone for Manage Apple CarPlay Devices Select Off or On. the specific phone. The phone does not need to be connected to change Select to manage Apple devices. Bluetooth the ring tone. Apple CarPlay must be on for this Select and the following may Voice Mail Numbers feature to be accessed. display: This feature displays the voice mail Android Auto . Pair New Device number for all connected phones. Select and the following may To change the voice mail number, . Device Management display: select EDIT. Type a new number, . Ringtones then select SAVE. . Android Auto . Voice Mail Numbers Text Message Alerts . Manage Android Auto Devices . Text Message Alerts This allows the feature to be turned Android Auto on or off. This feature allows Android devices Select Off or On. to be connected to the infotainment system through a USB port. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 165

Select Off or On. . Turn Display Off Rear Cross Traffic Alert Manage Android Auto Devices Mode Select to turn Off or On. Select to manage Android devices. Select to change the display of the Rear Park Assist Symbols Android Auto must be on for this infotainment system. Select to turn Off or On. See feature to be accessed. Select Auto, Day, or Night. Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 243. Voice Calibrate Touchscreen Select and the following may Select to calibrate the touchscreen, Return to Factory Settings display: then follow the prompts. Select and the following may Prompt Length display: . Turn Display Off Audio Feedback Speed . Select to turn the display off. Touch . Restore Vehicle Settings Prompt Length anywhere on the infotainment . Clear All Private Data display area or press any controls This feature adjusts the voice . Restore Radio Settings on the radio center stack to turn the prompt length. display on. Restore Vehicle Settings Select Short or Long. Rear Camera This allows selection of restoring Audio Feedback Speed vehicle settings. Select and the following may This feature adjusts the audio display: Select Restore or Cancel. feedback speed. . Guidance Lines Clear All Private Data Select Slow, Medium, or Fast. . Rear Cross Traffic Alert This allows selection to clear all private information from the vehicle. Display . Rear Park Assist Symbols Select and the following may Select Delete or Cancel. Guidance Lines display: Restore Radio Settings Select to turn Off or On. See Mode . Assistance Systems for Parking or This allows selection to restore . Calibrate Touchscreen Backing 0 243. radio settings. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

166 Instruments and Controls Select Restore or Cancel. Universal Remote instructions refer to a garage door opener, but can be used for other Software Information System devices. Select to view the infotainment See Radio Frequency Statement Do not use the Universal Remote system current software information. 0 396. system with any garage door opener Wi-Fi that does not have the stop and Universal Remote System reverse feature. This includes any Select and the following may garage door opener model display: Programming manufactured before April 1, 1982. . Wi-Fi Read the instructions completely . Manage Wi-Fi Networks before programming the Universal Remote system. It may help to have Wi-Fi another person assist with the This feature allows Wi-Fi networks programming process. to be turned off or on. Keep the original hand-held Select Off or On. transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future programming. Manage Wi-Fi Networks Erase the programming when Select to manage Wi-Fi networks. vehicle ownership is terminated. Wi-Fi must be on for this feature to See “Erasing Universal Remote be accessed. System Buttons” later in this If equipped, these buttons are in the section. overhead console. To program a garage door opener, This system can replace up to three park outside directly in line with and remote control transmitters used to facing the garage door opener activate devices such as garage receiver. Clear all people and door openers, security systems, and objects near the garage door. home automation devices. These GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 167

Make sure the hand-held transmitter operate the garage door. Do time, press and hold the has a new battery for quick and not release either button until newly programmed button accurate transmission of the the indicator light goes from a for five seconds. If the light radio-frequency signal. slow to a rapid flashing light. stays on or the garage door Then release both buttons. moves, programming is Programming the Universal complete. Remote System Some garage door openers may require substitution of . If the indicator light blinks For questions or programming help, Step 2 with the procedure rapidly for two seconds, see www.homelink.com/gm or call under “Radio Signals for then changes to a solid light 1-800-355-3515. Canada and Some Gate and the garage door does Programming involves Operators” later in this section. not move, continue with time-sensitive actions, and may time 3. Press and hold the newly programming Steps 4–6. out causing the procedure to be programmed Universal Remote repeated. system button for five seconds To program up to three devices: while watching the indicator light and garage door 1. Hold the end of the hand-held activation. transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to 3 in) away from the . If the indicator light stays on Universal Remote system continuously or the garage buttons with the indicator light door moves when the in view. The hand-held button is pressed, then Learn or Smart Button transmitter was supplied by the programming is complete. manufacturer of the garage There is no need to 4. After completing Steps 1–3, door opener receiver. complete Steps 4–6. locate the Learn or Smart button inside the garage on the If the indicator light does 2. At the same time, press and . garage door opener receiver. not come on or the garage hold both the hand-held The name and color of the door does not move, a transmitter button and one of button may vary by second button press may the three Universal Remote manufacturer. system buttons to be used to be required. For a second GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

168 Instruments and Controls

5. Press and release the Learn or Radio Signals for Canada and Universal Remote System Smart button. Step 6 must be Some Gate Operators completed within 30 seconds of Operation pressing this button. For questions or programming help, see www.homelink.com/gm or call Using the Universal Remote 6. Inside the vehicle, press and 1-800-355-3515. System hold the newly programmed Press and hold the appropriate Universal Remote system Canadian radio-frequency laws and some U.S. gate operators require Universal Remote system button for button for two seconds and at least one-half second. The then release it. If the garage transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of indicator light will come on while the door does not move or the signal is being transmitted. lamp on the garage door transmission. This may not be long opener receiver does not flash, enough for the Universal Remote Erasing Universal Remote press and hold the same system to pick up the signal during System Buttons button a second time for programming. Erase all programmed buttons when two seconds, then release it. If the programming did not work, vehicle ownership is terminated. Again, if the door does not replace Step 2 under “Programming move or the garage door lamp the Universal Remote System” with To erase: does not flash, press and hold the following: 1. Press and hold the two outside the same button a third time for Press and hold the Universal buttons until the indicator light two seconds, then release it. Remote system button while begins to flash. This should The Universal Remote system pressing and releasing the take about 10 seconds. should now activate the hand-held transmitter button every 2. Release both buttons. garage door. two seconds until the signal has Repeat the process for been successfully accepted by the programming the two remaining Universal Remote system. The buttons. Universal Remote system indicator light will flash slowly at first and then rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under “Programming the Universal Remote System” to complete. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Instruments and Controls 169

Reprogramming a Single Universal Remote System Button To reprogram any of the system buttons: 1. Press and hold any one of the buttons. Do not release the button. 2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds. Without releasing the button, proceed with Step 1 under “Programming the Universal Remote System.” GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

170 Lighting Interior Lighting Exterior Lighting Lighting Instrument Panel Illumination Control ...... 176 Exterior Lamp Controls Exterior Lighting Dome Lamps ...... 176 Reading Lamps ...... 176 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 170 Exterior Lamps Off Lighting Features Reminder ...... 172 Entry Lighting ...... 177 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Exit Lighting ...... 177 Changer ...... 172 Battery Load Management . . . 177 Flash-to-Pass ...... 172 Battery Power Protection . . . . . 178 Daytime Running Exterior Lighting Battery Lamps (DRL) ...... 173 Saver ...... 178 Automatic Headlamp System ...... 173 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 174 Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 174 Fog Lamps ...... 175 The exterior lamp control is on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel. There are four positions: O : Turns off the automatic headlamps and Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp control to O again to turn the automatic headlamps or DRL back on. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Lighting 171

For vehicles first sold in Canada, To keep the lamps on for more than high-beam on light appears on the the off position will only work when 10 minutes, the ignition must be on instrument cluster when the high the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). or in ACC/ACCESSORY. beams are on. AUTO : Automatically turns on the IntelliBeam System Driving with IntelliBeam headlamps, parking lamps, taillamps, instrument panel lights, If equipped, this system turns the The system only activates the high roof marker lamps (if equipped), and vehicle's high-beam headlamps on beams when driving over 40 km/h license plate lamps. and off according to surrounding (25 mph). traffic conditions. ; : Turns on the parking lamps There is a sensor near the top including all lamps, except the The system turns the high-beam center of the windshield that headlamps. headlamps on when it is dark automatically controls the system. enough and there is no other traffic Keep this area of the windshield 2 : Turns on the headlamps with present. clear of debris to allow for best the parking lamps and instrument system performance. panel lights. The high-beam headlamps remain When the headlamps are turned on on, under the automatic control, while the vehicle is on, the until one of the following situations headlamps turn off automatically occurs: 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off. When the headlamps are . The system detects an turned on while the vehicle is off, approaching vehicle's This light comes on in the headlamps. the headlamps will stay on for instrument cluster when the 10 minutes before turning off to IntelliBeam system is enabled. . The system detects a preceding prevent the battery from being vehicle's taillamps. drained. Turn the headlamp control Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam . The outside light is bright off and then back to the headlamp enough that high-beam on position to make the headlamps To enable the IntelliBeam system, headlamps are not required. stay on for an additional 10 minutes. with the turn signal lever in the neutral position, turn the exterior . The vehicle's speed drops below lamp control to AUTO. The blue 20 km/h (12 mph). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

172 Lighting

. The IntelliBeam system can be . The other vehicle's lamps cannot Headlamp High/ disabled by the High/Low-Beam be detected due to dense Changer or the Flash-to-Pass exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road Low-Beam Changer feature. If this happens, the spray, mist, or other airborne Push the turn signal lever toward High/Low-Beam Changer must obstructions. the instrument panel to change the be activated on then off within . The vehicle's windshield is dirty, headlamps from low to high beam. two seconds to reactivate the cracked, or obstructed by Pull the turn signal lever toward you IntelliBeam system. The something that blocks the view and release it to return to low-beam instrument cluster light will come of the light sensor. headlamps. on to indicate the IntelliBeam is reactivated. . The vehicle is loaded such that See Headlamp High/Low-Beam the front end points upward, Changer 0 172 and causing the light sensor to aim Flash-to-Pass 0 172. high and not detect headlamps and taillamps. The high beams may not turn off automatically if the system cannot . The vehicle is being driven on winding or hilly roads. detect another vehicle's lamps When the high-beam headlamps are because of any of the following: The automatic high-beam on, this indicator light on the . The other vehicle's lamps are headlamps may need to be disabled instrument cluster will also be on. missing, damaged, obstructed if any of the above conditions exist. from view, or otherwise Flash-to-Pass undetected. Exterior Lamps Off This feature lets you use the . The other vehicle's lamps are Reminder high-beam headlamps to signal a covered with dirt, snow, and/or A reminder chime sounds when the driver in front of you that you want road spray. headlamps or parking lamps are to pass. It works even if the manually turned on, the ignition is headlamps are in the automatic off, and a door is open. To disable position. the chime, turn the lamps off. To use it, pull the turn signal lever toward you, then release it. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Lighting 173

If the headlamps are in the . The light sensor determines it is automatic position or on low beam, daytime. the high-beam headlamps will turn When the DRL system is on, only on. Depending on the type of the DRL are on. The taillamps, headlamp, they will either turn off sidemarker lamps, instrument panel after a short duration or stay on as lights, and other lamps will not long as you hold the lever toward be on. you. The high-beam indicator on the instrument cluster will come on. When it begins to get dark, the Release the lever to return to automatic headlamp system There is a light sensor on top of the normal operation. switches from DRL to the instrument panel. Do not cover the headlamps. sensor, otherwise the headlamps Daytime Running To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior will come on when they are not Lamps (DRL) lamp control to O and then release. needed. DRL can make it easier for others to For vehicles first sold in Canada, off The system may also turn on the see the front of the vehicle during will only work when the vehicle is headlamps when driving through a the day. Fully functional DRL are parked. parking garage or tunnel. required on all vehicles first sold in If the vehicle is started in a dark Canada. Automatic Headlamp garage, the automatic headlamp The DRL system comes on when System system comes on immediately. If it is light outside when the vehicle the following conditions are met: When the exterior lamp control is leaves the garage, there is a slight set to AUTO and it is dark enough . The ignition is on. delay before the automatic outside, the headlamps come on headlamp system changes to the . The exterior lamp control is automatically. in AUTO. DRL. During that delay, the instrument cluster may not be as . The transmission is not in bright as usual. Make sure the P (Park). instrument panel brightness control GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

174 Lighting

is in the full bright position. See Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 176. Signals When it is bright enough outside, the headlamps will turn off or may change to Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). The automatic headlamp system turns off when the exterior lamp control is turned to O or the ignition is off. Lights On with Wipers An arrow on the instrument cluster If the windshield wipers are flashes in the direction of the turn or lane change. activated in daylight with the engine | : Press this button to make the on, and the exterior lamp control is front and rear turn signal lamps Move the turn signal lever all the in AUTO, the headlamps, parking flash on and off. Press again to turn way up or down to signal a turn. lamps, and other exterior lamps the flashers off. Raise or lower the lever for less come on. The transition time for the When the hazard warning flashers than one second until the arrow lamps coming on varies based on starts to flash to signal a lane wiper speed. When the wipers are are on, the vehicle's turn signals will not work. change. This causes the turn not operating, these lamps turn off. signals to automatically flash three Move the exterior lamp control to O times. It will flash six times if Tow/ or ; to disable this feature. Haul Mode is active. Holding the turn signal lever for more than one second will cause the turn signals to flash until the lever is released. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Lighting 175

The lever returns to its starting Fog Lamps When the headlamps are changed position whenever it is released. to high beam, the fog lamps also go If after signaling a turn or a lane off. When the high-beam headlamps change the arrows flash rapidly or are turned off, the fog lamps will do not come on, a signal bulb could come on again. be burned out. Some localities have laws that Replace any burned out bulbs. If a require the headlamps to be on with bulb is not burned out, check the the fog lamps. fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 309. Turn Signal On Chime If the turn signal is left on for more than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime sounds at each flash of the turn If equipped with fog lamps, the signal. The message TURN button is on the exterior lamp SIGNAL ON will also appear in the control, to the left of the steering Driver Information Center (DIC). To column. turn the chime and message off, The ignition must be on for the fog move the turn signal lever to the off lamps to come on. position. # : Press to turn the fog lamps on or off. A light will come on in the instrument cluster. When the fog lamps are turned on, the parking lamps automatically turn on. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

176 Lighting Interior Lighting Dome Lamps Reading Lamps Instrument Panel Illumination Control

There are dome lamps in the There are reading lamps in the overhead console and the headliner, overhead console and the headliner, if equipped. if equipped. To operate, the ignition must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY This feature controls the brightness To change the dome lamp settings, press the following: or using Retained Accessory of the instrument panel lights and is Power (RAP). next to the exterior lamp control. OFF : Turns the lamps off, even D : Move the thumbwheel up or when a door is open. down to brighten or dim the lights. DOOR : The lamps come on automatically when a door is opened. ON : Turns all dome lamps on. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Lighting 177 Lighting Features interior lamps remain on for a set amount of time, then automatically Entry Lighting turn off. The exterior lamps turn off Some exterior lamps and the interior immediately by turning the exterior lamps turn on briefly at night, or in lamp control off. areas with limited lighting, when K This feature can be changed. See is pressed on the Remote Keyless Vehicle Personalization 0 158. Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a Press m or n next to each reading door is opened, the interior lamps lamp to turn it on or off. come on if the dome lamp control is Battery Load in the DOOR position. After about Management 30 seconds the exterior lamps turn The vehicle has Electric Power off. Entry lighting can be disabled Management (EPM), which manually by changing the ignition estimates the battery's temperature out of the OFF position, or by and state of charge. It then adjusts pressing the RKE transmitter Q the voltage for best performance button. and extended life of the battery. This feature can be changed. See When the battery's state of charge “Vehicle Locator Lights” under is low, the voltage is raised slightly Vehicle Personalization 0 158. to quickly bring the charge back up. When the state of charge is high, Exit Lighting the voltage is lowered slightly to prevent overcharging. The voltmeter Some exterior lamps and interior gauge or the voltage display on the lamps come on at night, or in areas Driver Information Center (DIC), with limited lighting, when the driver if equipped, may show the voltage door is opened after the ignition is turned off. The exterior lamps and GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

178 Lighting

moving up or down. This is normal. Normally, these actions occur in To keep the lamps on for more than If there is a problem, an alert will be steps or levels, without being 10 minutes, the ignition must be on displayed. noticeable. In rare cases at the or in ACC/ACCESSORY. The battery can be discharged at highest levels of corrective action, idle if the electrical loads are very this action may be noticeable to the high. This is true for all vehicles. driver. If so, a DIC message might This is because the generator be displayed and it is recommended (alternator) may not be spinning fast that the driver reduce the electrical enough at idle to produce all the loads as much as possible. power that is needed for very high electrical loads. Battery Power Protection A high electrical load occurs when This feature shuts off the dome and several of the following are on, such reading lamps if they are left on for as: headlamps, high beams, fog more than 10 minutes when the lamps, rear window defogger, ignition is off. This will keep the climate control fan at high speed, battery from running down. heated seats, engine cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads plugged into Exterior Lighting Battery accessory power outlets. Saver EPM works to prevent excessive The exterior lamps turn off about discharge of the battery. It does this 10 minutes after the ignition is by balancing the generator's output turned off, if the parking lamps or and the vehicle's electrical needs. headlamps have been manually left It can increase engine idle speed to on. This protects against draining generate more power, whenever the battery. To restart the 10-minute needed. It can temporarily reduce timer, turn the exterior lamp control the power demands of some O accessories. to the position and then back to the ; or 2 position. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Infotainment System 179 Infotainment Introduction System Infotainment See the infotainment manual for Introduction information on the radio, audio Infotainment ...... 179 players, phone, navigation system, Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE), and voice or speech recognition, if equipped. It also includes information on settings. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

180 Climate Controls Climate Controls Climate Control 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls Systems 4. Fan Control 5. Defrost Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic Climate Dual Automatic Climate 6. Passenger Temperature Control System ...... 180 Control System Control Rear Climate Control With this system the heating, 7. SYNC (Synchronized System ...... 184 cooling, and ventilation in the Temperature) Air Vents vehicle can be controlled. Some 8. Rear Window Defogger climate control settings can be Air Vents ...... 185 9. RCTRL (Rear Climate Control changed. See Climate and Air “ Lockout) Maintenance Quality” under Vehicle Passenger Compartment Air Personalization 0 158. 10. Rear Temperature Control Filter ...... 186 Service ...... 187 11. Rear Air Delivery Mode Control 12. Rear Fan Control 13. Front Climate Control Power Button 14. Rear AUTO (Automatic Operation) 15. Rear Climate Control Power Button 16. Air Recirculation 17. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 1. Driver Temperature Control 2. A/C (Air Conditioning) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Climate Controls 181

Front Climate Controls To improve fuel efficiency and to The maximum auto fan speed can cool the vehicle faster, recirculation be adjusted. See “Climate and Air Automatic Operation may be automatically selected in Quality” under Vehicle The system automatically controls warm weather. Personalization 0 158. the fan speed, air delivery, air The recirculation light will not come Driver and Passenger conditioning, and recirculation in on when automatically controlled. Temperature Control : The order to heat or cool the vehicle to temperature can be adjusted the desired temperature. Press @ to manually select recirculation; press it again to select separately for the driver and When AUTO is lit, all four functions outside air. passenger. operate automatically. Each function Do not cover the solar sensor on the Turn the knob clockwise or can also be manually set and the counterclockwise to increase or setting is displayed. Functions not top of the instrument panel near the windshield. This sensor regulates decrease the driver or passenger manually set will continue to be temperature setting. automatically controlled, even if the air temperature based on sun load. AUTO indicator is not lit. See “Sensors” later in this section. SYNC : Press to link the passenger Manual Operation and rear climate temperature To place the system in settings to the driver setting. The automatic mode: O : Press to turn the climate control SYNC indicator light will turn on. 1. Press AUTO. system on or off. When off is When the passenger or rear climate selected, the system will stop air settings are adjusted, the SYNC 2. Set the driver and passenger from flowing into the cabin. If on is indicator light turns off. temperature. selected, a button is pressed, or a Air Delivery Mode Control : Press To find your comfort setting, knob is turned, the climate control Y, \, [ , or to change the start with 22 °C (72 °F) and system will turn on and operate at - direction of the airflow. An indicator allow the system time to the current setting. light comes on in the selected mode stabilize. Then adjust the : Turn clockwise or button. temperature as needed for best 9 counterclockwise to increase or comfort. decrease the fan speed. Press AUTO to return to automatic operation. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

182 Climate Controls

Changing the mode cancels the A/C : Press to turn the air on, see “Climate and Air Quality” automatic operation of the mode. conditioning system on or off. An under Vehicle Personalization Press AUTO to return to automatic indicator light comes on to show 0 158. operation. that the air conditioning is enabled. Rear Window Defogger Y : Air is directed to the instrument If the fan is turned off, the air panel outlets. conditioner will not run. The A/C The rear window defogger uses a light will stay on even if the outside warming grid to remove fog from the \ : Air is divided between the temperatures are below freezing. rear window. instrument panel and floor outlets. @ : Press to turn on recirculation. K : Press to turn the rear window [ : Air is directed to the floor An indicator light comes on. Air is defogger on or off. An indicator light outlets, with some to the windshield, recirculated to quickly cool the on the button comes on to show that side window outlets, and second inside of the vehicle. It can also be the rear window defogger is on. row floor outlets. used to help reduce outside air and The rear window defogger only odors that enter the vehicle. The air - : This mode clears the windows works when the ignition is in on. The conditioning compressor also comes of fog or moisture. Air is directed to defogger turns off if the ignition is on when this mode is activated. the windshield, floor outlets, and turned off or to ACC/ACCESSORY. side window vents. Auto Defog : The climate control The rear window defogger can be system uses a sensor to 0 : Press to clear the windshield set to automatic operation. When automatically detect high humidity of fog or frost more quickly. Air is Auto Rear Defog is selected, the inside the vehicle. When high directed to the windshield and the rear window defogger turns on humidity is detected, the climate side window vents. The system automatically when the vehicle is control system may adjust to automatically forces outside air into first started in cold weather and outside air supply, turn on the air the vehicle and the air conditioning turns off when the vehicle is conditioner, and direct more air to compressor will run, unless the warmed. To turn Auto Rear Defog the windshield. If the climate control outside temperature is close to on or off, see Climate and Air system does not detect possible “ freezing. Quality under Vehicle window fogging, it returns to normal ” Personalization 0 158. Do not drive the vehicle until all operation. To turn Auto Defog off or windows are clear. See Air Vents 0 185. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Climate Controls 183

Fan Control : Press up or down to if equipped, may also come on. Caution increase or decrease the rear See Remote Vehicle Start 0 39 and passenger area fan speed. Heated and Ventilated Front Seats Using a razor blade or sharp 0 67. object to clear the inside rear Air Delivery Mode Control : Press window can damage the rear up or down to change the direction Sensors window defogger. Repairs would of the rear passenger airflow. not be covered by the vehicle Repeatedly press the switch until warranty. Do not clear the inside the desired mode appears on the display. Multiple presses will cycle rear window with sharp objects. through the delivery selections. Temperature Control : Press up or Heated Mirror : If equipped with down to increase or decrease the heated outside mirrors, the mirrors airflow temperature into the rear heat to help clear fog or frost from passenger area. the surface of the mirror when the RCTRL : Press to lock or unlock rear window defog button is The solar sensor monitors the solar 0 control of the rear climate control pressed. See Heated Mirrors 54. heat. Do not cover the solar sensor system from the rear seat or the system will not work properly. Rear Climate Controls passengers. When locked, the rear O : Press to turn the rear climate climate control can only be adjusted There is also an exterior control system on or off. from the front seat. temperature sensor behind the front grille. This sensor reads the outside AUTO : Press AUTO to control the Remote Start Climate Control air temperature and helps maintain rear passenger temperature, air Operation the temperature inside the vehicle. delivery, and fan speed. AUTO If equipped with the remote start Any cover on the front of the appears in the display when feature, the climate control system vehicle, including a snowplow, could automatic operation is active. If any will come on when the vehicle is cause a false reading in the of the climate control settings started remotely, depending on the displayed temperature. except rear temperature are outside temperature. The rear manually adjusted, this cancels full window defogger and heated seats, automatic operation. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

184 Climate Controls

The climate control system uses the Automatic Operation information from these sensors to AUTO : Press AUTO to maintain comfort settings by automatically control the adjusting the outlet temperature, fan temperature, air delivery, and fan speed, and air delivery mode. The speed for rear seat passengers. A is system may also supply cooler air to indicated in the display when the side of the vehicle facing the automatic operation is active. sun. The recirculation mode will also be used as needed to maintain cool If any of the rear climate control outlet temperatures. settings are manually adjusted, full automatic operation is cancelled. Rear Climate Control Press AUTO to return to full System 1. Fan Control automatic operation. 2. AUTO (Automatic Operation) The display only indicates climate The rear climate control system is control functions when the system is located on the rear of the center 3. MODE (Air Delivery Mode in rear independent mode. console storage. The rear climate Control) settings can be adjusted with this Manual Operation system. 4. TEMP (Temperature Control) : Turn clockwise or 5. Heated Rear Seats (If 9 counterclockwise to increase or Equipped) decrease the fan speed. Turn If the dual automatic climate control completely counterclockwise to turn system rear climate control lockout the fan/power off. feature is locked, the rear climate TEMP : Turn clockwise or control settings can only be counterclockwise to increase or adjusted from the front seat. decrease the airflow temperature into the passenger area. If the SYNC button is pressed on the front GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Climate Controls 185 climate controls, the rear climate Air Vents Operation Tips temperature is linked to the driver . Clear away any ice, snow, Adjustable air vents are in the temperature setting. or leaves from the air inlets at center and on the side of the MODE : Press to change the the base of the windshield that instrument panel. direction of the airflow in the vehicle. could block the flow of air into Repeatedly press the button until the vehicle. the desired mode appears on the . Clear snow off the hood to display. Multiple presses will cycle improve visibility and help through the delivery selections. decrease moisture drawn into M or L : If equipped, press M or L the vehicle. to heat the left or right outboard seat . When you enter a vehicle in cold cushion. See Heated Rear Seats 0 weather, press the fan up button 69. to the maximum fan level before driving. This helps clear the intake ducts of snow and moisture, and reduces the chance of fogging the inside of 1. Slider Knob the window. 2. Thumbwheel . Keep the air path under the front Move the slider knobs (1) to change seats clear of objects to help the direction of the airflow. circulate the air inside of the vehicle more effectively. Use the thumbwheels (2) near the air vents to open or close off the . Use of non-GM approved hood airflow. deflectors can adversely affect the performance of the system. Check with your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of the vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

186 Climate Controls Maintenance 2. Disconnect the glove box door damper string from the glove box door assembly. A pen or Passenger Compartment pencil may be inserted through Air Filter the end of the damper string to prevent the string from slipping The filter reduces the dust, pollen, inside the door assembly. and other airborne irritants from outside air that is pulled into the vehicle. The filter should be replaced as part of routine scheduled maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 370. To find out what type of filter to use, 4. Release the two tabs holding see Maintenance Replacement the service door. Open the Parts 0 380. service door and remove the old filter. 5. Install the new air filter. 6. Close the service door and secure the tabs. 3. Remove the six screws and 7. Reverse the steps to reinstall remove the access plate. the glove box. See your dealer if additional assistance is needed.

1. Open the glove box completely. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Climate Controls 187

Service All vehicles have a label underhood that identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle. The refrigerant system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. The air conditioning evaporator should never be repaired or replaced by one from a salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced by a new evaporator to ensure proper and safe operation. During service, all refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to the environment and may also create unsafe conditions based on inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other health-based concerns. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

188 Driving and Operating

Retained Accessory Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . 231 Driving and Power (RAP) ...... 212 Magnetic Ride Control ...... 232 Operating Shifting Into Park ...... 212 Locking Rear Axle ...... 232 Shifting out of Park ...... 213 Automatic Level Control ...... 232 Parking over Things Cruise Control Driving Information That Burn ...... 214 Active Fuel Management . . . . . 214 Cruise Control ...... 233 Distracted Driving ...... 189 Adaptive Cruise Control ...... 235 Defensive Driving ...... 190 Extended Parking ...... 214 Drunk Driving ...... 190 Engine Exhaust Driver Assistance Systems Control of a Vehicle ...... 190 Engine Exhaust ...... 215 Driver Assistance Systems . . . 242 Braking ...... 190 Running the Vehicle While Assistance Systems for Steering ...... 191 Parked ...... 215 Parking or Backing ...... 243 Off-Road Recovery ...... 191 Assistance Systems for Loss of Control ...... 192 Automatic Transmission Driving ...... 246 Off-Road Driving ...... 192 Automatic Transmission ...... 216 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Driving on Wet Roads ...... 197 Manual Mode ...... 218 System ...... 246 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 198 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 222 Forward Automatic Winter Driving ...... 198 Braking (FAB) ...... 248 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 200 Drive Systems Side Blind Zone Vehicle Load Limits ...... 200 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 222 Alert (SBZA) ...... 250 Brakes Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 250 Starting and Operating Lane Departure New Vehicle Break-In ...... 204 Antilock Brake System (ABS) ...... 227 Warning (LDW) ...... 252 Adjustable Throttle and Brake Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 252 Pedal ...... 205 Parking Brake ...... 228 Ignition Positions (Keyless Brake Assist ...... 228 Fuel Access) ...... 205 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 229 Fuel ...... 254 Ignition Positions (Key Ride Control Systems California Fuel Access) ...... 207 Traction Control/Electronic Requirements ...... 255 Starting the Engine ...... 209 Stability Control ...... 229 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 255 Engine Heater ...... 210 Fuel Additives ...... 255 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 189 E85 or FlexFuel ...... 256 Driving Information . Designate a front seat Filling the Tank ...... 256 passenger to handle potential Filling a Portable Fuel distractions. Container ...... 258 Distracted Driving . Become familiar with vehicle Trailer Towing Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as and can take your focus from the General Towing programming favorite radio task of driving. Exercise good Information ...... 259 stations and adjusting climate judgment and do not let other Driving Characteristics and control and seat settings. Towing Tips ...... 259 activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into Trailer Towing ...... 262 from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to Towing Equipment ...... 267 governments have enacted laws driving. Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 273 regarding driver distraction. Become familiar with the local laws in . Wait until the vehicle is parked Conversions and Add-Ons your area. to retrieve items that have fallen to the floor. Add-On Electrical To avoid distracted driving, keep Equipment ...... 274 your eyes on the road, keep your . Stop or park the vehicle to tend hands on the steering wheel, and to children. focus your attention on driving. . Keep pets in an appropriate . Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint. demanding driving situations. . Avoid stressful conversations Use a hands-free method to while driving, whether with a place or receive necessary passenger or on a cell phone. phone calls. . Watch the road. Do not read, { Warning take notes, or look up information on phones or other Taking your eyes off the road too electronic devices. long or too often could cause a crash resulting in injury or death. Focus your attention on driving. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

190 Driving and Operating

Refer to the infotainment section for Average driver reaction time is more information on using that { Warning about three-quarters of a second. In system and the navigation system, that time, a vehicle moving at if equipped, including pairing and Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m using a cell phone. dangerous. Your reflexes, (66 ft), which could be a lot of perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency. Defensive Driving judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include: Defensive driving means “always can have a serious — or even expect the unexpected.” The first fatal — collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between step in driving defensively is to wear drinking. you and the vehicle in front the seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 76. of you. Do not drink and drive or ride with . Assume that other road users a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking. (pedestrians, bicyclists, and Ride home in a cab; or if you are other drivers) are going to be . Keep pace with traffic. with a group, designate a driver careless and make mistakes. If the engine ever stops while the who will not drink. Anticipate what they might do vehicle is being driven, brake and be ready. normally but do not pump the . Allow enough following distance Control of a Vehicle brakes. Doing so could make the pedal harder to push down. If the between you and the driver in Braking, steering, and accelerating front of you. engine stops, there will be some are important factors in helping to power brake assist but it will be . Focus on the task of driving. control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied. Once the power assist is used up, it Drunk Driving Braking can take longer to stop and the Death and injury associated with Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push. drinking and driving is a global time and reaction time. Deciding to tragedy. push the brake pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is reaction time. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 191

Steering Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery Electric Power Steering . Take curves at a reasonable speed. This vehicle has electric power steering. It does not have power . Reduce speed before entering a steering fluid. Regular maintenance curve. is not required. . Maintain a reasonable steady If power steering assist is lost due speed through the curve. to a system malfunction, the vehicle . Wait until the vehicle is out of can be steered, but may require the curve before accelerating increased effort. gently into the straightaway. See your dealer if there is a Steering in Emergencies problem. . There are some situations when If the steering assist is used for an steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can drop extended period of time while the be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the vehicle is not moving, power assist shoulder while driving. Follow may be reduced. . Holding both sides of the steering wheel allows you to turn these tips: If the steering wheel is turned until it 180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and reaches the end of its travel, and is a hand. then, if there is nothing in the held in that position for an extended way, steer the vehicle so that it period of time, power steering assist . Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows steering while braking. straddles the edge of the may be reduced. pavement. Normal use of the power steering 2. Turn the steering wheel about assist should return when the one-eighth of a turn, until the system cools down. right front tire contacts the See your dealer if there is a pavement edge. problem. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

192 Driving and Operating

3. Turn the steering wheel to go The vehicle may straighten out. vehicles not equipped with All straight down the roadway. Be ready for a second skid if it Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) occurs. tires must not be driven off-road Loss of Control . Slow down and adjust your except on a level, solid surface. For contact information about the Skidding driving according to weather conditions. Stopping distance original equipment tires, see the There are three types of skids that can be longer and vehicle warranty manual. correspond to the vehicle's three control can be affected when One of the best ways for successful control systems: traction is reduced by water, off-road driving is to control the . Braking Skid — wheels are not snow, ice, gravel, or other speed. rolling. material on the road. Learn to recognize warning clues — such { Warning . Steering or Cornering Skid — as enough water, ice, or packed too much speed or steering in a snow on the road to make a When driving off-road, bouncing curve causes tires to slip and mirrored surface — and slow and quick changes in direction lose cornering force. down when you have any doubt. can easily throw you out of . Acceleration Skid — too much . Try to avoid sudden steering, position. This could cause you to throttle causes the driving acceleration, or braking, lose control and crash. You and wheels to spin. including reducing vehicle speed your passengers should always Defensive drivers avoid most skids by shifting to a lower gear. Any wear seat belts. by taking reasonable care suited to sudden changes could cause the tires to slide. existing conditions, and by not Before Driving Off-Road overdriving those conditions. But Remember: Antilock brakes help skids are always possible. avoid only the braking skid. . Have all necessary maintenance and service work completed. If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these suggestions: Off-Road Driving . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, and check inflation pressure in . Ease your foot off the Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be all tires, including the spare, accelerator pedal and steer the used for off-road driving. Vehicles if equipped. way you want the vehicle to go. without four-wheel drive and GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 193

. Read all the information about Loading the Vehicle for For more information about loading four-wheel-drive vehicles in this Off-Road Driving the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits manual. 0 200 and Tires 0 320. . Remove any underbody air { Warning Environmental Concerns deflector, if equipped. Re-attach the air deflector after off-road . Unsecured cargo on the . Always use established trails, driving. load floor can be tossed roads, and areas that have been about when driving over set aside for public off-road . Know the local laws that apply to rough terrain. You or your recreational driving and obey all off-road driving. passengers can be struck posted regulations. To gain more ground clearance if by flying objects. Secure the . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, needed, it may be necessary to cargo properly. trees, or grasses or disturb remove the front fascia lower air . Keep cargo in the cargo wildlife. dam, if equipped. However, driving area as far forward and as . Do not park over things that without the air dam reduces fuel low as possible. The economy. burn. See Parking over Things heaviest things should be That Burn 0 214. on the floor, forward of the Caution rear axle. Driving on Hills Operating the vehicle for . Heavy loads on the roof Driving safely on hills requires good extended periods without the front raise the vehicle's center of judgment and an understanding of fascia lower air dam installed can gravity, making it more likely what the vehicle can and cannot do. cause improper airflow to the to roll over. You can be seriously or fatally injured if engine. Reattach the front fascia { Warning the vehicle rolls over. Put air dam after off-road driving. heavy loads inside the Many hills are simply too steep cargo area, not on the roof. for any vehicle. Driving up hills can cause the vehicle to stall. Driving down hills can cause loss (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

194 Driving and Operating

Warning (Continued) { Warning Warning (Continued)

of control. Driving across hills can Driving to the top of a hill at high on the transfer case overrides the cause a rollover. You could be speed can cause an accident. transmission. You or someone injured or killed. Do not drive on There could be a drop-off, else could be injured. If leaving steep hills. embankment, cliff, or even the vehicle, set the parking brake another vehicle. You could be and shift the transmission to Before driving on a hill, assess the seriously injured or killed. As you P (Park). Shift the transfer case to steepness, traction, and near the top of a hill, slow down any position but N (Neutral). obstructions. If the terrain ahead and stay alert. cannot be seen, get out of the . When driving down a hill, keep vehicle and walk the hill before . Never go downhill forward or the vehicle headed straight driving further. backward with either the down. Use a low gear because When driving on hills: transmission or transfer case in the engine will work with the N (Neutral). The brakes could brakes to slow the vehicle and . Use a low gear and keep a firm overheat and you could lose help keep the vehicle under grip on the steering wheel. control. control. . Maintain a slow speed. . When possible, drive straight up { Warning { Warning or down the hill. If the vehicle has the two-speed Heavy braking when going down . Slow down when approaching automatic or electronic transfer a hill can cause your brakes to the top of the hill. case, shifting the transfer case to overheat and fade. This could . Use headlamps even during the N (Neutral) can cause your cause loss of control and you or day to make the vehicle more vehicle to roll even if the others could be injured or killed. visible. transmission is in P (Park). This is Apply the brakes lightly when because the N (Neutral) position (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 195

. Never back down a hill in downhill wheels, which could Warning (Continued) N (Neutral) using only the cause a downhill slide or a brake. The vehicle can roll rollover. descending a hill and use a low backward quickly and you . Surface conditions can be a gear to keep vehicle speed under could lose control. control. problem. Loose gravel, muddy . If driving downhill when the spots, or even wet grass can vehicle stalls, shift to a cause the tires to slip sideways, If the vehicle stalls on a hill: lower gear, release the downhill. If the vehicle slips 1. Apply the brakes to stop the parking brake, and drive sideways, it can hit something vehicle, and then apply the straight down the hill. that will trip it — a rock, a rut, parking brake. 3. If the vehicle cannot be etc. — and roll over. 2. Shift into P (Park) and then restarted after stalling, set the . Hidden obstacles can make the restart the engine. parking brake, shift into steepness of the incline more P (Park), and turn the severe. If a rock is driven across . If driving uphill when the vehicle off. with the uphill wheels, or if the vehicle stalls, shift to downhill wheels drop into a rut R (Reverse), release the 3.1. Leave the vehicle and seek help. or depression, the vehicle can tilt parking brake, and back even more. straight down. 3.2. Stay clear of the path the . If an incline must be driven . Never try to turn the vehicle vehicle would take if it rolled downhill. across, and the vehicle starts to around. If the hill is steep slide, turn downhill. This should enough to stall the vehicle, . Avoid turns that take the vehicle help straighten out the vehicle it is steep enough to cause across the incline of the hill. and prevent the side slipping. it to roll over. A hill that can be driven straight . If you cannot make it up the up or down might be too steep to hill, back straight down drive across. Driving across an the hill. incline puts more weight on the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

196 Driving and Operating

Traction is reduced on hard packed { Warning snow and ice and it is easy to lose Warning (Continued) control. Reduce vehicle speed when Getting out of the vehicle on the driving on hard packed snow Traction could be lost, and the downhill side when stopped and ice. vehicle could roll over. Do not across an incline is dangerous. drive through rushing water. If the vehicle rolls over, you could { Warning be crushed or killed. Always get out on the uphill side of the Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, Caution vehicle and stay well clear of the or rivers can be dangerous. Ice rollover path. conditions vary greatly and the Do not drive through standing vehicle could fall through the ice; water if it is deep enough to cover Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, you and your passengers could the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust or Ice drown. Drive your vehicle on safe pipe. Deep water can damage the surfaces only. axle and other vehicle parts. Use a low gear when driving in mud — the deeper the mud, the lower the gear. Keep the vehicle Driving in Water If the standing water is not too deep, moving to avoid getting stuck. drive through it slowly. At faster speeds, water can get into the Traction changes when driving on { Warning engine and cause it to stall. Stalling sand. On loose sand, such as on can occur if the exhaust pipe is beaches or sand dunes, the tires Driving through rushing water can under water. Do not turn off the tend to sink into the sand. This be dangerous. Deep water can ignition when driving through water. affects steering, accelerating, and sweep your vehicle downstream If the exhaust pipe is under water, braking. Drive at a reduced speed and you and your passengers the engine will not start. When going and avoid sharp turns or abrupt could drown. If it is only shallow through water, the brakes get wet maneuvers. water, it can still wash away the ground from under your tires. and it may take longer to stop. See “Driving on Wet Roads” later in this (Continued) section. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 197

After Off-Road Driving wet enough and you are going fast { Warning enough. When the vehicle is Remove any brush or debris that hydroplaning, it has little or no has collected on the underbody or Wet brakes can cause crashes. contact with the road. chassis, or under the hood. These They might not work as well in a accumulations can be a fire hazard. quick stop and could cause There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The best advice is to After operation in mud or sand, pulling to one side. You could slow down when the road is wet. have the brake linings cleaned and lose control of the vehicle. checked. These substances can After driving through a large Other Rainy Weather Tips cause glazing and uneven braking. puddle of water or a car/vehicle Besides slowing down, other wet Check the body structure, driveline, wash, lightly apply the brake steering, suspension, wheels, tires, weather driving tips include: pedal until the brakes work and exhaust system for damage and . Allow extra following distance. normally. check the fuel lines and cooling . Pass with caution. system for any leakage. Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces. Driving through . Keep windshield wiping More frequent maintenance service equipment in good shape. is required. See the Maintenance flowing water could cause the Schedule 0 370. vehicle to be carried away. If this . Keep the windshield washer fluid happens, you and other vehicle reservoir filled. occupants could drown. Do not Driving on Wet Roads . Have good tires with proper ignore police warnings and be tread depth. See Tires 0 320. Rain and wet roads can reduce very cautious about trying to drive vehicle traction and affect your through flowing water. . Turn off cruise control. ability to stop and accelerate. Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid Hydroplaning driving through large puddles and Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water deep-standing or flowing water. can build up under the vehicle's tires so they actually ride on the water. This can happen if the road is GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

198 Driving and Operating

Hill and Mountain Roads Winter Driving { Warning Driving on steep hills or through Driving on Snow or Ice mountains is different than driving Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: or with the ignition off is Snow or ice between the tires and dangerous. This can cause the road creates less traction or . Keep the vehicle serviced and in grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can good shape. overheating of the brakes and loss of steering assist. Always occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid . Check all fluid levels and brakes, have the engine running and the driving on wet ice or in freezing rain tires, cooling system, and vehicle in gear. transmission. until roads can be treated. For Slippery Road Driving: . Shift to a lower gear when going . Drive at speeds that keep the down steep or long hills. vehicle in its own lane. Do not . Accelerate gently. Accelerating swing wide or cross the too quickly causes the wheels to { Warning center line. spin and makes the surface under the tires slick. Using the brakes to slow the . Be alert on top of hills; vehicle on a long downhill slope something could be in your lane . Turn on Traction Control. See can cause brake overheating, can (e.g., stalled car, accident). Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 229. reduce brake performance, and . Pay attention to special road could result in a loss of braking. signs (e.g., falling rocks area, . The Antilock Brake System Shift the transmission to a lower winding roads, long grades, (ABS) improves vehicle stability gear to let the engine assist the passing or no-passing zones) during hard stops, but the brakes on a steep downhill slope. and take appropriate action. brakes should be applied sooner than when on dry pavement. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) 0 227. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 199

. Allow greater following distance and watch for slippery spots. Icy { Warning Warning (Continued) patches can occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded areas. Snow can trap engine exhaust the fan speed to the highest The surface of a curve or an under the vehicle. This may setting. See “Climate overpass can remain icy when cause exhaust gases to get Control Systems.” the surrounding roads are clear. inside. Engine exhaust contains For more information about CO, Avoid sudden steering carbon monoxide (CO), which see Engine Exhaust 0 215. maneuvers and braking while cannot be seen or smelled. It can on ice. cause unconsciousness and even death. To save fuel, run the engine for . Turn off cruise control. short periods to warm the vehicle If the vehicle is stuck in snow: Blizzard Conditions and then shut the engine off and . Clear snow from the base of partially close the window. Moving Stop the vehicle in a safe place and the vehicle, especially any about to keep warm also helps. signal for help. Stay with the vehicle blocking the exhaust pipe. If it takes time for help to arrive, unless there is help nearby. when running the engine, push the If possible, use Roadside . Open a window about 5 cm accelerator pedal slightly so the Assistance. See Roadside (2 in) on the vehicle side engine runs faster than the idle Assistance Program 0 390. To get that is away from the wind, speed. This keeps the battery help and keep everyone in the to bring in fresh air. charged to restart the vehicle and to vehicle safe: . Fully open the air outlets on signal for help with the headlamps. . Turn on the hazard warning or under the instrument Do this as little as possible, to flashers. panel. save fuel. . Tie a red cloth to an outside . Adjust the climate control mirror. system to circulate the air inside the vehicle and set (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

200 Driving and Operating

If the Vehicle Is Stuck between R (Reverse) and a low designed to carry, the Tire and forward gear, spinning the wheels Loading Information label and Slowly and cautiously spin the as little as possible. To prevent the Certification/Tire label. wheels to free the vehicle when transmission wear, wait until the stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. wheels stop spinning before shifting { Warning If stuck too severely for the traction gears. Release the accelerator system to free the vehicle, turn the pedal while shifting, and press Do not load the vehicle any traction system off and use the lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear. heavier than the Gross rocking method. See Traction Vehicle Weight Rating Control/Electronic Stability Control Slowly spinning the wheels in the 0 229. forward and reverse directions (GVWR), or either the causes a rocking motion that could maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). { Warning free the vehicle. If that does not get the vehicle out after a few tries, it This can cause systems to If the vehicle's tires spin at high might need to be towed out. If the break and change the way the speed, they can explode, and you vehicle does need to be towed out, vehicle handles. This could 0 or others could be injured. The see Towing the Vehicle 355. cause loss of control and a vehicle can overheat, causing an crash. Overloading can also engine compartment fire or other Vehicle Load Limits reduce stopping distance, damage. Spin the wheels as little It is very important to know how damage the tires, and shorten as possible and avoid going much weight the vehicle can the life of the vehicle. above 56 km/h (35 mph). carry. This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and Rocking the Vehicle to Get includes the weight of all it Out occupants, cargo, and all Turn the steering wheel left and nonfactory-installed options. right to clear the area around the Two labels on the vehicle may front wheels. Turn off any traction show how much weight it was system. Shift back and forth GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 201

Tire and Loading Information tires (3) and the recommended 3. Subtract the combined Label cold tire inflation pressures (4). weight of the driver and For more information on tires passengers from XXX kg or and inflation see Tires 0 320 XXX lbs. 0 and Tire Pressure 327. 4. The resulting figure equals There is also important loading the available amount of information on the vehicle cargo and luggage load Certification/Tire label. It may capacity. For example, if the show the Gross Vehicle Weight "XXX" amount equals Rating (GVWR) and the Gross 1400 lbs. and there will be Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for five 150 lb passengers in the front and rear axles. See your vehicle, the amount of “Certification/Tire Label” later in available cargo and luggage Label Example this section. load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = A vehicle specific Tire and Steps for Determining Correct “ 650 lbs.) Loading Information label is Load Limit– attached to the center pillar 5. Determine the combined 1. Locate the statement "The weight of luggage and cargo (B-pillar). The tire and loading combined weight of being loaded on the vehicle. information label shows the occupants and cargo should That weight may not safely number of occupant seating never exceed XXX kg or exceed the available cargo positions (1), and the maximum XXX lbs." on your vehicle s ’ and luggage load capacity vehicle capacity weight (2) in placard. kilograms and pounds. calculated in Step 4. 2. Determine the combined The Tire and Loading 6. If your vehicle will be towing weight of the driver and Information label also shows the a trailer, load from your passengers that will be size of the original equipment trailer will be transferred to riding in your vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

202 Driving and Operating

your vehicle. Consult this 3. Available Occupant and manual to determine how Cargo Weight = 317 kg this reduces the available (700 lbs) cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.” See Trailer Towing 0 262 for important information on towing a trailer, towing safety rules, and trailering tips.

Example 3

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg Example 2 (1,000 lbs) 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 2. Subtract Occupant Weight Example 2 = 453 kg @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = (1,000 lbs) 453 kg (1,000 lbs) 2. Subtract Occupant Weight 3. Available Cargo Weight = @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 0 kg (0 lbs) Example 1 136 kg (750 lbs) Refer to the vehicle's tire and 3. Available Cargo Weight = loading information label for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 113 kg (250 lbs) Example 1 = 453 kg specific information about the (1,000 lbs) vehicle's capacity weight and 2. Subtract Occupant Weight seating positions. The combined @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 203

weight of the driver, passengers, (GVWR). The GVWR includes and cargo should never exceed the weight of the vehicle, all Warning (Continued) the vehicle's capacity weight. occupants, fuel, and cargo. Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Certification/Tire Label The Certification/Tire label also This can cause systems to may show the maximum weights break and change the way the for the front and rear axles, vehicle handles. This could called Gross Axle Weight Rating cause loss of control and a (GAWR). To find out the actual crash. Overloading can also loads on the front and rear reduce stopping distance, axles, weigh the vehicle at a damage the tires, and shorten weigh station. Your dealer can the life of the vehicle. help with this. Be sure to spread your load equally on both sides of the centerline. Caution The Certification/Tire label may also include information about Overloading the vehicle may A vehicle specific Certification/ the Front Axle Reserve cause damage. Repairs would not Tire label is attached to the Capacity. be covered by the vehicle center pillar (B-pillar). The label warranty. Do not overload the vehicle. may shows the size of the { Warning vehicle's original tires and the inflation pressures needed to Do not load the vehicle any The label will help decide how obtain the gross weight capacity heavier than the Gross much cargo and installed of the vehicle. This is called Vehicle Weight Rating equipment the truck can carry. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), or either the maximum front or rear Gross (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

204 Driving and Operating

Using heavier suspension Warning (Continued) Starting and components to get added Operating durability might not change the . When you carry weight ratings. Ask your dealer something inside the New Vehicle Break-In to help load the vehicle the vehicle, secure it right way. whenever you can. Caution { Warning . Do not leave a seat folded down unless you The vehicle does not need an Things you put inside the need to. elaborate break-in. But it will vehicle can strike and injure perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines: people in a sudden stop or There is also important loading turn, or in a crash. information for off-road driving in . Keep the vehicle speed at 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for . Put things in the cargo this manual. See “Loading Your the first 805 km (500 mi). area of the vehicle. Try to Vehicle for Off-Road Driving” spread the weight evenly. under Off-Road Driving 0 192. . Do not drive at any one constant speed, fast or slow, . Never stack heavier for the first 805 km (500 mi). things, like suitcases, Do not make full-throttle inside the vehicle so that starts. Avoid downshifting to some of them are above brake or slow the vehicle. the tops of the seats. . Avoid making hard stops for the first 322 km (200 mi) or . Do not leave an so. During this time the new unsecured child restraint brake linings are not yet in the vehicle. broken in. Hard stops with (Continued) new linings can mean (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 205

Ignition Positions Caution (Continued) (Keyless Access) premature wear and earlier replacement. Follow this breaking-in guideline every time you get new brake linings. . Do not tow a trailer during break-in. See Trailer Towing 0 262 for the trailer towing capabilities of the vehicle and more information. The switch used to adjust the Following break-in, engine speed pedals is to the left of the steering and load can be gradually wheel. increased. Press the switch to the left to move Vehicles equipped with Keyless the pedals closer to your body. Access have pushbutton starting. Adjustable Throttle and Press the switch to the right to move the pedals away. The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Brake Pedal transmitter must be in the vehicle for Before you start driving, fully press the system to operate. If the If equipped, the position of the the brake pedal to confirm the pushbutton start is not working, the throttle and brake pedals can be adjustment is right for you. changed. vehicle may be near a strong radio The vehicle may have a memory antenna signal causing interference The pedals can only be adjusted function, which lets pedal settings to the Keyless Access system. when the vehicle is in P (Park). be saved and recalled. See Memory See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Seats 0 64. System Operation (Key Access) 0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 33. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

206 Driving and Operating

To shift out of P (Park), the ignition The vehicle may have an electric automatic transmission, the must be on or in ACC/ steering column lock. The lock is shift lever must be in P (Park) ACCESSORY, and the brake pedal activated when the ignition is turned to turn the ignition off. must be applied. off and either front door is opened. 4. Set the parking brake. See Stopping the Engine/LOCK/ A sound may be heard as the lock Parking Brake 0 228. OFF (No Indicator Lights) : When actuates or releases. The steering column lock may not release with the vehicle is stopped, press { Warning ENGINE START/STOP once to turn the wheels turned off center. If this happens, the vehicle may not start. the engine off. Turning off the vehicle while Move the steering wheel from left to If the vehicle is in P (Park), the right while attempting to start the moving may cause loss of power ignition will turn off, and Retained vehicle. If this does not work, the assist in the brake and steering Accessory Power (RAP) will remain vehicle needs service. systems and disable the airbags. active. See Retained Accessory While driving, only shut the Power (RAP) 0 212. If the vehicle must be shut off in an vehicle off in an emergency. emergency: If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the ignition will return to ACC/ 1. Brake using a firm and steady If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, ACCESSORY and display the pressure. Do not pump the and must be shut off while driving, message SHIFT TO PARK in the brakes repeatedly. This may press and hold ENGINE START/ Driver Information Center (DIC). deplete power assist, requiring STOP for longer than two seconds, When the vehicle is shifted into increased brake pedal force. or press twice in five seconds. P (Park), the ignition system will 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber turn off. This can be done while the Indicator Light) : This mode allows Do not turn the engine off when the vehicle is moving. After shifting some electrical accessories to be vehicle is moving. This will cause a to N (Neutral), firmly apply the used when the engine is off. loss of power assist in the brake brakes and steer the vehicle to a safe location. With the ignition off, pressing the and steering systems and disable button one time without the brake the airbags. 3. Come to a complete stop, shift pedal applied will place the ignition to P (Park), and turn the system in ACC/ACCESSORY. ignition off. On vehicles with an GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 207

The ignition will switch from ACC/ to be driven. The engine will not OFF to turn the engine off. Retained ACCESSORY to off after start in Service Mode. Press the Accessory Power (RAP) will remain five minutes to prevent battery button again to turn the ignition off. active. See Retained Accessory rundown. Power (RAP) 0 212. ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Ignition Positions (Key This position locks the ignition and Light) : This mode is for driving and Access) steering wheel. It also locks the starting. With the ignition off, and transmission on automatic the brake pedal applied, pressing transmission vehicles. The key can the button once will turn the ignition be removed in LOCK/OFF. on. Once engine cranking begins, The steering can bind with the release the button. Engine cranking wheels turned off center. If this will continue until the engine starts. 0 happens, move the steering wheel See Starting the Engine 209. from right to left while turning the Service Mode key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this does not work, then the vehicle This power mode is available for needs service. service and diagnostics, and to verify the proper operation of the Do not turn the engine off when the malfunction indicator lamp as may vehicle is moving. This will cause a be required for emission inspection loss of power assist in the brake purposes. With the vehicle off, and Vehicles with Key Access have an and steering systems and disable the brake pedal not applied, ignition switch with four different the airbags. positions. pressing and holding the button for If the vehicle must be shut off in an more than five seconds will place To shift out of P (Park), the ignition emergency: the vehicle in Service Mode. The must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY instruments and audio systems will and the regular brake pedal must be 1. Brake using a firm and steady operate as they do when the ignition applied. pressure. Do not pump the is on, but the vehicle will not be able brakes repeatedly. This may 0 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ deplete power assist, requiring OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped, increased brake pedal force. turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

208 Driving and Operating

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, diagnostics, and to verify the proper This can be done while the and must be shut off while driving, operation of the malfunction vehicle is moving. After shifting turn the ignition to ACC/ indicator lamp as may be required to N (Neutral), firmly apply the ACCESSORY. for emission inspection purposes. brakes and steer the vehicle to The switch stays in this position a safe location. Caution when the engine is running. The 3. Come to a complete stop, shift transmission is also unlocked in this to P (Park), and turn the Using a tool to force the key to position on automatic transmission ignition to LOCK/OFF. On turn in the ignition could cause vehicles. vehicles with an automatic damage to the switch or break the If the key is left in the ACC/ transmission, the shift lever key. Use the correct key, make ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position must be in P (Park) to turn the sure it is all the way in, and turn it with the engine off, the battery could ignition switch to the LOCK/ only with your hand. If the key be drained. The vehicle may not OFF position. cannot be turned by hand, see start if the battery is allowed to drain 4. Set the parking brake. See your dealer. for an extended period of time. Parking Brake 0 228. 3 (START) : This is the position that 1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This starts the engine. When the engine { Warning position lets things like the radio starts, release the key. The ignition and the windshield wipers operate switch returns to ON/RUN for Turning off the vehicle while while the engine is off. It also driving. moving may cause loss of power unlocks the steering wheel. Use this A warning tone will sound when the assist in the brake and steering position if the vehicle must be driver door is opened and the systems and disable the airbags. pushed or towed. ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or While driving, only shut the 2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be LOCK/OFF, and the key is in the vehicle off in an emergency. used to operate the electrical ignition. accessories and to display some instrument cluster warning and indicator lights. This position can also be used for service and GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 209

Starting the Engine Starting Procedure (Key Access) Caution (Continued) Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N (Neutral). The engine will not start 1. With your foot off the immediately after cranking has in any other position. To restart the accelerator pedal, turn the ended, can overheat and damage engine when the vehicle is already ignition key to START. When the cranking motor, and drain the moving, use N (Neutral) only. the engine starts, let go of the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds key. The idle speed will go between each try, to let the Caution down as the engine gets warm. cranking motor cool down. Do not race the engine Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the immediately after starting it. 2. If the engine does not start vehicle is moving. If you do, you Operate the engine and transmission gently to allow the after five to 10 seconds, could damage the transmission. especially in very cold weather Shift to P (Park) only when the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts. (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could vehicle is stopped. be flooded with too much When the low fuel warning gasoline. Try pushing the lamp is on and the FUEL accelerator pedal all the way to LEVEL LOW message is Caution the floor and holding it there displayed in the Driver while holding the key in START Information Center (DIC), hold for up to 15 seconds. Wait at If you add electrical parts or the ignition switch in the accessories, you could change least 15 seconds between each START position to continue try, to allow the cranking motor the way the engine operates. Any engine cranking. resulting damage would not be to cool down. When the engine starts, let go of the key and covered by the vehicle warranty. Caution accelerator. If the vehicle starts See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 briefly but then stops again, do 274. Cranking the engine for long the same thing. This clears the periods of time, by returning the extra gasoline from the engine. ignition to the START position Do not race the engine (Continued) immediately after starting it. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

210 Driving and Operating

Operate the engine and again, do the same thing. This transmission gently until the oil Caution clears the extra gasoline from warms up and lubricates all the engine. Do not race the moving parts. Cranking the engine for long engine immediately after periods of time, by returning the starting it. Operate the engine Starting Procedure (Keyless ignition to the START position and transmission gently until Access) immediately after cranking has the oil warms up and lubricates 1. With the Keyless Access ended, can overheat and damage all moving parts. system, the RKE transmitter the cranking motor, and drain the must be in the vehicle. Press battery. Wait at least 15 seconds Engine Heater ENGINE START/STOP with the between each try, to let the brake pedal applied. When the cranking motor cool down. { Warning engine begins cranking, let go of the button. 2. If the engine does not start Do not plug in the engine block The idle speed will go down as after five to 10 seconds, heater while the vehicle is parked the engine gets warm. Do not especially in very cold weather in a garage or under a carport. race the engine immediately (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could Property damage or personal after starting it. be flooded with too much injury may result. Always park the gasoline. Try pushing the vehicle in a clear open area away If the RKE transmitter is not in accelerator pedal all the way to the vehicle, if there is from buildings or structures. the floor and holding it there as interference, or if the RKE you press ENGINE START/ battery is low, the Driver STOP, for up to a maximum of If equipped, the engine heater can Information Center (DIC) will 15 seconds. Wait at least provide easier starting and better display a message. 15 seconds between each try, fuel economy during engine to allow the cranking motor to warm-up in cold weather conditions cool down. When the engine at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles starts, let go of the button, and with an engine heater should be the accelerator. If the vehicle plugged in at least four hours before starts briefly but then stops starting. There may be an internal GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 211

thermostat in the plug end of the cord, which will prevent engine { Warning Warning (Continued) heater operation at temperatures above −18 °C (0 °F). Improper use of the heater cord it overheat and cause a fire, or an extension cord can damage property damage, electric To Use the Engine Heater the cord and may result in shock, and injury. 1. Turn off the engine. overheating and fire. . Do not operate the vehicle with the heater cord 2. Open the hood and unwrap the . Plug the cord into a permanently attached to the electrical cord. The cord is by three-prong electrical utility vehicle. Possible heater the left front fender, next to the receptacle that is protected cord and thermostat engine compartment fuse by a ground fault detection damage could occur. block. function. An ungrounded outlet could cause an . While in use, do not let the Check the heater cord for electric shock. heater cord touch vehicle damage. If it is damaged, do parts or sharp edges. Never not use it. See your dealer for . Use a weatherproof, close the hood on the a replacement. Inspect the heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated heater cord. cord for damage yearly. extension cord if needed. Failure to use the . Before starting the vehicle, 3. Plug the cord into a normal, recommended extension unplug the cord, reattach grounded 110-volt AC outlet. cord in good operating the cover to the plug, and condition, or using a securely fasten the cord. damaged heater or Keep the cord away from extension cord, could make any moving parts. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

212 Driving and Operating

4. Before starting the engine, be Shifting Into Park 2. Move the shift lever into the sure to unplug and store the P (Park) position by pulling the cord as it was before to keep it shift lever toward you and away from moving engine { Warning moving it up as far as it will go. parts. If you do not, it could be It can be dangerous to get out of 3. Be sure the transfer case is in damaged. the vehicle if the shift lever is not a drive gear – not in The length of time the heater should fully in P (Park) with the parking N (Neutral). remain plugged in depends on brake firmly set. The vehicle can 4. Turn the ignition off. several factors. Ask a dealer in the roll. If you have left the engine area where you will be parking the running, the vehicle can move Leaving the Vehicle with the vehicle for the best advice on this. suddenly. You or others could be Engine Running injured. To be sure the vehicle will Retained Accessory not move, even when you are on { Warning Power (RAP) fairly level ground, use the steps that follow. If the vehicle has a It can be dangerous to leave the Some vehicle accessories may be vehicle with the engine running. used after the ignition is turned off. four-wheel-drive transfer case with a N (Neutral) position, and The vehicle could move suddenly The power windows and sunroof, the transfer case is in N (Neutral), if the shift lever is not fully in if equipped, will continue to work for the vehicle will be free to roll, P (Park) with the parking brake up to 10 minutes or until any door is even if the shift lever is in firmly set. opened. P (Park). Be sure the transfer If you have four-wheel drive and The infotainment system will case is in a drive gear. If towing a the transfer case is in N (Neutral), continue to work for 10 minutes, trailer, see Driving Characteristics the vehicle will be free to roll, until the driver door is opened, and Towing Tips 0 259. even if the shift lever is in or until the ignition is turned on or P (Park). So be sure the transfer placed in ACC/ACCESSORY. 1. Hold the brake pedal down, case is in a drive gear – not in then set the parking brake. See N (Neutral). Parking Brake 0 228. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 213

to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). If the vehicle has an uncharged Warning (Continued) This is called torque lock. To battery or a battery with low voltage, prevent torque lock, set the parking try charging or jump starting the And, if you leave the vehicle with brake and then shift into P (Park) battery. See Jump Starting - North the engine running, it could properly before you leave the America 0 351. overheat and even catch fire. You driver seat. or others could be injured. Do not To shift out of P (Park): leave the vehicle with the engine When you are ready to drive, move 1. Apply the brake pedal. running unless you have to. the shift lever out of P (Park) before you release the parking brake. 2. Move the shift lever to the desired position. If torque lock does occur, you may If you have to leave the vehicle with need to have another vehicle push If you still are unable to shift out of the engine running, be sure the yours a little uphill to take some of P (Park): vehicle is in P (Park) and the the pressure from the parking pawl parking brake is firmly set before 1. Ease the pressure on the shift in the transmission. You will then be you leave it. After you move the shift lever. able to pull the shift lever out of lever into P (Park), hold the regular P (Park). 2. While holding down the brake brake pedal down. Then, see if you pedal, push the shift lever all can move the shift lever away from the way into P (Park). P (Park) without first pulling it toward Shifting out of Park 3. Move the shift lever to the you. If you can, it means that the This vehicle is equipped with an desired position. shift lever was not fully locked into electronic shift lock release system. P (Park). The shift lock release system is If you are still having a problem shifting, then have the vehicle Torque Lock designed to prevent movement of the shift lever out of P (Park), unless serviced soon. If you are parking on a hill and you the ignition is on and the brake do not shift the transmission into pedal is applied. P (Park) properly, the weight of the The shift lock release is always vehicle may put too much force on functional except in the case of an the parking pawl in the uncharged or low voltage (less than transmission. You may find it difficult 9 volt) battery. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

214 Driving and Operating

Parking over Things If the vehicle has an Active Fuel Automatic Transmission Management indicator, see Driver That Burn 0 The timer will reset if the vehicle is Information Center (DIC) 151 for shifted out of P (Park) while it is more information on using this running. { Warning display. Manual Transmission Things that can burn could touch Extended Parking hot exhaust parts under the The timer will reset if the vehicle vehicle and ignite. Do not park It is better not to park with the speed is greater than 4 km/h (2.5 mph). over papers, leaves, dry grass, vehicle running. If the vehicle is left or other things that can burn. while running, follow the proper steps to be sure the vehicle will not move and there is adequate Active Fuel Management ventilation. See Shifting Into Park 0 212 and Vehicles with V8 engines may have Engine Exhaust 0 215. Active Fuel Management. This system allows the engine to operate For vehicles with pushbutton start, on either all or half of its cylinders, if the vehicle is left parked while depending on the driving conditions. running and the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is outside When less power is required, such the vehicle, the vehicle will turn off as cruising at a constant vehicle after one hour. speed, the system will operate in the half cylinder mode, allowing the If the vehicle is left parked while vehicle to achieve better fuel running and the RKE transmitter is economy. When greater power inside, the vehicle will turn off after demands are required, such as two hours. accelerating from a stop, passing, Vehicles without pushbutton start or merging onto a freeway, the will run indefinitely, or until the system will maintain full-cylinder ignition is turned off. operation. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 215

Running the Vehicle Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued) While Parked . There are holes or openings { Warning It is better not to park with the in the vehicle body from engine running. Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket monoxide (CO), which cannot be modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to can cause unconsciousness and be sure the vehicle will not move. If unusual fumes are detected or 0 even death. See Shifting Into Park 212 and if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 215. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: If parking on a hill and pulling a . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the trailer, see Driving Characteristics with poor ventilation windows completely down. and Towing Tips 0 259. (parking garages, tunnels, . Have the vehicle repaired deep snow that may block immediately. underbody airflow or tail pipes). Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed . The exhaust smells or area such as a garage or a sounds strange or different. building that has no fresh air . The exhaust system leaks ventilation. due to corrosion or damage. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

216 Driving and Operating

Automatic { Warning Warning (Continued) Transmission It is dangerous to get out of the So, be sure the transfer case is in If equipped, there is an electronic vehicle if the shift lever is not fully a drive gear, Two-Wheel Drive shift lever position indicator within in P (Park) with the parking brake High or Four-Wheel Drive High or the instrument cluster. This display firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in comes on when the ignition is N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park turned on. Do not leave the vehicle when the 0 engine is running. If you have left 212. There are several different positions the engine running, the vehicle for the shift lever. can move suddenly. You or others R: Use this gear to back up. could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when Caution you are on fairly level ground, always set the parking brake and Shifting to R (Reverse) while the move the shift lever to P (Park). vehicle is moving forward could See Shifting Into Park 0 212 and damage the transmission. The Driving Characteristics and repairs would not be covered by See “Range Selection Mode” under Towing Tips 0 259. the vehicle warranty. Shift to Manual Mode 0 218. R (Reverse) only after the vehicle P: This position locks the drive is stopped. wheels. Use P (Park) when starting { Warning the engine because the vehicle To rock the vehicle back and forth to cannot move easily. When parked If you have four-wheel drive, the get out of snow, ice, or sand without on a hill, especially when the vehicle will be free to roll even damaging the transmission, see If vehicle has a heavy load, you might — if the shift lever is in P (Park) if the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 200. notice an increase in the effort to — the transfer case is in N (Neutral). shift out of P (Park). See “Torque Lock” under Shifting Into Park (Continued) 0 212. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 217

N: In this position, the engine does The vehicle has a shift stabilization not connect with the wheels. To Caution feature that adjusts the transmission restart the engine when the vehicle shifting to the current driving is already moving, use A transmission hot message may conditions in order to reduce rapid N (Neutral) only. display if the automatic upshifts and downshifts. This shift transmission fluid is too hot. stabilization feature is designed to { Warning Driving under this condition can determine, before making an damage the vehicle. Stop and idle upshift, if the engine is able to Shifting into a drive gear while the the engine to cool the automatic maintain vehicle speed by analyzing engine is running at high speed is transmission fluid. This message things such as vehicle speed, dangerous. Unless your foot is clears when the transmission fluid throttle position, and vehicle load. firmly on the brake pedal, the has cooled sufficiently. If the shift stabilization feature vehicle could move very rapidly. determines that a current vehicle speed cannot be maintained, the You could lose control and hit D: This position is for normal transmission does not upshift and people or objects. Do not shift driving. If more power is needed for instead holds the current gear. into a drive gear while the engine passing, press the accelerator In some cases, this could appear to is running at high speed. pedal down. be a delayed shift, however the Use D (Drive) and Tow/Haul Mode transmission is operating normally. when towing a trailer, carrying a The transmission uses adaptive heavy load, driving on steep hills, Caution shift controls. The adaptive shift or driving off-road. Shift the control process continually transmission to a lower gear Shifting out of P (Park) or compares key shift parameters to selection if the transmission shifts N (Neutral) with the engine pre-programmed ideal shifts stored too often. running at high speed may in the transmission’s computer. The damage the transmission. The Downshifting the transmission in transmission constantly makes repairs would not be covered by slippery road conditions could result adjustments to improve vehicle the vehicle warranty. Be sure the in skidding. See “Skidding” under performance according to how the engine is not running at high Loss of Control 0 192. vehicle is being used, such as with speed when shifting the vehicle. a heavy load or when the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

218 Driving and Operating

temperature changes. During this Kickdown Mode adaptive shift control process, Caution (Continued) The accelerator pedal provides an shifting might feel different as the additional downshift after pressing transmission determines the best When stopping on a hill, use the through the kickdown feature. settings. brakes to hold the vehicle in place. It requires extra pedal pressure near When temperatures are very cold, the end of its travel to engage. the transmission's gear shifting Normal Mode Grade Braking could be delayed providing more Manual Mode stable shifts until the engine warms This mode is enabled when the up. Shifts could be more noticeable vehicle is started, but is not enabled Range Selection Mode with a cold transmission. This in Range Selection Mode. It assists difference in shifting is normal. in maintaining desired vehicle L: This position allows selection of speeds when driving on downhill a range of gears appropriate for grades by using the engine and current driving conditions. transmission to slow the vehicle. If equipped, see “Range Selection The first time the system engages Mode” under Manual Mode 0 218. for each ignition cycle, a DIC message will be displayed. If equipped, Range Selection Mode Caution To disable or enable Normal Mode helps control the vehicle's Grade Braking within the current transmission and vehicle speed Spinning the tires or holding the ignition cycle, press and hold the while driving downhill or towing a vehicle in one place on a hill Tow/Haul button for five seconds. trailer by letting you select a desired using only the accelerator pedal When the button is released, the range of gears. may damage the transmission. requested mode change is made. The repair will not be covered by A DIC message displays. To use this feature: the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle For other forms of grade braking, 1. Move the shift lever to is stuck, do not spin the tires. see Tow/Haul Mode 0 222 and L (Manual Mode). (Continued) Cruise Control 0 233. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 219

2. Press the plus/minus buttons When the shift lever is moved from on the shift lever to select the D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a desired range of gears for downshift may occur. The gear that current driving conditions. the transmission is operating in Hold the plus/minus buttons on the when the shift lever is moved from shift lever to select the highest or D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode) lowest range available for the determines if a downshift occurs. current vehicle speed. See the following chart. When the shift lever is moved from D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a number displays next to the L, indicating the current transmission range. This number is the highest gear that the transmission will command while operating in L (Manual Mode). All gears below that number are available. As driving conditions change, the transmission can automatically shift to lower gears. For example, when 5 (Fifth) is selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are automatically shifted by the transmission, but 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until the plus/minus button on the shift lever is used to change to the range. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

220 Driving and Operating

6 Speed Transmission Gear before shifting from 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode) Range after shifting from L4 L4 L3 L2 L2 L1 D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)

Low Traction Mode Low Traction Mode assists in vehicle acceleration when road conditions are slippery, such as with ice or snow. While the vehicle is at a stop, select L2 using Range Selection Mode. This will limit torque to the wheels and help to prevent the tires from spinning. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 221

10 Speed Transmission Gear before shifting from 10th 9th 8th 7th 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode) Range after shifting from D (Drive) to L (Manual L7 L7 L7 L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L2 L1 Mode) - Tow/Haul not engaged Range after shifting from D (Drive) to L (Manual L7 L7 L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L3 L2 L1 Mode) - Tow/Haul engaged

Grade Braking is not available when Range Selection Mode is active. Caution (Continued) See Tow/Haul Mode 0 222. is stuck, do not spin the tires. While using Range Selection Mode, When stopping on a hill, use the cruise control and the Tow/Haul brakes to hold the vehicle in Mode can be used. place.

Caution

Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission. The repair will not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

222 Driving and Operating Tow/Haul Mode See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 146 and Drive Systems Hill and Mountain Roads 0 198. Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under Four-Wheel Drive Towing Equipment 0 267. If equipped, four-wheel drive Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking engages the front axle for extra Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is traction. only enabled while the Tow/Haul Mode is selected and the vehicle is Caution not in the Range Selection Mode. See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed Do not drive on clean, dry previously and Manual Mode 0 218. pavement in 4 m and 4 n (if Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking equipped) for an extended period assists in maintaining desired of time. These conditions may The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the vehicle speeds when driving on cause premature wear on the transmission shift pattern to reduce downhill grades by using the engine vehicle’s powertrain. shift cycling. This provides and transmission to slow the vehicle. increased performance, vehicle Driving on clean, dry pavement in 4 control, and enhanced transmission To disable or enable Tow/Haul m or 4 n may: and engine cooling when driving Grade Braking within the current down steep hills or mountain ignition cycle, press and hold the . Cause a vibration to be felt in grades, towing, or hauling heavy Tow/Haul button for five seconds. the steering system. loads. When the button is released, the . Cause tires to wear faster. The selector button is on the end of requested mode change is made. A DIC message is displayed. . Make the transfer case harder to the shift lever. Turn the Tow/Haul shift, and cause it to run noisier. Mode on and off by pressing the See Towing Equipment 0 267. button. When the Tow/Haul Mode is For other forms of grade braking, enabled, a light on the instrument see Automatic Transmission 0 216 cluster will come on. and Cruise Control 0 233. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 223

Two Speed Automatic The indicator mark on the switch { Warning Transfer Case must line up with the indicator light before a shift can be commanded. Shifting the transfer case to To command a shift rotate the N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle transfer case switch to the new to roll even if the transmission is desired position. The light will blink in P (Park). You or someone else meaning that the shift is in progress. could be seriously injured. Be When the shift is completed the new sure to set the parking brake position will be illuminated. If the before placing the transfer case in transfer case cannot complete a N (Neutral). See Parking Brake shift command, it will go back to its 0 228. last chosen setting. The settings are: N (Neutral) : Use only when the Caution vehicle needs to be towed. If equipped, use the transfer case See Recreational Vehicle Towing Extended high-speed operation in knob next to the steering wheel to 0 355 or Towing the Vehicle 0 355. 4 n may damage or shorten the shift into and out of four-wheel drive. 2 (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use life of the drivetrain. m All of the lights will blink on then off for driving on most streets and momentarily when the ignition highways. The front axle is not Engagement noise and bump when turned on. The light that remains on engaged. This setting provides the will indicate the state of the shifting between 4 and 4 or from best fuel economy. n m transfer case. N (Neutral), with the engine running, AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel is normal. If the indicator mark on the switch Drive) : Use when road surface does not match up with the light Shifting into 4 will turn Traction traction conditions are variable. n then that likely means the switch When driving in AUTO, the front Control and StabiliTrak off. See was moved when the ignition axle is engaged, and the vehicle's Traction Control/Electronic Stability was off. power is sent to the front and rear Control 0 229. wheels automatically based on GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

224 Driving and Operating

driving conditions. This setting Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO 2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for provides slightly lower fuel economy the 4 n indicator light to stop than 2 m. Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO position at any speed, except from 4 flashing before shifting the Do not use AUTO mode, n. The indicator light will flash while transmission into gear. if equipped, to park on a steep shifting and will remain on when the grade with poor traction such as ice, shift is completed. Caution snow, mud, or gravel. In AUTO mode only the rear wheels will hold Shifting Into 2 m Shifting the transmission into gear the vehicle from sliding when before the requested mode parked. If parking on a steep grade, Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed, indicator light has stopped use 4 m to keep all four wheels except when shifting from 4 n. The flashing could damage the engaged. indicator light will flash while shifting transfer case. and will remain on when the shift is 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use completed. this position when extra traction is If the transmission is in gear and/or needed, such as when driving on Shifting Into 4 n moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), snowy or icy roads, when the 4 n indicator light will flash for off-roading, or when plowing snow. When 4 n is engaged, keep vehicle 30 seconds and not complete the speed below 72 km/h (45 mph). shift. After 30 seconds the transfer 4 (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This n To shift: case will shift to 4 . Turn the knob setting engages the front axle and m to 4 to display the indicator. With delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n 1. The ignition must be on and m the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h when driving off-road in deep sand, the vehicle must be stopped or (3 mph), and the transmission in deep mud, or deep snow, and while moving less than N (Neutral), attempt the shift again. climbing or descending steep hills. 5 km/h (3 mph) with the transmission in N (Neutral). It is Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction best for the vehicle to be Control and StabiliTrak off. See moving Traction Control/Electronic Stability 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). Control 0 229. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 225

Shifting Out of 4 n complete the shift. With the vehicle will come on when the transfer moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), case shift to N (Neutral) is To shift: and the transmission in N (Neutral), complete. 1. The vehicle must be stopped or attempt the shift again. 7. With the engine running, verify moving less than 5 km/h Shifting Into N (Neutral) that the transfer case is in (3 mph) with the transmission N (Neutral) by shifting the in N (Neutral) and the ignition To shift into N (Neutral): transmission to R (Reverse), on. It is best for the vehicle to 1. Park the vehicle on a level then shift the transmission to be moving surface. D (Drive). There should be no 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). 2. Set the parking brake and movement of the vehicle while 2. Turn the knob to 4 m, AUTO, press and hold the brake shifting the transmission. or 2 m. Wait for the 4 m, AUTO, pedal. See Parking Brake 8. Turn the engine off, and the 0 228. ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY. or 2 m indicator light to stop flashing before shifting the 3. Start the vehicle or turn the 9. Place the transmission shift transmission into gear. ignition on. lever in P (Park). See Recreational Vehicle Towing 4. Shift the transmission to 0 Caution N (Neutral). 355. 10. Turn the ignition off. Shifting the transmission into gear 5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. Shifting Out of N (Neutral) before the requested mode 6. Turn the transfer case knob indicator light has stopped clockwise to N (Neutral) until it To shift out of N (Neutral): flashing could damage the stops and hold it there until the 1. Set the parking brake and transfer case. N (Neutral) light starts blinking. apply the brake pedal. This will take at least 10 seconds. Then slowly 2. Turn the ignition on with the If the transmission is in gear and/or engine off. moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), release the knob to the 4 n 3. Shift the transmission to the 4 , AUTO, or 2 indicator light position. The N (Neutral) light m m N (Neutral). will flash for 30 seconds but will not GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

226 Driving and Operating

4. Turn the transfer case knob to All of the lights will blink on then off AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel the desired setting. momentarily when the ignition is Drive) : Use when road surface After the transfer case has turned on. The light that remains on traction conditions are variable. shifted out of N (Neutral), the will indicate the state of the When driving in AUTO, the front N (Neutral) light will go out. transfer case. axle is engaged, and the vehicle's power is sent to the front and rear 5. Release the parking brake. If the indicator mark on the switch does not match up with the light wheels automatically based on 6. Start the engine and shift the then that likely means the switch driving conditions. This setting transmission to the was moved when the ignition provides slightly lower fuel economy desired gear. was off. than 2 m. Single Speed Automatic The indicator mark on the switch Do not use AUTO mode to park on Transfer Case must line up with the indicator light a steep grade with poor traction before a shift can be commanded. such as ice, snow, mud, or gravel. To command a shift rotate the In AUTO mode only rear wheels will transfer case switch to the new hold the vehicle from sliding when desired position. The light will blink parked. If parking on a steep grade, meaning that the shift is in progress. use 4 m to keep all four wheels When the shift is completed the new engaged. position will be illuminated. If the transfer case can not complete a 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use shift command, it will go back to its this position when extra traction is last chosen setting. needed, such as when driving on snowy or icy roads, when The settings are: off-roading, or when plowing snow. 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving on most streets and Use the transfer case knob, next to highways. The front axle is not the steering wheel, to shift into and engaged. This setting provides the out of four-wheel drive for extra best fuel economy. traction. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 227

Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it becomes necessary to slam on the Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO brakes and continue braking to position. This can be done at any Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a speed. The indicator light will flash System (ABS) computer senses the wheels are slowing down. If one of the wheels while shifting. It will remain on when This vehicle has an Antilock Brake is about to stop rolling, the computer the shift is completed. System (ABS), an advanced will separately work the brakes at electronic braking system that helps Shifting Into 2 m each wheel. prevent a braking skid. ABS can change the brake pressure Turn the knob to the 2 m position. When the vehicle begins to drive to each wheel, as required, faster This can be done at any speed. The away, ABS checks itself. than any driver could. This can help indicator light will flash while A momentary motor or clicking noise you steer around the obstacle while shifting. It will remain on when the may be heard while this test is going braking hard. shift is completed. on, and it may even be noticed that the brake pedal moves a little. This As the brakes are applied, the is normal. computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly. Remember: ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you, If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle Brake System (ABS) Warning Light suddenly slows or stops. Always 0 145. leave enough room up ahead to stop, even with ABS. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

228 Driving and Operating

Using ABS Parking Brake Caution Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let Driving with the parking brake on ABS work. You may hear the ABS can overheat the brake system pump or motor operating and feel and cause premature wear or the brake pedal pulsate. This is damage to brake system parts. normal. Make sure that the parking brake Braking in Emergencies is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving. ABS allows you to steer and brake at the same time. In many emergencies, steering can help To release the parking brake, hold more than even the very best the regular brake pedal down, then braking. push down momentarily on the parking brake pedal until you feel Set the parking brake by holding the the pedal release. Slowly pull your regular brake pedal down, then foot up off the parking brake pedal. pushing down the parking brake If the parking brake is not released pedal. when you begin to drive, a DIC If the ignition is on, the brake message will appear and a chime system warning light will come on. will sound warning you that the See Brake System Warning Light parking brake is still on. 0 145. Brake Assist The Brake Assist feature is designed to assist the driver in stopping or decreasing vehicle speed in emergency driving conditions. This feature uses the stability system hydraulic brake GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 229 control module to supplement the the vehicle in a complete standstill Ride Control Systems power brake system under on a grade, HSA will be conditions where the driver has automatically activated. During the quickly and forcefully applied the transition period between when the Traction Control/ brake pedal in an attempt to quickly driver releases the brake pedal and Electronic Stability stop or slow down the vehicle. The starts to accelerate to drive off on a Control stability system hydraulic brake grade, HSA holds the braking control module increases brake pressure for a maximum of System Operation pressure at each corner of the two seconds to ensure that there is The vehicle has a Traction Control vehicle until the ABS activates. no rolling. The brakes will System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an Minor brake pedal pulsation or automatically release when the electronic stability control system. pedal movement during this time is accelerator pedal is applied within These systems help limit wheel spin normal and the driver should the two-second window. If the and assist the driver in maintaining continue to apply the brake pedal as vehicle is equipped with the control, especially on slippery road the driving situation dictates. The Integrated Trailer Brake Control conditions. Brake Assist feature will (ITBC) system, HSA may also apply automatically disengage when the the trailer brakes. It will not activate TCS activates if it senses that any brake pedal is released or brake if the vehicle is in a drive gear and of the drive wheels are spinning or pedal pressure is quickly facing downhill or if the vehicle is beginning to lose traction. When this decreased. facing uphill and in R (Reverse). happens, TCS applies the brakes to There may be situations on minor the spinning wheels and reduces Hill Start Assist (HSA) hills (less than 5% grade) with a engine power to limit wheel spin. loaded vehicle or while pulling a StabiliTrak activates when the Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a Hill trailer where HSA may activate. Start Assist (HSA) feature, which vehicle senses a difference between may be useful when the vehicle is the intended path and the direction stopped on a grade. This feature is the vehicle is actually traveling. designed to prevent the vehicle from StabiliTrak selectively applies rolling, either forward or rearward, braking pressure to any one of the during vehicle drive off. After the vehicle wheel brakes to assist the driver completely stops and holds driver in keeping the vehicle on the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

230 Driving and Operating

intended path. Trailer Sway Control comes on, and the appropriate maintaining control. The vehicle is (TSC) is also on automatically when message will appear on the DIC. safe to drive, but driving should be the vehicle is started. See Trailer Both traction control and StabiliTrak adjusted accordingly. Sway Control (TSC) 0 273. are automatically disabled in this If d comes on and stays on: If cruise control is being used and condition. traction control or StabiliTrak begins 1. Stop the vehicle. to limit wheel spin, cruise control will 2. Turn the engine off and wait disengage. Cruise control may be 15 seconds. turned back on when road conditions allow. 3. Start the engine. Both systems come on Drive the vehicle. If d comes on automatically when the vehicle is and stays on, the vehicle may need The indicator light for both systems started and begins to move. The more time to diagnose the problem. is in the instrument cluster. This systems may be heard or felt while If the condition persists, see your light will: they are operating or while dealer. . Flash when TCS is limiting performing diagnostic checks. This Turning the Systems Off is normal and does not mean there wheel spin. and On is a problem with the vehicle. . Flash when StabiliTrak is It is recommended to leave both activated. systems on for normal driving . Turn on and stay on when either conditions, but it may be necessary system is not working. to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. If either system fails to turn on or to See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 200 activate, a message displays in the and “Turning the Systems Off and Driver Information Center (DIC), and The button for TCS and StabiliTrak On” later in this section. d comes on and stays on to indicate that the system is inactive is on the instrument panel to the left When the transfer case is in and is not assisting the driver in of the steering wheel. Four-Wheel Drive Low, the stability system is automatically disabled, g GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 231

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on grades in a forward or reverse gear. Caution again, press and release g. The The HDC switch is on the center stack, below the climate controls. Do not repeatedly brake or traction off light i and the accelerate heavily when TCS is StabiliTrak OFF light g in the Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. off. The vehicle driveline could be instrument cluster turn off. Vehicle speed must be below damaged. 50 km/h (31 mph). StabiliTrak will automatically turn on if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h To turn off only TCS, press and (35 mph). Traction control will release g. The traction off light i remain off. displays in the instrument cluster. The vehicle has a Trailer Sway The appropriate message will Control (TSC) feature and a Hill display in the DIC. To turn TCS on Start Assist (HSA) feature. again, press and release g. The See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) When enabled, the HDC light 0 traction off light i displayed in the 273 or Hill Start Assist (HSA) displays on the instrument cluster. 0 229. instrument cluster will turn off. A blinking HDC light indicates the Adding accessories can affect the system is actively applying the If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g vehicle performance. See is pressed, the system will not turn brakes to maintain vehicle speed. Accessories and Modifications HDC can maintain vehicle speeds off until the wheels stop spinning. 0 278. between 1 and 30 km/h (1 and To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak, 19 mph) on grades greater than or press and hold g until the traction Hill Descent equal to 10%. off light i and the StabiliTrak OFF Control (HDC) If HDC is to be used for more than light g come on and stay on in the If equipped, Hill Descent Control three minutes or on grades steeper instrument cluster, then release. The (HDC) sets and maintains vehicle than 25%, the transfer case should appropriate message will display in speed while driving down steep be put into Four-Wheel Drive Low the DIC. (4 n) to reduce the possibility of brake overheating. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

232 Driving and Operating

Noise from the hydraulic brake When enabled, if the vehicle speed when the vehicle is loaded or towing control module is normal when HDC is above 30 km/h (19 mph) and a trailer. See “Tow/Haul Mode” is active. below 60 km/h (37 mph), a DIC under Towing Equipment 0 267. When HDC is activated, the initial message will display. HDC speed is set to the current Locking Rear Axle driving speed. It can be increased or Magnetic Ride Control Vehicles with a locking rear axle can decreased by pressing +RES or This vehicle may have a semi-active give more traction on snow, mud, SET- on the steering wheel, or by damping system called Magnetic ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a applying the accelerator or brake Ride Control. With this feature, standard axle most of the time, but pedal. This adjusted speed improved vehicle ride and handling when traction is low, this feature will becomes the new set speed. is provided under a variety of allow the rear wheel with the most HDC will remain enabled between passenger and loading conditions. traction to move the vehicle. 30 and 60 km/h (19 and 37 mph); Magnetic Ride Control is fully however, vehicle speed cannot be automatic and uses a computer Automatic Level Control set or maintained in this range. HDC controller to continuously monitor The Automatic Level Control (ALC) will automatically disable if the vehicle speed, wheel to body rear suspension is available on vehicle speed is above 80 km/h position, lift/dive, and steering light-duty vehicles and comes as a (50 mph) or above 60 km/h position of the vehicle. The part of the Magnetic Ride Control (37 mph) for at least 30 seconds. controller then sends signals to suspension, if equipped. ALC may 5 must be pressed again to each shock absorber to also be available as a stand alone re-enable HDC. HDC may disable independently adjust the damping feature. after an extended period of use. level to provide the optimum vehicle ride. This type of level control is fully If this happens, HDC will require automatic and will provide a better time to cool down. The length of Magnetic Ride Control also interacts leveled riding position as well as time HDC remains active depends with the Tow/Haul Mode that, when better handling under a variety of on road conditions, grade, set activated, will provide additional passenger and loading conditions. speed, vehicle loading, and outside control of the shock absorbers. This An air compressor connected to the temperature. additional control results in better rear shocks will raise or lower the ride and handling characteristics rear of the vehicle to maintain GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 233 proper vehicle height. The system is Cruise Control and Grade Braking systems. See activated when the ignition key is “Grade Braking” underTow/Haul turned on and will automatically Mode 0 222. { Warning adjust vehicle height thereafter. The This vehicle has StabiliTrak and system may exhaust (lower vehicle when the system begins to limit height) for up to 10 minutes after the Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at wheel spin, the cruise control will ignition key has been turned off. automatically disengage. See You may hear the air compressor a steady speed. Do not use cruise control on winding roads or Traction Control/Electronic Stability operating when the height is being 0 in heavy traffic. Control 229. If a collision alert adjusted. occurs when cruise control is If a weight-distributing hitch is being Cruise control can be dangerous activated, cruise control is used, it is recommended to allow on slippery roads. On such roads, disengaged. See Forward Collision the shocks to inflate, thereby fast changes in tire traction can Alert (FCA) System 0 246. When leveling the vehicle prior to adjusting cause excessive wheel slip, and road conditions allow the cruise the hitch. you could lose control. Do not use control to be safely used again, it cruise control on slippery roads. can be turned back on.

With cruise control a speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be maintained without keeping your foot on the accelerator. Cruise control does not work at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph). If the brakes are applied, the cruise control disengages. For an explanation of how cruise control interacts with the Range Selection Mode, Tow/Haul Mode, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

234 Driving and Operating

5 : Press to turn the system on or 2. Get up to the desired speed. Increasing Speed While Using off. A white indicator comes on in 3. Press and release SET−. The Cruise Control the instrument cluster when the desired set speed briefly If the cruise control system is cruise is turned on. appears in the instrument already activated: SET− : Press briefly to set the cluster. . Press and hold +RES until the speed and activate cruise control. 4. Remove your foot from the vehicle accelerates to the If cruise control is already active, accelerator. desired speed, then release it. use to decrease vehicle speed. The cruise control indicator on the . To increase vehicle speed in +RES : If there is a set speed in instrument cluster turns green after small increments, briefly press memory, press to resume that cruise control has been set to the +RES. For each press, the speed or press and hold to desired speed. See Instrument vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h accelerate. If cruise control is Cluster 0 133. (1 mph) faster. already active, use to increase vehicle speed. Resuming a Set Speed The speedometer reading can be displayed in either English or metric * : Press to disengage cruise If the cruise control is set at a units. See Instrument Cluster 0 133. control without erasing the set desired speed and then the brakes The increment value used depends speed from memory. or * is applied, the cruise control is on the units displayed. disengaged without erasing the set Setting Cruise Control speed from memory. Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control If 5 is on when not in use, SET− or Once the vehicle speed reaches +RES could get pressed and go into about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, If the cruise control system is cruise when not desired. Keep the briefly press +RES. The vehicle already activated: cruise 5 button off when cruise is returns to the previous set speed. . Press and hold SET– until the not being used. desired lower speed is reached, then release it. 1. Press 5 to turn the cruise system on. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 235

. To slow down in small may be necessary to maintain . Shift the transmission to increments, briefly press SET–. vehicle speed. When going N (Neutral). For each press, the vehicle goes downhill, Cruise Grade Braking . To turn off cruise control, about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. helps maintain the driver selected press 5. The speedometer reading can be speed. displayed in either English or metric Cruise Grade Braking is enabled Erasing Speed Memory 0 units. See Instrument Cluster 133. when the vehicle is started and The cruise control set speed is The increment value used depends cruise control is active. It is not erased from memory if 5 is pressed on the units displayed. enabled in Range Selection Mode. It assists in maintaining driver or if the ignition is turned off. Passing Another Vehicle While selected speed when driving on Using Cruise Control downhill grades by using the engine Adaptive Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to and transmission to slow the If equipped with Adaptive Cruise increase the vehicle speed. When vehicle. Control (ACC), it allows for selecting you take your foot off the pedal, the To disable and enable Cruise Grade the cruise control set speed and vehicle will slow down to the Braking for the current ignition key following gap. Read this entire previous set cruise speed. While cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul section before using this system. pressing the accelerator pedal or button for five seconds. A DIC ACC uses a camera and radar shortly following the release to message displays. sensors to detect other vehicles. override cruise control, briefly See Radio Frequency Statement pressing SET– will result in cruise For other forms of Grade Braking, 0 396. The following gap is the control set to the current vehicle see Automatic Transmission 0 216 0 following time (or distance) between speed. and Tow/Haul Mode 222. your vehicle and a vehicle detected Using Cruise Control on Hills Ending Cruise Control directly ahead in your path, moving in the same direction. If no vehicle How well the cruise control works There are four ways to end cruise is detected in your path, ACC works on hills depends on the vehicle control: like regular cruise control. speed, the load, and the steepness . Step lightly on the brake pedal. of the hills. When going up steep hills, pressing the accelerator pedal . Press *. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

236 Driving and Operating

If a vehicle is detected in your path, ACC can speed up the vehicle or Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) apply limited, moderate braking to maintain the selected following gap. this section. Complete attention is . Visibility is low, such as in To disengage ACC, apply the brake. always required while driving and fog, rain, or snow If the Traction Control System (TCS) you should be ready to take conditions. ACC or electronic stability control system action and apply the brakes. See performance is limited under activates while ACC is engaged, Defensive Driving 0 190. these conditions. ACC may automatically disengage. . On slippery roads where See Traction Control/Electronic fast changes in tire traction Stability Control 0 229. When road can cause excessive conditions allow ACC to be safely { Warning wheel slip. used, the ACC can be turned ACC will not detect or brake for back on. children, pedestrians, animals, ACC will not engage if the TCS or or other objects. electronic stability control system is disabled. Do not use ACC when: . On winding and hilly roads { Warning or when the sensors are blocked by snow, ice, or dirt. ACC has limited braking ability The system may not detect and may not have time to slow a vehicle ahead. Keep the the vehicle down enough to avoid entire front of the vehicle a collision with another vehicle clean. you are following. This can occur (Continued) when vehicles suddenly slow or stop ahead, or enter your lane. Also see “Alerting the Driver” in (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 237

5 : Press to turn the system on or Setting Adaptive Cruise Control off. The indicator turns white on the If is on when not in use, it could instrument cluster when ACC is J get pressed and go into ACC when turned on. not desired. Keep J off when +RES : Press briefly to resume the cruise is not being used. previous set speed or hold to accelerate. If ACC is already Select the set speed desired for The ACC indicator displays on the engaged, use to increase vehicle cruise. This is the vehicle speed Driver Information Center (DIC) in speed. when no vehicle is detected in the instrument cluster and Head-Up its path. display (HUD), if equipped. When SET– : Press briefly to set the ACC is active, the indicator turns ACC will not set or resume at a speed and activate ACC. If cruise green. control is already engaged, use to speed less than 25 km/h (16 mph). Be mindful of speed limits, decrease vehicle speed. To set ACC: * surrounding traffic speeds, and : Press to disengage ACC 1. Press 5. weather conditions when selecting without erasing the selected set the set speed. speed. 2. Get up to the desired speed. Resuming a Set Speed 3 : Press to select a following gap 3. Press and release SET– . If the ACC is set at a desired speed time (or distance) setting for ACC of 4. Remove your foot from the Far, Medium, or Near. and then the brakes are applied, accelerator. ACC is disengaged without erasing The speedometer reading can be After ACC is set, it may immediately the set speed from memory. displayed in either English or metric apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead units. See Instrument Cluster 0 133. To begin using ACC again, press is detected closer than the selected +RES on the steering wheel. The The increment value used depends following gap. on the units displayed. vehicle returns to the previous set speed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

238 Driving and Operating

Increasing Speed While ACC is at vehicle speed goes to next . To decrease speed in larger a Set Speed 5 km/h (5 mph) faster mark on increments, press and briefly Do one of the following: the speedometer. hold SET−. For each press, the vehicle speed goes to the next . Use the accelerator to get to the When it is determined that there is no vehicle ahead or the vehicle 5 km/h (5 mph) slower mark on higher speed. Press SET– . the speedometer. Release the control and the ahead is beyond the selected accelerator pedal. The vehicle following gap, then the vehicle Selecting the Follow Distance Gap speed will increase to the set speed. will now cruise at the higher When a slower moving vehicle is speed. Reducing Speed While ACC is at a detected ahead within the selected When the accelerator pedal is Set Speed following gap, ACC will adjust the pressed, ACC will not brake Do one of the following: vehicle's speed and attempt to because it is overridden. maintain the follow distance gap A warning message will appear . Use the brake to get to the selected. on the Driver Information Center desired lower speed. Release the brake and press SET– . The Press 3 on the steering wheel to (DIC) and HUD, if equipped. See adjust the following gap. When Vehicle Messages 0 157. vehicle will now cruise at the lower speed. pressed, the current gap setting . Press and hold +RES until the displays briefly on the instrument Press and hold SET until the desired set speed appears on . – cluster and HUD, if equipped. the display, then release it. desired lower speed is reached, then release it. Subsequent presses cycle the 3 . To increase vehicle speed in button through three settings: Far, small increments, briefly press . To decrease the vehicle speed in Medium, or Near. The gap setting +RES. For each press, the small increments, briefly press will be maintained until it is vehicle goes to the next 1 km/h SET−. For each press, the changed. vehicle speed goes to the next (1 mph) faster mark on the Since each gap setting corresponds speedometer. 1 km/h (1 mph) slower mark on the speedometer. to a following time (Far, Medium, . To increase speed in larger or Near), the following distance will increments, press and briefly vary based on vehicle speed. The hold +RES. For each press, the faster the vehicle speed, the further GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 239

back your vehicle will follow a Approaching and Following a vehicle detected ahead. Consider Vehicle traffic and weather conditions when selecting the following gap. The range of selectable gaps may not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions. With Head-Up Display Changing the gap setting If ACC is engaged, driver action automatically changes the alert may be required when ACC cannot The vehicle ahead indicator is in the timing sensitivity (Far, Medium, apply sufficient braking because of instrument cluster and HUD, or Near) for the Forward Collision approaching a vehicle too rapidly. Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward if equipped. 0 When this condition occurs, six red Collision Alert (FCA) System 246. The vehicle ahead indicator only lights or the collision alert symbol on displays when a vehicle is detected Alerting the Driver the HUD, if equipped, will flash on in your vehicle s path moving in the the windshield, and either eight ’ same direction. beeps will sound from the front, or both sides of the Safety Alert If this indicator is not displaying, Seat will pulse five times. See ACC will not respond to or brake to “Collision/Detection Systems” under vehicles ahead. 0 Vehicle Personalization 158. ACC automatically slows the vehicle Without Head-Up Display See Defensive Driving 0 190. down and adjusts vehicle speed to follow the vehicle in front at the selected follow gap. The vehicle speed increases or decreases to follow the vehicle in front of you, but will not exceed the set speed. It may apply limited braking, if necessary. When braking is active, the brake lights will come on. The automatic GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

240 Driving and Operating

braking may feel or sound different ACC Automatically Disengages ACC Override than if the brakes were applied ACC may automatically disengage If using the accelerator pedal while manually. This is normal. and you will need to manually apply ACC is active, a warning message Stationary or Very Slow-Moving the brakes to slow the vehicle if: in the DIC and in the HUD, Objects . Your vehicle speed goes below if equipped, will indicate that automatic braking will not occur. the minimum speed of 16 km/h 0 { Warning (10 mph). See Vehicle Messages 157. ACC will resume operation when the ACC may not detect and react to . The sensors are blocked. accelerator pedal is not being stopped or slow-moving vehicles . The Traction Control System pressed. ahead of you. For example, the (TCS) or electronic stability system may not brake for a control system has activated or { Warning vehicle it has never detected been disabled. The ACC will not automatically moving. This can occur in . There is a fault in the system. stop-and-go traffic or when a apply the brakes if your foot is vehicle suddenly appears due to . The radar falsely reports a resting on the accelerator pedal. blockage when driving in a a vehicle ahead changing lanes. You could crash into a vehicle desert or remote area with no Your vehicle may not stop and ahead of you. other vehicles or roadside could cause a crash. Use caution objects. A DIC message may when using ACC. Your complete display to indicate that ACC is Curves in the Road attention is always required while temporarily unavailable. driving and you should be ready { Warning to take action and apply the A message will appear on the DIC brakes. indicating that cruise is disengaging. On curves, ACC may not detect a The ACC indicator will turn white vehicle ahead in your lane. You when ACC is no longer active. could be startled if the vehicle accelerates up to the set speed, (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 241

ACC may occasionally provide an Warning (Continued) alert and/or braking that is considered unnecessary. It could especially when following a respond to vehicles in different vehicle exiting or entering exit lanes, signs, guardrails, and other ramps. You could lose control of stationary objects when entering or the vehicle or crash. Do not use exiting a curve. This is normal ACC while driving on an entrance operation. The vehicle does not or exit ramp. Always be ready to need service. use the brakes if necessary. When following a vehicle and Other Vehicle Lane Changes entering a curve, ACC may not detect the vehicle ahead and { Warning accelerate to the set speed. When this happens, the vehicle ahead On curves, ACC may respond to indicator will not appear. a vehicle in another lane, or may not have time to react to a vehicle in your lane. You could crash into a vehicle ahead of you, or lose control of your vehicle. Give extra attention in curves and be ready ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead to use the brakes if necessary. until it is completely in the lane. The Select an appropriate speed while brakes may need to be manually driving in curves. applied. ACC may detect a vehicle that is ACC may operate differently in a not in your lane and apply the sharp curve. It may reduce the brakes. vehicle speed if the curve is too sharp. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

242 Driving and Operating Do Not Use ACC on Hills and Erasing Speed Memory Driver Assistance When Towing a Trailer The cruise control set speed is Systems erased from memory if 5 is pressed or if the ignition is turned off. This vehicle may have features that work together to help avoid crashes Cleaning the Sensing System or reduce crash damage while The radar sensor on the front of the driving, backing, and parking. Read vehicle can become blocked by this entire section before using snow, ice, dirt, or mud. This area these systems. needs to be cleaned for ACC to operate properly. { Warning

Do not use ACC when driving on For cleaning instructions, see Do not rely on the Driver Washing the Vehicle under steep hills or when towing a trailer. “ ” Assistance Systems. These ACC will not detect a vehicle in the Exterior Care 0 360. systems do not replace the need lane while driving on steep hills. The System operation may also be for paying attention and driving driver will often need to take over limited under snow, heavy rain, safely. You may not hear or feel acceleration and braking on steep or road spray conditions. hills, especially when towing a alerts or warnings provided by trailer. If the brakes are applied, the these systems. Failure to use ACC disengages. proper care when driving may result in injury, death, or vehicle Disengaging ACC damage. See Defensive Driving There are three ways to 0 190. disengage ACC: (Continued) . Step lightly on the brake pedal. . Press *. . Press 5. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 243

see “Collision/Detection Systems” Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) under Vehicle Personalization 0 158. Under many conditions, these . Work if the detection sensor systems will not: is covered up, such as with Assistance Systems for . Detect children, a sticker, magnet, or metal Parking or Backing pedestrians, bicyclists, plate. If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera or animals. . Work if the area surrounding (RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA), . Detect vehicles or objects the detection sensor is Front Parking Assist (FPA), and outside the area monitored damaged or not properly Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may by the system. repaired. help the driver park or avoid objects. . Work at all driving speeds. Complete attention is always Always check around the vehicle required while driving, and you when parking or backing. . Warn you or provide you should be ready to take action Rear Vision Camera (RVC) with enough time to avoid a and apply the brakes and/or steer crash. the vehicle to avoid crashes. When the vehicle is shifted into . Work under poor visibility or R (Reverse), the RVC displays an bad weather conditions. image of the area behind the vehicle Audible or Safety Alert Seat in the infotainment display. The . Work if the detection sensor Some driver assistance features previous screen displays when the is not cleaned or is covered alert the driver of obstacles by vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) by ice, snow, mud, or dirt. beeping. To change the volume of after a short delay. To return to the (Continued) the warning chime, see “Comfort previous screen sooner, press any and Convenience” under Vehicle button on the infotainment system, Personalization 0 158. shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle speed of approximately 12 km/h (8 If equipped with the Safety Alert mph). The rear vision camera is Seat, the driver seat cushion may above the license plate. provide a vibrating pulse alert instead of beeping. To change this, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

244 Driving and Operating

Displayed images may be farther or Parking Assist closer than they appear. The area With RPA, and if equipped with FPA, displayed is limited and objects that as the vehicle moves at speeds of are close to either corner of the less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the bumper or under the bumper do not sensors on the bumpers may detect display. objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and A warning triangle may display to 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle show that RPA has detected an within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off object. This triangle changes from the ground and below bumper level. amber to red and increases in size These detection distances may be the closer the object. shorter during warmer or humid weather. Blocked sensors will not 1. View Displayed by the { Warning detect objects and can also cause Camera false detections. Keep the sensors The camera(s) do not display clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and children, pedestrians, bicyclists, slush; and clean sensors after a car crossing traffic, animals, or any wash in freezing temperatures. other object outside of the cameras’ field of view, below the { Warning bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown distances may be different The Parking Assist system does from actual distances. Do not not detect children, pedestrians, drive or park the vehicle using bicyclists, animals, or objects only these camera(s). Always located below the bumper or that 1. View Displayed by the check behind and around the are too close or too far from the Camera vehicle before driving. Failure to vehicle. It is not available at 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper use proper care may result in speeds greater than 8 km/h injury, death, or vehicle damage. (5 mph). To prevent injury, death, (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 245

When an object is first detected in Use caution while backing up when Warning (Continued) the rear, one beep will be heard towing a trailer, as the RCTA from the rear, or both sides of the detection zones that extend out or vehicle damage, even with Safety Alert Seat will pulse two from the back of the vehicle do not Parking Assist, always check the times. When an object is very close move further back when a trailer is area around the vehicle and (<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear, towed. check all mirrors before moving or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front), forward or backing. a continuous beep will sound from Turning the Features On or Off the front or rear depending on object location, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. Beeps for FPA are higher pitched than for RPA. Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) If equipped, when the vehicle is The X button to the left of the shifted into R (Reverse), RCTA steering wheel is used to turn on or displays a red warning triangle with off the Front and Rear Parking a left or right pointing arrow on the Assist. The indicator light in the RVC screen to warn of traffic button comes on when the features coming from the left or right. This are on and turns off when the system detects objects coming from features have been disabled. up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left or The instrument cluster may have a right side of the vehicle. When an Front and Rear Parking Assist can parking assist display with bars that object is detected, either three be turned off, on, or on with towbar show distance to object and object “ ” beeps sound from the left or right or through vehicle personalization. See location information for RPA, and on three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur “Parking Assist” under Vehicle some vehicles, FPA. As the object on the left or right side, depending Personalization 0 158. If the parking gets closer, more bars light up and on the direction of the detected assist is turned off through vehicle the bars change color from yellow to vehicle. personalization, the parking assist amber to red. button will be disabled. To turn the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

246 Driving and Operating

parking assist on again, select On in Forward Collision Alert vehicle personalization. The On with Warning (Continued) Towbar setting allows for the (FCA) System parking assist to work properly with If equipped, the FCA system may stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, an attached trailer hitch. Turn off help to avoid or reduce the harm or when following a vehicle too parking assist when towing a trailer. caused by front-end crashes. When closely, FCA may not provide a warning with enough time to help To turn the rear parking assist approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a red flashing avoid a crash. It also may not symbols, guidance lines, or Rear provide any warning at all. FCA Cross Traffic Alert on or off, see alert on the windshield and rapidly beeps or pulses the driver seat. does not warn of pedestrians, “Rear Camera” and “Collision/ FCA also lights an amber visual animals, signs, guardrails, Detection Systems” under Vehicle Personalization 0 158. alert if following another vehicle bridges, construction barrels, much too closely. or other objects. Be ready to take Assistance Systems for FCA detects vehicles within a action and apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving 0 190. Driving distance of approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at speeds If equipped, when driving the above 8 km/h (5 mph). If the vehicle FCA can be disabled with either the vehicle in a forward gear, Forward has Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), FCA steering wheel control or, Collision Alert (FCA), Lane it can detect vehicles to distances of if equipped, through vehicle Departure Warning (LDW), Lane approximately 110 m (360 ft) and personalization. See “Collision/ Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone operates at all speeds. See Detection Systems” under Vehicle Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert Adaptive Cruise Control 0 235. Personalization 0 158. (LCA), and/or Forward Automatic Braking (FAB) can help to avoid a { Warning crash or reduce crash damage. FCA is a warning system and does not apply the brakes. When approaching a slower-moving or (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 247

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead Warning (Continued)

or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. It may also not detect a vehicle on winding or hilly roads, or in conditions that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, Without Head-Up Display or snow, or if the headlamps or When your vehicle approaches FCA warnings will not occur unless windshield are not cleaned or in another detected vehicle too rapidly, the FCA system detects a vehicle proper condition. Keep the the red FCA display will flash on the ahead. When a vehicle is detected, windshield, headlamps, and FCA windshield. Also, eight rapid the vehicle ahead indicator will sensors clean and in good repair. high-pitched beeps will sound from display green. Vehicles may not be the front, or both sides of the Safety detected on curves, highway exit Alert Seat will pulse five times. ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; Collision Alert When this Collision Alert occurs, the or if a vehicle ahead is partially brake system may prepare for driver blocked by pedestrians or other braking to occur more rapidly which objects. FCA will not detect another can cause a brief, mild deceleration. vehicle ahead until it is completely Continue to apply the brake pedal in the driving lane. as needed. Cruise control may be disengaged when the Collision Alert { Warning occurs. With Head-Up Display FCA does not provide a warning to help avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle. FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

248 Driving and Operating

Tailgating Alert the alert timing. The range of For cleaning instructions, see selectable alert timing may not be “Washing the Vehicle” under appropriate for all drivers and Exterior Care 0 360. driving conditions. System operation may also be If your vehicle is equipped with limited under snow, heavy rain, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), or road spray conditions. changing the FCA timing setting automatically changes the ACC The vehicle-ahead indicator will Forward Automatic following gap setting (Far, Medium, Braking (FAB) display amber when you are or Near). following a vehicle ahead much too If the vehicle has Forward Collision closely. Unnecessary Alerts Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which Selecting the Alert Timing FCA may provide unnecessary includes Intelligent Brake alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles Assist (IBA). When the system The Collision Alert control is on the in other lanes, objects that are not detects a vehicle ahead in your path steering wheel. Press [ / 3 to vehicles, or shadows. These alerts that is traveling in the same set the FCA timing to Far, Medium, are normal operation and the direction that you may be about to Near, or on some vehicles, Off. The vehicle does not need service. crash into, it can provide a boost to first button press shows the current braking or automatically brake the setting on the DIC. Additional button Cleaning the System vehicle. This can help avoid or presses will change this setting. The If the FCA system does not seem to lessen the severity of crashes when chosen setting will remain until it is operate properly, this may correct driving in a forward gear. Depending changed and will affect the timing of the issue: on the situation, the vehicle may both the Collision Alert and the automatically brake moderately or Tailgating Alert features. The timing . Clean the outside of the hard. This forward automatic of both alerts will vary based on windshield in front of the braking can only occur if a vehicle is vehicle speed. The faster the rearview mirror. detected. This is shown by the FCA vehicle speed, the farther away the . Clean the entire front of the vehicle ahead indicator being lit. alert will occur. Consider traffic and vehicle. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 246. weather conditions when selecting . Clean the headlamps. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 249

The system works when driving in a forward gear between 8 km/h Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph), or on vehicles with Adaptive Cruise . Detect a vehicle when undesired. It could respond to a Control (ACC), above 4 km/h weather limits visibility, such turning vehicle ahead, guardrails, (2 mph). It can detect vehicles up to as in fog, rain, or snow. signs, and other non-moving approximately 60 m (197 ft). . Detect a vehicle ahead if it objects. To override FAB, firmly is partially blocked by press the accelerator pedal, if it is { Warning pedestrians or other objects. safe to do so. Complete attention is always FAB is an emergency crash required while driving, and you Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) preparation feature and is not should be ready to take action designed to avoid crashes. Do IBA may activate when the brake and apply the brakes and/or steer pedal is applied quickly by providing not rely on FAB to brake the the vehicle to avoid crashes. vehicle. FAB will not brake a boost to braking based on the speed of approach and distance to outside of its operating speed a vehicle ahead. range and only responds to FAB may slow the vehicle to a detected vehicles. complete stop to try to avoid a Minor brake pedal pulsations or potential crash. The vehicle will only pedal movement during this time is FAB may not: hold at a stop briefly. A firm press of normal and the brake pedal should . Detect a vehicle ahead on the accelerator pedal will also continue to be applied as needed. winding or hilly roads. release FAB. IBA will automatically disengage only when the brake pedal is . Detect all vehicles, released. especially vehicles with a { Warning trailer, tractors, muddy FAB may automatically brake the vehicles, etc. vehicle suddenly in situations (Continued) where it is unexpected and (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

250 Driving and Operating

. Heavy rain or snow is interfering Lane Change Alert (LCA) { Warning with object detection. If equipped, the LCA system is a IBA may increase vehicle braking . There is a problem with the lane-changing aid that assists in situations when it may not be StabiliTrak system. drivers with avoiding lane change necessary. You could block the The FAB system does not need crashes that occur with moving flow of traffic. If this occurs, take service. vehicles in the side blind zone (or your foot off the brake pedal and spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly then apply the brakes as needed. Side Blind Zone approaching these areas from behind. The LCA warning display Alert (SBZA) will light up in the corresponding FAB and IBA can be disabled If equipped, the SBZA system is a outside side mirror and will flash if through vehicle personalization. See lane-changing aid that assists the turn signal is on. Collision/Detection Systems under “ ” drivers with avoiding crashes that Vehicle Personalization 0 158. occur with moving vehicles in the { Warning side blind zone (or spot) areas. { Warning When the vehicle is in a forward LCA does not alert the driver to gear, the left or right side mirror vehicles outside of the system Using FAB or IBA while towing a display will light up if a moving detection zones, pedestrians, trailer could cause you to lose vehicle is detected in that blind bicyclists, or animals. It may not control of the vehicle and crash. zone. If the turn signal is activated provide alerts when changing Turn the system to Alert, or if the and a vehicle is also detected on lanes under all driving conditions. vehicle has ACC to Off, when the same side, the display will flash Failure to use proper care when towing a trailer. as an extra warning not to change changing lanes may result in lanes. Since this system is part of injury, death, or vehicle damage. the Lane Change Alert (LCA) A system unavailable message may Before making a lane change, system, read the entire LCA section display if: always check mirrors, glance over before using this feature. . The front of the vehicle or your shoulder, and use the turn windshield is not clean. signals. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 251

LCA Detection Zones How the System Works If the turn signal is activated in the same direction as a detected The LCA symbol lights up in the vehicle, this display will flash as an side mirrors when the system extra warning not to change lanes. detects a moving vehicle in the next lane over that is in the side blind LCA can be disabled through zone or rapidly approaching that vehicle personalization using the zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol Side Blind Zone Alert option. See indicates it may be unsafe to “Collision/Detection Systems” under change lanes. Before making a lane Vehicle Personalization 0 158. change, check the LCA display, If LCA is disabled by the driver, the check mirrors, glance over your LCA mirror displays will not light up. 1. SBZA Detection Zone shoulder, and use the turn signals. 2. LCA Detection Zone When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly The LCA sensor covers a zone of approximately one lane over from The LCA system requires some both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m driving for the system to calibrate to (11 ft). The height of the zone is maximum performance. This approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) calibration may occur more quickly if and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror the vehicle is driving on a straight Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) Display Display highway road with traffic and warning area starts at approximately roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, the middle of the vehicle and goes When the vehicle is started, both barriers). back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also outside mirror LCA displays will briefly come on to indicate the LCA displays may not come on warned of vehicles rapidly when passing a vehicle quickly, for approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) system is operating. When the vehicle is in a forward gear, the left a stopped vehicle, or when towing a behind the vehicle. trailer. The LCA detection zones or right side mirror display will light up if a moving vehicle is detected in that extend back from the side of the next lane over in that blind zone the vehicle do not move further back when a trailer is towed. Use caution or rapidly approaching that zone. while changing lanes when towing a GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

252 Driving and Operating

trailer. LCA may alert to objects If the LCA displays do not light up Lane Keep Assist (LKA) attached to the vehicle, such as a when moving vehicles are in the trailer, bicycle, or object extending side blind zone or are rapidly If equipped, LKA may help avoid out to either side of the vehicle. approaching this zone and the crashes due to unintentional lane Attached objects may also interfere system is clean, the system may departures. It may assist by gently with the detection of vehicles. This need service. Take the vehicle to turning the steering wheel if the is normal system operation; the your dealer. vehicle approaches a detected lane vehicle does not need service. marking without using a turn signal When LCA is disabled for any in that direction. It may also provide LCA may not always alert the driver reason other than the driver turning a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) to vehicles in the next lane over, it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On system alert as the lane marking is especially in wet conditions or when option will not be available on the crossed. The LKA system will not driving on sharp curves. The system personalization menu. assist or provide an LDW alert if it does not need to be serviced. The Radio Frequency Information detects that you are actively system may light up due to steering. Override LKA by turning guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and See Radio Frequency Statement the steering wheel. LKA uses a other non-moving objects. This is 0 396. camera to detect lane markings normal system operation; the between 60 km/h (37 mph) and vehicle does not need service. Lane Departure 180 km/h (112 mph). LCA may not operate when the LCA Warning (LDW) sensors in the left or right corners of { Warning the rear bumper are covered with If equipped, LDW may help avoid mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in crashes due to unintentional lane The LKA system does not heavy rainstorms. For cleaning departures. It may provide a continuously steer the vehicle. instructions, see "Washing the warning if the vehicle is crossing a It may not keep the vehicle in the detected lane marking without using Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 360. lane or give a Lane Departure a turn signal in the lane departure If the DIC still displays the system Warning (LDW) alert, even if a direction. Since this system is part unavailable message after cleaning lane marking is detected. both sides of the vehicle toward the of the Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (Continued) rear corners of the vehicle, see your system, read the entire LKA section dealer. before using this feature. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 253

When on, A is green if LKA is Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) available to assist and provide LDW The LKA and LDW systems vehicle. Always keep your alerts. It may assist by gently may not: attention on the road and turning the steering wheel and display A as amber if the vehicle . Provide an alert or enough maintain proper vehicle position approaches a detected lane marking steering assist to avoid a within the lane, or vehicle without using a turn signal in that lane departure or crash. damage, injury, or death could occur. Always keep the direction. It may also provide an . Detect lane markings under windshield, headlamps, and LDW alert by flashing A amber poor weather or visibility camera sensors clean and in as the lane marking is crossed. conditions. This can occur if good repair. Do not use LKA in Additionally, there may be three the windshield or bad weather conditions. beeps, or the driver seat may pulse headlamps are blocked by three times, on the right or left, dirt, snow, or ice, if they are depending on the lane departure not in proper condition, or if direction. the sun shines directly into { Warning the camera. Take Steering . Detect road edges. Using LKA while towing a trailer The LKA system does not or on slippery roads could cause continuously steer the vehicle. . Detect lanes on winding or loss of control of the vehicle and If LKA does not detect active driver hilly roads. a crash. Turn the system off. steering, an alert, chime, or DIC If LKA only detects lane markings message may be provided. Steer on one side of the road, it will How the System Works the vehicle to dismiss. only assist or provide an LDW alert when approaching the lane The LKA camera sensor is on the When the System Does Not on the side where it has detected windshield ahead of the rearview Seem to Work Properly a lane marking. Even with LKA mirror. The system performance may be and LDW, you must steer the To turn LKA on and off, press A affected by: (Continued) to the left of the steering wheel. . Close vehicles ahead. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

254 Driving and Operating . Sudden lighting changes, such Fuel Do not use gasoline with a posted as when driving through tunnels. octane rating of less than 87, as this GM recommends the use of TOP . Banked roads. may cause engine knock and will TIER® detergent gasoline to keep lower fuel economy. . Roads with poor lane markings, the engine cleaner and reduce For the L86 6.2L V8 engine, such as two-lane roads. engine deposits. See premium unleaded gasoline meeting www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP If the LKA system is not functioning ASTM specification D4814 with a TIER detergent gasoline marketers properly when lane markings are posted octane rating of 93 is highly and applicable countries. clearly visible, cleaning the recommended for best performance windshield may help. and fuel economy. Unleaded A system unavailable message may gasoline with an octane rated as low display if the camera is blocked. as 87 can be used. Using unleaded The LKA system does not need gasoline rated below 93 octane, service. however, will lead to reduced acceleration and fuel economy. LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts If knocking occurs, use a gasoline may occur due to tar marks, rated at 93 octane as soon as shadows, cracks in the road, possible, otherwise, the engine temporary or construction lane could be damaged. If heavy markings, or other road knocking is heard when using imperfections. This is normal system gasoline with a 93 octane rating, the operation; the vehicle does not need engine needs service. service. Turn LKA off if these If the vehicle has a yellow sticker on conditions continue. the fuel door, E85 or FlexFuel can be used. See E85 or FlexFuel 0 256. For the L83 5.3L V8 engine, use regular unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM specification D4814 with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 255

Prohibited Fuels occurs, return to your authorized Caution (Continued) dealer for diagnosis. If it is Caution determined that the condition is . Fuel with a posted octane caused by the type of fuel used, rating of less than the Do not use fuels with any of the repairs may not be covered by the recommended fuel. Using vehicle warranty. following conditions; doing so this fuel will lower fuel may damage the vehicle and void economy and performance, its warranty: and may decrease the life of Fuels in Foreign . For vehicles which are not the emissions catalyst. Countries FlexFuel, fuel labeled The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post greater than 15% ethanol by California Fuel fuel octane ratings in anti-knock volume, such as mid-level index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a ethanol blends (16 – 50% Requirements foreign country, see “Prohibited ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel. If the vehicle is certified to meet Fuels” in Fuel 0 254. . Fuel with any amount of California Emissions Standards, it is methanol, methylal, and designed to operate on fuels that Fuel Additives aniline. These fuels can meet California specifications. See To keep fuel systems clean, TOP corrode metal fuel system the underhood emission control TIER detergent gasoline is parts or damage plastic and label. If this fuel is not available in recommended. See Fuel 0 254. rubber parts. states adopting California Emissions If TOP TIER detergent gasoline is . Fuel containing metals such Standards, the vehicle will operate not available, one bottle of GM Fuel as methylcyclopentadienyl satisfactorily on fuels meeting System Treatment Cleaner added to manganese tricarbonyl federal specifications, but emission the fuel tank at every engine oil (MMT), which can damage control system performance may be change, can help. GM Fuel System the emissions control affected. The malfunction indicator Treatment Cleaner is the only system and spark plugs. lamp could turn on and the vehicle may not pass a smog-check test. gasoline additive recommended by (Continued) See Malfunction Indicator Lamp General Motors. It is available at (Check Engine Light) 0 143. If this your dealer. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

256 Driving and Operating

If your vehicle is able to use E85 or The starting characteristics of E85 FlexFuel, GM Fuel System or FlexFuel make it unsuitable for Caution (Continued) Treatment Cleaner - FlexFuel is the use when temperatures fall below only recommended additive for use. −18 °C (0 °F). Use gasoline or add damage plastic and rubber parts. Do not use any other additives with gasoline to the E85 or FlexFuel. That damage would not be an E85 or FlexFuel vehicle. See covered under the vehicle 0 Because E85 or FlexFuel has less warranty. E85 or FlexFuel 256. energy per liter (gallon) than gasoline, the vehicle will need to be E85 or FlexFuel refilled more often. See Filling the Filling the Tank 0 Vehicles marked as “E85” or Tank 256. FlexFuel can use either unleaded { Warning gasoline or ethanol fuel containing Caution up to 85% ethanol (E85). All other Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn vehicles should use only the Some additives are not violently and can cause injury or unleaded gasoline as described in compatible with E85 or FlexFuel death. Fuel 0 254. and can harm the vehicle's fuel To help avoid injuries to you system. Do not add anything to . The use of E85 or FlexFuel is and others, read and follow E85 or FlexFuel. Damage caused encouraged when the vehicle is all the instructions on the designed to use it. E85 or FlexFuel by additives would not be covered fuel pump island. is made from renewable sources. by the vehicle warranty. . Turn off the engine when Many fuel stations will not have an refueling. 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump Keep sparks, flames, and available. Those stations that do Caution . have E85 should have a label smoking materials away indicating the FlexFuel ethanol Do not use fuel containing from fuel. content. Do not use the fuel if the methanol. It can corrode metal . Do not leave the fuel pump ethanol content is greater than 85%. parts in the fuel system and also unattended. (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 257

Warning (Continued) { Warning

. Do not use a cell phone Overfilling the fuel tank by more while refueling. than three clicks of a standard fill . Do not reenter the vehicle nozzle may cause: while pumping fuel. . Vehicle performance issues, . Keep children away from including engine stalling and the fuel pump and never let damage to the fuel system. children pump fuel. . Fuel spills. . Fuel can spray out if the . Potential fuel fires. refueling nozzle is inserted too quickly. This spray can To open the fuel door, push and happen if the tank is nearly release the rearward center edge of Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a full, and is more likely in hot the door. few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the weather. Insert the refueling The vehicle has a capless refueling nozzle. Clean fuel from painted nozzle slowly and wait for system and does not have a fuel surfaces as soon as possible. See any hiss noise to stop prior cap. The filling nozzle must be fully Exterior Care 0 360. to beginning to flow fuel. inserted and latched prior to starting fuel flow. { Warning

If a fire starts while you are refueling, do not remove the nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant. Leave the area immediately. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

258 Driving and Operating

Filling the Tank with a Portable 3. Remove and clean the funnel Gas Can adapter and return to the Warning (Continued) storage location. If the vehicle runs out of fuel and keep it in contact with the fill must be filled from a portable opening until filling is gas can: Filling a Portable Fuel complete. Container . Fill the container no more than 95% full to allow for { Warning expansion. Filling a portable fuel container . Do not smoke, light while it is in the vehicle can cause matches, or use lighters fuel vapors that can ignite either while pumping fuel. 1. Locate the capless funnel by static electricity or other . Avoid using cell phones or adapter from inside the vehicle. means. You or others could be other electronic devices. 2. Insert and latch the funnel into badly burned and the vehicle the capless fuel system. could be damaged. Always: . Use approved fuel { Warning containers. . Remove the container from Attempting to refuel without using the vehicle, trunk, or pickup the funnel adapter may cause fuel bed before filling. spillage and damage the capless fuel system. This could cause a . Place the container on the fire and you or others could be ground. badly burned and the vehicle . Place the nozzle inside the could be damaged. fill opening of the container before dispensing fuel, and (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 259 Trailer Towing . The trailer must be equipped . Turn off Parking Assist and Rear with brakes adequate for the Cross Traffic Alert (RTCA) when General Towing intended use. A loaded trailer towing. weighing more than 900 kg . The Forward Automatic Braking Information (2,000 lb) must be equipped with System should be set to Off its own brake system, with Only use towing equipment that has when towing. See Forward brakes working on all axles. been designed for the vehicle. Automatic Braking (FAB) 0 21. Trailer braking equipment Contact your dealer or trailering conforming to Canadian . Turn off Lane Keep Assist (LKA) dealer for assistance with preparing Standards Association (CSA) when towing. See Lane Keep the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read requirement CAN3-D313, or its Assist (LKA) 0 252. the entire section before towing a equivalent, is recommended. trailer. . Do not tow a trailer during the { Warning For towing a disabled vehicle, see first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent Towing the Vehicle 0 355. For When towing a trailer, exhaust damage to the engine, axle, towing the vehicle behind another or other parts. gases may collect at the rear of vehicle such as a motor home, see the vehicle and enter if the Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 355. . Then during the first 800 km liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most (500 mi) of trailer towing, do not window is open. Driving Characteristics drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and When towing a trailer: and Towing Tips do not make starts at full throttle. . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). . Do not drive with the Driving with a Trailer Shift the transmission to a lower liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most window open. When towing a trailer: gear if the transmission shifts too often under heavy loads and/ . Fully open the air outlets on . Become familiar with the state or hilly conditions. or under the instrument and local laws that apply to panel. trailer towing. These . Do not use Adaptive Cruise requirements vary from state to Control when towing. (Continued) state. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

260 Driving and Operating

the handling and braking of the rig. the left. To move the trailer to the Warning (Continued) If the trailer has electric brakes, start right, move your hand to the right. the combination moving and then Always back up slowly and, . Also adjust the climate apply the trailer brake controller by if possible, have someone control system to a setting hand to be sure the brakes work. guide you. that brings in only outside air. See “Climate Control During the trip, check occasionally Making Turns Systems” in the Index. to be sure that the load is secure and the lamps and any trailer Caution For more information about brakes still work. carbon monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 0 215. Following Distance Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to Stay at least twice as far behind the come in contact with the vehicle. Towing a trailer requires a certain vehicle ahead as you would when The vehicle could be damaged. amount of experience. The driving the vehicle without a trailer. Avoid making very sharp turns This can help to avoid heavy combination you are driving is while trailering. longer and not as responsive as the braking and sudden turns. vehicle itself. Get acquainted with the handling and braking of the rig Passing When turning with a trailer, make before setting out for the open road. More passing distance is needed wider turns than normal. Do this so the trailer will not strike soft The structure, tires, and brakes of when towing a trailer. The shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, the trailer must be rated to carry the combination will not accelerate as or other objects. Avoid jerky or load. Inadequate trailer equipment quickly and is longer so it is sudden maneuvers. Signal well in can cause the combination to necessary to go much farther advance. operate in an unexpected or unsafe beyond the passed vehicle before manner. returning to the lane. If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn out, the arrows on the instrument Before starting, check all trailer hitch Backing Up cluster will still flash for turns. It is parts and attachments, safety Hold the bottom of the steering important to check occasionally to chains, electrical connectors, lamps, wheel with one hand. To move the be sure the trailer bulbs are still tires, and mirrors. Get familiar with trailer to the left, move that hand to working. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 261

Driving on Grades minutes before turning the engine 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then off. If the overheat warning comes apply the parking brake and Reduce speed and shift to a lower on, see Engine Overheating 0 294. shift into P (Park). gear before starting down a long or steep downgrade. If the Parking on Hills 5. Release the brake pedal. transmission is not shifted down, the Leaving After Parking on a Hill brakes might get hot and no longer { Warning work well. 1. Apply and hold the brake Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift Parking the vehicle on a hill with pedal. the transmission to a lower gear if the trailer attached can be 2. Start the engine. dangerous. If something goes the transmission shifts too often 3. Shift into a gear. under heavy loads and/or hilly wrong, the rig could start to move. conditions. People can be injured, and both 4. Release the parking brake. When towing, use the Tow/Haul the vehicle and the trailer can be 5. Let up on the brake pedal. damaged. When possible, always Mode to prevent damage to the 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is park the rig on a flat surface. engine or transmission. See Tow/ clear of the chocks. Haul Mode 0 222. 7. Stop and have someone pick If parking the rig on a hill: When towing at high altitude on up and store the chocks. steep uphill grades, consider the 1. Press the brake pedal, but do following: Engine coolant will boil at not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn Maintenance when Trailer a lower temperature than at normal the wheels into the curb if Towing altitudes. If the engine is turned off facing downhill or into traffic if The vehicle needs service more immediately after towing at high facing uphill. often when pulling a trailer. See altitude on steep uphill grades, the Maintenance Schedule 0 370. vehicle may show signs similar to 2. Have someone place chocks Things that are especially important engine overheating. To avoid this, under the trailer wheels. in trailer operation are automatic let the engine run while parked, 3. When the wheel chocks are in transmission fluid, engine oil, axle preferably on level ground, with the place, release the regular lubricant, belts, cooling system, and transmission in P (Park) for a few brakes until the chocks absorb the load. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

262 Driving and Operating

brake system. It is a good idea to To identify the trailering capacity of inspect these before and during Warning (Continued) the vehicle, read the information in the trip. “Weight of the Trailer” following. covered by the vehicle warranty. Check periodically to see that all Pull a trailer only if all the steps in Trailering is different than just hitch nuts and bolts are tight. this section have been followed. driving the vehicle by itself. Ask your dealer for advice and Trailering means changes in Trailer Towing information about towing a trailer handling, acceleration, braking, with the vehicle. durability, and fuel economy. Do not tow a trailer during break-in. Successful, safe trailering takes 0 See New Vehicle Break-In 204. correct equipment, and it has to be Before towing a trailer, see used properly. "Hands-Free Operation" under Caution The following information has many 0 Liftgate 43. time-tested, important trailering tips Pulling a trailer improperly can and safety rules. Many of these are { Warning damage the vehicle and result in important for your safety and that of costly repairs not covered by the your passengers. So please read The driver can lose control when vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer this section carefully before pulling a pulling a trailer if the correct correctly, follow the advice in this trailer. equipment is not used or the section and see your dealer for vehicle is not driven properly. For important information about example, if the trailer is too heavy towing a trailer with the vehicle. or the trailer brakes are inadequate for the load, the vehicle may not stop as expected. The driver and passengers could be seriously injured. The vehicle may also be damaged; the resulting repairs would not be (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 263

Weight of the Trailer Use the following chart to determine how much the trailer can weigh, Safe trailering requires monitoring based upon the vehicle model and the weight, speed, altitude, road options. grades, outside temperature, and how frequently the vehicle is used to pull a trailer. Take into consideration any special equipment on the vehicle, and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry. See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later in this section for more information. Trailer Weight Rating (TWR) is calculated assuming the tow vehicle has only the driver and all required trailering equipment. Weight of additional optional equipment, passengers, and cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the trailer weight rating. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

264 Driving and Operating

Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR*

Yukon Denali 2WD 3.23 3 810 kg (8,400 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) Yukon Denali AWD 3.23 3 674 kg (8,100 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) Yukon XL Denali 2WD 3.23 3 674 kg (8,100 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) Yukon XL Denali AWD 3.23 3 583 kg (7,900 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) *The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR*

Yukon 2WD 3.42 3 856 kg (8,500 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) Yukon AWD 3.42 3 719 kg (8,200 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) Yukon XL 2WD 3.42 3 765 kg (8,300 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) Yukon XL AWD 3.42 3 629 kg (8,000 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) *The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 265

Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR*

Yukon 2WD 3.08 2 948kg (6,500 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb) Yukon AWD 3.08 2 858 kg (6,300 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb) Yukon XL 2WD 3.08 2 858kg (6,300 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb) Yukon XL AWD 3.08 2 671 kg (6,000 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb) *The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Ask your dealer for trailering which will also reduce the trailer information or advice. weight the vehicle can tow. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 200 for more Weight of the Trailer Tongue information about the vehicle's The tongue load (1) of any trailer is maximum load capacity. very important because it is also part of the vehicle weight. The Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the curb weight of the vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and the people who will be riding in the vehicle as well as trailer tongue weight. Vehicle options, equipment, In general, trailer tongue weight (1) passengers, and cargo in the should be 10-15 % of the loaded vehicle reduce the amount of trailer weight (2). Some specific tongue weight the vehicle can carry, trailer types (especially boat trailers) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

266 Driving and Operating

fall outside of this range. In this Maximum Tongue case, the recommended tongue Vehicle Series Hitch Type Weight weight in the trailer owner’s manual should be observed. In all cases, 1500 Weight Carrying 272 kg (600 lb) the maximum loads for the vehicle 1500 Weight Distributing 453 kg (1,000 lb) series and hitch type should not be exceeded. Do not exceed the maximum If a cargo carrier is used in the allowable tongue weight for the trailer hitch receiver, choose a vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch carrier that positions the load as extension that will position the hitch close to the vehicle as possible. ball closest to the vehicle. This will Make sure the total weight, help reduce the effect of trailer including the carrier, is no more than tongue weight on the rear axle. half of the maximum allowable Trailer rating may be limited by the tongue weight for the vehicle or 227 vehicle's ability to carry tongue kg (500 lb), whichever is less. weight. Tongue weight cannot cause Total Weight on the Vehicle's the vehicle to exceed the GVWR Tires (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle Be sure the vehicle's tires are Weight Rating). See “Total Weight inflated to the inflation pressures on the Vehicle's Tires” following. found on the Certification label on the center pillar or see Vehicle Load After loading the trailer, weigh the Limits 0 200. Make sure not to trailer and then the tongue, exceed the GVWR limit for the separately, to see if the weights are vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the tow proper. If they are not, adjustments vehicle and trailer fully loaded for might be made by moving some the trip including the weight of the items around in the trailer. trailer tongue. If using a weight-distributing hitch, make sure GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 267

not to exceed the RGAWR before tongue weight among the two When using a weight-distributing applying the weight distribution vehicle and trailer axles. See hitch, measure distance (2) before spring bars. “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” in coupling the trailer to the hitch ball. Trailer Towing 0 262 for rating limits Measure the height again after the Weight of the Trailering with various hitch types. trailer is coupled and adjust the Combination Consider using sway controls with spring bars so the distance (2) is as It is important that the combination any trailer. Ask a trailering close as possible to halfway of the tow vehicle and trailer does professional about sway controls or between the two measurements. not exceed any of its weight refer to the trailer manufacturer's Safety Chains ratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, recommendations and instructions. Trailer Weight Rating, or Tongue Always attach chains between the Weight. The only way to be sure it is Weight-Distributing Hitch vehicle and the trailer. Cross the not exceeding any of these ratings Adjustment safety chains under the tongue of is to weigh the tow vehicle and the trailer to help prevent the tongue trailer combination, fully loaded for from contacting the road if it the trip, getting individual weights becomes separated from the hitch. for each of these items. Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch Towing Equipment manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. If the trailer being Hitches towed weighs up to 2 271 kg The correct hitch equipment helps (5,000 lb) with a factory-installed maintain combination control. Most step bumper, safety chains may be small-to-medium trailers can be attached to the attaching points on towed with a weight-carrying hitch the bumper, otherwise, safety which simply features a coupler chains should be attached to holes latched to the hitch ball. Larger on the trailer hitch platform. Always 1. Front of Vehicle trailers may require a leave just enough slack so the 2. Body to Ground Distance weight-distributing hitch that uses combination can turn. Never allow spring bars to distribute the trailer safety chains to drag on the ground. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

268 Driving and Operating

Trailer Brakes Trailer Wiring Harness Tow/Haul Mode, turn on the headlamps to help charge the A loaded trailer that weighs more The seven-pin trailer connector is battery. than 900 kg (2,000 lb) must be mounted in the bumper. This equipped with its own brake system, connector can be plugged into a Electric Brake Control Wiring with brakes working on all axles. seven-pin universal heavy-duty Provisions Trailer braking equipment trailer connector available through conforming to Canadian Standards your dealer. These wiring provisions are Association (CSA) requirement included with the vehicle as part of Use only a round, seven-wire the trailer wiring package. These CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is connector with flat blade terminals recommended. provisions are for an electric brake meeting SAE J2863 specifications controller. State and local regulations may also for proper electrical connectivity. require the trailer to have its own The harness should be installed by The seven-wire harness contains your dealer or a qualified service braking system if loaded above a the following trailer circuits: certain threshold. These center. requirements vary from state to . Yellow/Grey: Left Stop/Turn Tow/Haul Mode state. Signal Be sure to read and follow the . Green/Violet: Right Stop/Turn instructions for the trailer brakes so Signal they are installed, adjusted, and . Grey/Brown: Taillamps maintained properly. These requirements vary from state to . White: Ground state. . White/Green: Back-up Lamps Do not tap into the vehicle's . Red/Green: Battery Feed hydraulic brake system. . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake Since the vehicle is equipped with StabiliTrak, the trailer brakes cannot To help charge a remote tap into the vehicle's hydraulic (non-vehicle) battery, press the Tow/ system. Haul Mode button at the end of the shift lever. If the trailer is too light for GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 269

Pressing this button at the end of . When pulling a heavy trailer or a Integrated Trailer Brake the shift lever turns on and off the large or heavy load in Control System Tow/Haul Mode. stop-and-go traffic. . When pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load in busy parking lots where improved low speed control of the vehicle is desired.

Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul The vehicle may have an Integrated when lightly loaded or with no trailer This indicator light on the instrument Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system at all will not cause damage. cluster comes on when the Tow/ for use with electric trailer brakes or However, there is no benefit to the Haul Mode is on. most electric-over-hydraulic trailer selection of Tow/Haul when the brakes. Tow/Haul is a feature that assists vehicle is unloaded. Such a when pulling a heavy trailer or a selection when unloaded may result This symbol is on the Trailer Brake large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul in unpleasant engine and Control Panel on vehicles with an Mode 0 222. transmission driving characteristics ITBC system. The power output to the trailer brakes is based on the Tow/Haul is designed to be most and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ amount of brake pressure being effective when the vehicle and Haul is recommended only when applied by the vehicle s brake trailer combined weight is at least pulling a heavy trailer or a large or ’ system, and on the type of trailer 75 % of the vehicle's Gross heavy load. brakes detected. This available Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). power output to the trailer brakes See Weight of the Trailer under “ ” can be adjusted to a wide range of Trailer Towing 0 262. Tow/Haul is trailering situations. most useful under the following driving conditions: The ITBC system is integrated with the vehicle s brake, antilock brake, . When pulling a heavy trailer or a ’ and StabiliTrak systems. In trailering large or heavy load through conditions that cause the vehicle s rolling terrain. ’ GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

270 Driving and Operating

antilock brake or StabiliTrak The ITBC system has a control systems to activate, power sent to Warning (Continued) panel on the instrument panel to the the trailer's brakes will be left of the steering column. The automatically adjusted to minimize trailer instability which could control panel allows adjustment to trailer wheel lock-up. This does not result in personal injury or the amount of output, referred to as imply that the trailer has StabiliTrak. damage to the vehicle, trailer, Trailer Gain, available to the trailer or other property. Use the ITBC brakes and allows manual If the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake, system only with electric or application of the trailer brakes. The or StabiliTrak systems are not electric over hydraulic trailer functioning properly, the ITBC Trailer Brake Control Panel is used brakes. system may not be fully functional along with the Trailer Brake Display or may not function at all. Make sure Page on the DIC to adjust and all of these systems are fully Trailer Brake Control Panel display power output to the trailer operational to ensure full brakes. functionality of the ITBC system. Trailer Brake DIC Display Page The ITBC system is powered The ITBC system displays through the vehicle's electrical messages in the Driver Information system. Turning the ignition off will Center (DIC). also turn off the ITBC system. The ITBC system is fully functional only The display page indicates Trailer when the ignition is in on. Gain setting, power output to the trailer brakes, trailer connection, and system operational status. { Warning To display the Trailer Brake Display Connecting a trailer that has an Page do any of the following: air brake system may result in . Scroll through the DIC menu reduced or complete loss of trailer 1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply pages. braking. There may be an Lever Press a Trailer Gain button. increase in stopping distance or . 2. Trailer Gain Adjustment If the Trailer Brake Display Page (Continued) Buttons is not currently displayed, press GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 271

a Trailer Gain button to recall the The Trailer Output will indicate “--- the left will apply only the trailer current Trailer Gain setting. ---” on the Trailer Brake Display brakes. Use this lever to adjust Each press and release of the Page whenever the following occur: Trailer Gain to properly adjust the gain buttons will then change the . No trailer is connected. power output to the trailer brakes. Trailer Gain setting. . A trailer without electric brakes The trailer's and the vehicle's brake . Activate the Manual Trailer is connected (no DIC message lamps will come on when either Brake apply lever. displayed). vehicle brakes or manual trailer brakes are applied. TRAILER GAIN: This setting can be . A trailer with electric brakes has adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either become disconnected (a Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure a trailer connected or disconnected. CHECK TRAILER WIRING To adjust the Trailer Gain, press one Trailer Gain should be set for a message will also display on specific trailering condition and must of the Trailer Gain adjustment the DIC). buttons. Press and hold a gain be adjusted any time vehicle button to continuously adjust the . There is a fault present in the loading, trailer loading, or road Trailer Gain. To turn the output to wiring to the trailer brakes (a surface conditions change. the trailer off, adjust the Trailer Gain CHECK TRAILER WIRING setting to 0.0 (zero). message will also display on { Warning the DIC). TRAILER OUTPUT: Displays any Trailer brakes that are time a trailer with electric brakes is . The ITBC system is not working over-gained or under-gained may due to a fault (a SERVICE connected. Output to the trailer not stop the vehicle and the trailer TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM brakes is based on the amount of as intended and can result in a message will also display in vehicle braking present and relative crash. Always follow the to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is the DIC). instructions to set the Trailer Gain displayed from 0 to 100% for each Manual Trailer Brake Apply for the proper trailer stopping gain setting. The Manual Trailer Brake Apply performance. lever is used to apply the trailer’s electric brakes independent of the vehicle’s brakes. Sliding the lever to GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

272 Driving and Operating

To adjust Trailer Gain for each 3. Readjust Trailer Gain any time If the disconnect occurs while towing condition: vehicle loading, trailer loading, the vehicle is stationary, this 1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer or road surface conditions message will automatically turn attached on a level road change or if trailer wheel off in about 30 seconds. This surface representative of the lock-up is noticed at any time message will also turn off if it is towing condition and free of while towing. acknowledged or if the trailer harness is reconnected. traffic at about 32 to 40 km/h Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages (20 to 25 mph) and fully apply If the disconnect occurs while the Manual Trailer Brake apply In addition to displaying TRAILER the vehicle is moving, this lever. GAIN and OUTPUT through the message will continue until the DIC, trailer connection and ITBC Adjusting Trailer Gain at ignition is turned off. This system status are displayed on message will also turn off if it is speeds lower than 32 to the DIC. 40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) may acknowledged or if the trailer result in an incorrect gain TRAILER CONNECTED: This harness is reconnected. message will briefly display when a setting. . There is an electrical fault in the trailer with electric brakes is first wiring to the trailer brakes. This 2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using connected to the vehicle. This the Trailer Gain adjustment message will continue as long message will automatically turn off as there is an electrical fault in buttons, to just below the point in about 10 seconds. This message of trailer wheel lock-up, the trailer wiring. This message can be acknowledged before it will also turn off if it is indicated by trailer wheel automatically turns off. squeal or tire smoke when a acknowledged. trailer wheel locks. CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This To determine if the electrical fault is message will display if: Trailer wheel lock-up may not on the vehicle side or trailer side of occur if towing a heavily loaded . The ITBC system first the trailer wiring harness trailer. In this case, adjust the determines connection to a connection: Trailer Gain to the highest trailer with electric brakes and 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring allowable setting for the towing then the trailer harness becomes harness from the vehicle. disconnected from the vehicle. condition. 2. Turn the ignition off. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 273

3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the wiring connection to the trailer and When TSC is applying the brakes, ignition back to RUN. turn the ignition back on. If either of the TCS/StabiliTrak indicator light 4. If the CHECK TRAILER these messages continues, either flashes to notify the driver to reduce WIRING message reappears, the vehicle or trailer needs service. speed. If the trailer continues to the electrical fault is on the A GM dealer may be able to sway, StabiliTrak will reduce engine vehicle side. diagnose and repair problems with torque to help slow the vehicle. If the CHECK TRAILER the trailer. However, any diagnosis TSC will not function if StabiliTrak is and repair of the trailer is not turned off. See Traction Control/ WIRING message only 0 reappears when connecting the covered under the vehicle warranty. Electronic Stability Control 229. trailer wiring harness to the Contact your trailer dealer for assistance with trailer repairs and Electronic Trailer Sway Control vehicle, the electrical fault is on Devices the trailer side. trailer warranty information. Some trailers may come equipped SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE Trailer Sway with an electronic device designed SYSTEM: This message will display Control (TSC) to reduce or control trailer sway. when there is a problem with the Aftermarket equipment ITBC system. If this message The vehicle has a Trailer Sway manufacturers also offer similar continues over multiple ignition Control (TSC) feature as part of the devices that connect to the wiring cycles, there is a problem with the StabiliTrak system. If TSC detects between the trailer and the vehicle. ITBC system. Have the vehicle that the trailer is swaying, the These devices may interfere with serviced. vehicle's brakes are automatically the vehicle’s trailer brake or other If either the CHECK TRAILER applied. systems, including integrated WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER anti-sway systems, if equipped. BRAKE SYSTEM message displays Messages related to trailer while driving, the ITBC system may connections or trailer brakes could not be fully functional or may not appear on the Driver Information function at all. When traffic Center (DIC). The effect that these conditions allow, carefully pull the devices may have on vehicle vehicle over to the side of the road handling or trailer brake and turn the ignition off. Check the performance is unknown. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

274 Driving and Operating

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Conversions and Add-Ons Use of electronic trailer sway the manual trailer brake control devices could result in apply lever. Also check that Add-On Electrical reduced trailer brake the trailer brake lamps and performance, loss of trailer other lamps are functioning Equipment brakes, or other malfunctions, and correctly. could cause a crash. You or . If the trailer brakes are not { Warning others could be injured or killed. operating properly at any Before using one of these time, or if a DIC message The Data Link Connector (DLC) is devices: indicates problems with the used for vehicle service and trailer connections or trailer Emission Inspection/ . Ask the device or trailer brakes, carefully pull the Maintenance testing. See manufacturer if the device Malfunction Indicator Lamp has been thoroughly tested vehicle over to the side of (Check Engine Light) 0 143. for compatibility with the the road when traffic A device connected to the DLC make, model, and year of conditions allow. — the vehicle as well as such as an aftermarket fleet or optional equipment installed driver-behavior tracking device — on the vehicle. may interfere with vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle . Before driving on the open operation and cause a crash. roads, check that the trailer Such devices may also access brakes are working properly. information stored in the vehicle s Drive the vehicle with the ’ systems. trailer attached on a level road surface that is free of traffic at about 32-40 km/h (20-25 mph) and fully apply (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Driving and Operating 275

Caution

Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle or cause components to not work and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not operating. The vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 95 and Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 95. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

276 Vehicle Care

Brake Fluid ...... 297 Electrical System Vehicle Care Battery - North America ...... 298 Electrical System Overload . . . 309 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 299 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 309 General Information Front Axle ...... 300 Engine Compartment Fuse Rear Axle ...... 300 Block ...... 310 General Information ...... 277 Noise Control System ...... 301 Instrument Panel Fuse California Proposition Starter Switch Check ...... 302 Block (Left) ...... 314 65 Warning ...... 277 Automatic Transmission Shift Instrument Panel Fuse Block California Perchlorate Lock Control Function (Right) ...... 317 Materials Requirements . . . . . 278 Check ...... 302 Rear Compartment Fuse Accessories and Ignition Transmission Lock Block ...... 319 Modifications ...... 278 Check ...... 303 Vehicle Checks Park Brake and P (Park) Wheels and Tires Doing Your Own Mechanism Check ...... 303 Tires ...... 320 Service Work ...... 278 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 303 All-Season Tires ...... 321 Hood ...... 279 Glass Replacement ...... 304 Winter Tires ...... 321 Engine Compartment Windshield Replacement . . . . . 304 Low-Profile Tires ...... 322 All-Terrain Tires ...... 322 Overview ...... 280 Gas Strut(s) ...... 305 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 322 Engine Oil ...... 283 Headlamp Aiming Tire Designations ...... 324 Engine Oil Life System ...... 285 Headlamp Aiming ...... 306 Tire Terminology and Automatic Transmission Fluid Definitions ...... 324 (6 Speed Transmission) . . . . . 286 Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure ...... 327 Automatic Transmission Fluid Bulb Replacement ...... 306 Tire Pressure for High-Speed (8 and 10 Speed High Intensity Discharge (HID) Operation ...... 328 Transmission) ...... 289 Lighting ...... 306 Tire Pressure Monitor Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 290 LED Lighting ...... 307 System ...... 329 Cooling System ...... 291 Fog Lamps ...... 307 Tire Pressure Monitor Engine Overheating ...... 294 Back-Up Lamps ...... 307 Operation ...... 330 Engine Fan ...... 296 License Plate Lamp ...... 308 Tire Inspection ...... 333 Washer Fluid ...... 296 Tire Rotation ...... 334 Brakes ...... 297 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 277 When It Is Time for New General Information California Proposition Tires ...... 335 Buying New Tires ...... 335 For service and parts needs, visit 65 Warning Different Size Tires and your dealer. You will receive Wheels ...... 337 genuine GM parts and GM-trained { Warning Uniform Tire Quality and supported service people. Grading ...... 337 Most motor vehicles, including Genuine GM parts have one of this one, as well as many of its Wheel Alignment and Tire these marks: Balance ...... 339 service parts and fluids, contain Wheel Replacement ...... 339 and/or emit chemicals known to Tire Chains ...... 340 the State of California to cause If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 341 cancer and birth defects or other Tire Changing ...... 342 reproductive harm. Engine Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 350 exhaust, many parts and Jump Starting systems, many fluids, and some Jump Starting - North component wear by-products America ...... 351 contain and/or emit these chemicals. For more information Towing the Vehicle go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ Towing the Vehicle ...... 355 passenger-vehicle. Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 355 See Battery - North America 0 298 Appearance Care and Jump Starting - North America Exterior Care ...... 360 0 351 and the back cover. Interior Care ...... 364 Floor Mats ...... 367 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

278 Vehicle Care California Perchlorate Damage to suspension components Vehicle Checks caused by modifying vehicle height Materials Requirements outside of factory settings will not be Certain types of automotive covered by the vehicle warranty. Doing Your Own applications, such as airbag Damage to vehicle components Service Work initiators, seat belt pretensioners, resulting from modifications or the and lithium batteries contained in installation or use of non-GM { Warning Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, certified parts, including control may contain perchlorate materials. module or software modifications, is It can be dangerous to work on Special handling may be necessary. not covered under the terms of the your vehicle if you do not have For additional information, see vehicle warranty and may affect the proper knowledge, service www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ remaining warranty coverage for manual, tools, or parts. Always perchlorate. affected parts. follow owner’s manual procedures and consult the service manual Accessories and GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other for your vehicle before doing any Modifications systems on the vehicle. See your service work. Adding non-dealer accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle making modifications to the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories If doing some of your own service can affect vehicle performance and installed by a dealer technician. work, use the proper service safety, including such things as Also, see Adding Equipment to the manual. It tells you much more airbags, braking, stability, ride and Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 95. about how to service the vehicle handling, emissions systems, than this manual can. To order the aerodynamics, durability, and proper service manual, see Service electronic systems like antilock Publications Ordering Information brakes, traction control, and stability 0 395. control. These accessories or This vehicle has an airbag system. modifications could even cause Before attempting to do your own malfunction or damage not covered service work, see Servicing the by the vehicle warranty. Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 95. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 279

Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed. See Maintenance Records 0 382.

Caution

Even small amounts of contamination can cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not allow contaminants to contact the fluids, reservoir caps, or dipsticks. 2. Go to the front of the vehicle to Hood find the secondary hood release. The handle is under To open the hood: the front edge of the hood near the center. Push the handle to the right and at the same time raise the hood. Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are on properly. Then bring the hood from full open to within 15 cm (6 in) from the closed 1. Pull the handle with this symbol position, pause, and push the front on it. It is inside the vehicle center of the hood with a swift, firm under the steering wheel. motion to fully close the hood. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

280 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

5.3L V8 Engine GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 281

1. Positive (+) Terminal. See 9. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Jump Starting - North America “Checking Engine Oil” under 0 351. Engine Oil 0 283. 2. Battery - North America 0 298. 10. Windshield Washer Fluid 3. Coolant Surge Tank and Reservoir. See “Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer Fluid Pressure Cap. See Cooling 0 System 0 291. 296. 4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 290. 11. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid 0 297. 5. Automatic Transmission 12. Engine Compartment Fuse Dipstick. See “How to Check Block 0 310. Automatic Transmission Fluid” under Automatic Transmission Fluid (6 Speed Transmission) 0 286 or Automatic Transmission Fluid (8 and 10 Speed Transmission) 0 289. 6. Remote Negative (–) Location (Out of View). See Jump Starting - North America 0 351. 7. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View). See Cooling System 0 291. 8. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 283. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

282 Vehicle Care

6.2L V8 Engine GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 283

1. Positive (+) Terminal. See 11. Engine Compartment Fuse Checking Engine Oil Jump Starting - North America Block 0 310. If equipped, the ENGINE OIL LOW 0 351. ADD OIL message displays when 2. Battery - North America 0 298. Engine Oil the engine oil level may be too low. 3. Coolant Surge Tank and To ensure proper engine Check the oil level before filling to Pressure Cap. See Cooling performance and long life, careful the recommended level. If the oil is System 0 291. attention must be paid to engine oil. not low and this message remains Following these simple, but on, see your dealer. 4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 290. important steps will help protect Check the engine oil level regularly, 5. Remote Negative (–) Location your investment: every 650 km (400 mi), especially (Out of View). See Jump Use engine oil approved to the prior to a long trip. The engine oil 0 . Starting - North America 351. proper specification and of the dipstick handle is a loop. See 6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of proper viscosity grade. See Engine Compartment Overview View). See Cooling System “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” 0 280 for the location. 0 291. in this section. 7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When . Check the engine oil level { Warning to Add Engine Oil under regularly and maintain the ” The engine oil dipstick handle Engine Oil 0 283. proper oil level. See “Checking Engine Oil and When to Add may be hot; it could burn you. 8. Engine Oil Dipstick. See ” “ Engine Oil” in this section. Use a towel or glove to touch the “Checking Engine Oil” under dipstick handle. Engine Oil 0 283. . Change the engine oil at the appropriate time. See Engine Oil 9. Windshield Washer Fluid Life System 0 285. Follow these guidelines: Reservoir. See “Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer Fluid . Always dispose of engine oil . To get an accurate reading, park 0 296. properly. See “What to Do with the vehicle on level ground. Used Oil” in this section. Check the engine oil level after 10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See the engine has been off for at 0 Brake Fluid 297. least two hours. Checking the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

284 Vehicle Care

engine oil level on steep grades If the oil is below the cross-hatched or too soon after engine shutoff area at the tip of the dipstick and Caution (Continued) can result in incorrect readings. the engine has been off for at least Accuracy improves when 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the of the vehicle and seek a service checking a cold engine prior to recommended oil and then recheck professional to remove the starting. Remove the dipstick the level. See “Selecting the Right excess amount of oil. and check the level. Engine Oil” later in this section for . If unable to wait two hours, the an explanation of what kind of oil to See Engine Compartment Overview engine must be off for at least use. For engine oil crankcase 0 280 for the location of the engine 15 minutes if the engine is capacity, see Capacities and oil fill cap. Specifications 0 384. warm, or at least 30 minutes if Add enough oil to put the level the engine is not warm. Pull out somewhere in the proper operating the dipstick, wipe it with a clean Caution range. Push the dipstick all the way paper towel or cloth, then push it back in when through. back in all the way. Remove it Do not add too much oil. Oil again, keeping the tip down, and levels above or below the Selecting the Right Engine Oil acceptable operating range check the level. Selecting the right engine oil shown on the dipstick are harmful When to Add Engine Oil depends on both the proper oil to the engine. If you find that you specification and viscosity grade. have an oil level above the See Recommended Fluids and operating range, i.e., the engine Lubricants 0 379. has so much oil that the oil level gets above the cross-hatched Specification area that shows the proper Ask for and use engine oils that operating range, the engine could meet the dexos1 specification. be damaged. You should drain out the excess oil or limit driving (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 285

Engine oils that have been Engine Oil Additives/Engine trash or pouring it on the ground, approved by GM as meeting the Oil Flushes into sewers, or into streams or dexos1 specification are marked bodies of water. Recycle it by taking with the dexos1 approved logo. See Do not add anything to the oil. The it to a place that collects used oil. www.gmdexos.com. recommended oils meeting the dexos1 specification are all that is needed for good performance and Engine Oil Life System engine protection. When to Change Engine Oil Engine oil system flushes are not This vehicle has a computer system recommended and could cause that indicates when to change the engine damage not covered by the engine oil and filter. This is based vehicle warranty. on a combination of factors which What to Do with Used Oil include engine revolutions, engine Caution temperature, and miles driven. Used engine oil contains certain Based on driving conditions, the Failure to use the recommended elements that can be unhealthy for mileage at which an oil change is engine oil or equivalent can result your skin and could even cause indicated can vary considerably. For in engine damage not covered by cancer. Do not let used oil stay on the oil life system to work properly, the vehicle warranty. your skin for very long. Clean your the system must be reset every time skin and nails with soap and water, the oil is changed. or a good hand cleaner. Wash or Viscosity Grade properly dispose of clothing or rags When the system has calculated Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade containing used engine oil. See the that oil life has been diminished, a engine oil. manufacturer's warnings about the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON use and disposal of oil products. message comes on to indicate that When selecting an oil of the an oil change is necessary. Change appropriate viscosity grade, it is Used oil can be a threat to the the oil as soon as possible within recommended to select an oil of the environment. If you change your the next 1 000 km (600 mi). It is correct specification. See own oil, be sure to drain all the oil possible that, if driving under the “Specification” earlier in this section. from the filter before disposal. Never best conditions, the oil life system dispose of oil by putting it in the may indicate that an oil change is GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

286 Vehicle Care

not necessary for up to a year. The 2. Press and hold V. The oil life Automatic Transmission engine oil and filter must be will change to 100%. changed at least once a year and, Fluid (6 Speed at this time, the system must be The oil life system can also be reset Transmission) reset. Your dealer has trained as follows: When to Check and Change service people who will perform this 1. Display the REMAINING OIL work and reset the system. It is also LIFE on the DIC. See Driver Automatic Transmission Fluid important to check the oil regularly Information Center (DIC) 0 151. It is usually not necessary to check over the course of an oil drain 2. Fully press the accelerator the transmission fluid level. The only interval and keep it at the proper reason for fluid loss is a level. pedal slowly three times within five seconds. transmission leak or overheated If the system is ever reset transmission. If a small leak is accidentally, the oil must be 3. Display the REMAINING OIL suspected, then use the following changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) LIFE on the DIC. If the display checking procedures to check the since the last oil change. shows 100%, the system is fluid level. However, if there is a Remember to reset the oil life reset. large leak, then it may be necessary system whenever the oil is changed. If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON to have the vehicle towed to a message comes back on when the dealer service department and have How to Reset the Engine Oil vehicle is started and/or the it repaired before driving the vehicle Life System REMAINING OIL LIFE is near 0%, further. Reset the system whenever the the engine oil life system has not engine oil is changed so that the been reset. Repeat the procedure. Caution system can calculate the next engine oil change. Always reset the Use of the incorrect automatic engine oil life to 100% after every oil transmission fluid may damage change. It will not reset itself. To the vehicle, and the damage may reset the engine oil life system: not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use the 1. Display the REMAINING OIL LIFE on the DIC. See Driver (Continued) Information Center (DIC) 0 151. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 287

Information Center (DIC). See Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 151. automatic transmission fluid listed transmission to overheat. Be sure in Recommended Fluids and to get an accurate reading if 6. Using the transmission fluid Lubricants 0 379. checking the transmission fluid. temperature reading, determine and perform the appropriate check procedure. If the Change the fluid and filter at the Before checking the fluid level, transmission fluid temperature scheduled maintenance intervals prepare the vehicle: reading is not within the listed in Maintenance Schedule required temperature ranges, 0 1. Start the engine and park the 370. Be sure to use the vehicle on a level surface. allow the vehicle to cool, transmission fluid listed in Keep the engine running. or operate the vehicle until the Recommended Fluids and appropriate transmission fluid Lubricants 0 379. 2. Apply the parking brake and temperature is reached. place the shift lever in P (Park). How to Check Automatic Cold Check Procedure Transmission Fluid 3. With your foot on the brake pedal, move the shift lever Use this procedure only as a through each gear range, reference to determine if the Caution pausing for about transmission has enough fluid to be three seconds in each range. operated safely until a hot check Too much or too little fluid can Then, move the shift lever back procedure can be made. The hot damage the transmission. Too to P (Park). check procedure is the most much can mean that some of the accurate method to check the fluid 4. Allow the engine to idle (500 fluid could come out and fall on – level. Perform the hot check 800 rpm) for at least hot engine parts or exhaust procedure at the first opportunity. one minute. Slowly release the system parts, starting a fire. Too Use this cold check procedure to brake pedal. little fluid could cause the check fluid level when the (Continued) 5. Keep the engine running and transmission temperature is check the transmission fluid between 27 °C and 32 °C (80 °F and temperature on the Driver 90 °F). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

288 Vehicle Care

Hot Check Procedure Use this procedure to check the transmission fluid level when the transmission fluid temperature is between 71 °C and 93 °C (160 °F and 200 °F). 1. Locate the transmission dipstick at the rear of the 5. If the fluid level is below the The hot check is the most accurate engine compartment, on the COLD check band, add only method to check the fluid level. The passenger side of the vehicle. enough fluid as necessary to hot check should be performed at bring the level into the COLD the first opportunity in order to verify See Engine Compartment band. It does not take much 0 the cold check. The fluid level rises Overview 280. fluid, generally less than 0.5 L as fluid temperature increases, so it 2. Flip the handle up, then pull out (1 pt). Do not overfill. is important to ensure the the dipstick and wipe it with a 6. Perform a hot check at the first transmission temperature is within clean rag or paper towel. opportunity after the range. 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it transmission reaches a normal back in all the way; wait operating temperature between three seconds, and then pull it 71 °C to 93 °C (160 °F to back out again. 200 °F). 4. Check both sides of the 7. If the fluid level is in the dipstick and read the lower acceptable range, push the dipstick back in all the way, level. Repeat the check 1. Locate the transmission then flip the handle down to procedure to verify the reading. dipstick at the rear of the lock the dipstick in place. engine compartment, on the passenger side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 280. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 289

2. Flip the handle up, then pull out the level into the HOT band. equipped with a transmission fluid the dipstick and wipe it with a It does not take much fluid, level dipstick. There is a special clean rag or paper towel. generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt). procedure for checking and 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it Do not overfill. changing the transmission fluid in back in all the way; wait 6. If the fluid level is in the these vehicles. Because this three seconds, and then pull it acceptable range, push the procedure is difficult, this should be back out again. dipstick back in all the way, done at the dealer. Contact the dealer for additional information or 4. Check both sides of the then flip the handle down to lock the dipstick in place. the procedure can be found in the dipstick and read the lower service manual. See Service level. Repeat the check Consistency of Readings Publications Ordering Information procedure to verify the reading. 0 395. Always check the fluid level at least twice using the procedure described previously. Consistency (repeatable Caution readings) is important to maintaining proper fluid level. If readings are still Use of the incorrect automatic inconsistent, contact the dealer. transmission fluid may damage the vehicle, and the damage may Automatic Transmission not be covered by the vehicle 5. Safe operating level is within Fluid (8 and 10 Speed warranty. Always use the the HOT cross hatch band on automatic transmission fluid listed the dipstick. If the fluid level is Transmission) in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 379. not within the HOT band, and When to Check and Change the transmission temperature is between 71 °C and 93 °C Automatic Transmission Fluid (160 °F and 200 °F), add or It is usually not necessary to check drain fluid as necessary to the transmission fluid level. The only bring the level into the HOT reason for fluid loss is a band. If the fluid level is low, transmission leak or overheated add only enough fluid to bring transmission. This vehicle is not GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

290 Vehicle Care

Change the fluid and filter at the cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake 1. Locate the air cleaner/filter scheduled maintenance intervals the engine air cleaner/filter (away assembly. See Engine listed in Maintenance Schedule from the vehicle), to release loose Compartment Overview 0 280. 0 370. Be sure to use the dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air 2. Disconnect the outlet duct by transmission fluid listed in cleaner/filter for damage, and loosening the air duct Recommended Fluids and replace if damaged. Do not clean clamp (3). Lubricants 0 379. the engine air cleaner/filter or components with water or 3. Disconnect the electrical Engine Air Cleaner/Filter compressed air. connector (2) and the connector harness from the See Engine Compartment Overview To inspect or replace the engine air cover. 0 280 for the location of the engine cleaner/filter: air cleaner/filter. 4. Remove the four screws (1) on top of the cover of the housing When to Inspect the Engine Air and lift up the cover. Cleaner/Filter 5. Remove the engine air cleaner/ For intervals on changing and filter from the housing. Take inspecting the engine air cleaner/ care to dislodge as little dirt as filter, see Maintenance Schedule possible. 0 370. 6. Clean the engine air cleaner/ How to Inspect the Engine Air filter sealing surfaces and the Cleaner/Filter housing. 7. Inspect or replace the engine Do not start the engine or have the air cleaner/filter. engine running with the engine air cleaner/filter housing open. Before 1. Screws (4) 8. Reverse Steps 2-4 to reinstall removing the engine air cleaner/ 2. Electrical Connector the filter cover housing. filter, make sure that the engine air 3. Air Duct Clamp cleaner/filter housing and nearby components are free of dirt and debris. Remove the engine air GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 291

{ Warning { Warning

Operating the engine with the air Do not touch heater or radiator cleaner/filter off can cause you or hoses, or other engine parts. others to be burned. The air They can be very hot and can cleaner not only cleans the air; it burn you. Do not run the engine if helps to stop flames if the engine there is a leak; all coolant could backfires. Use caution when leak out. That could cause an working on the engine and do not engine fire and can burn you. Fix drive with the air cleaner/filter off. any leak before driving the vehicle. 1. Coolant Surge Tank Caution 2. Coolant Surge Tank Engine Coolant Pressure Cap The cooling system in the vehicle is If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt 3. Engine Electric filled with DEX-COOL engine can easily get into the engine, Cooling Fan(s) coolant. This coolant is designed to which could damage it. Always remain in the vehicle for 5 years or have the air cleaner/filter in place { Warning 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever when driving. occurs first. An underhood electric fan can The following explains the cooling Cooling System start up even when the engine is system and how to check and add not running and can cause injury. coolant when it is low. If there is a The cooling system allows the Keep hands, clothing, and tools problem with engine overheating, engine to maintain the correct away from any underhood see Engine Overheating 0 294. working temperature. electric fan. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

292 Vehicle Care

What to Use . Helps keep the proper engine Checking Coolant temperature The coolant surge tank is in the { Warning engine compartment on the Caution passenger side of the vehicle. See Plain water, or other liquids such Engine Compartment Overview as alcohol, can boil before the Do not use anything other than a 0 280. proper coolant mixture will. With mix of DEX-COOL coolant that plain water or the wrong mixture, meets GM Standard The vehicle must be on a level the engine could get too hot but GMW3420 and clean, drinkable surface when checking the coolant level. there would not be an overheat water. Anything else can cause warning. The engine could catch damage to the engine cooling fire and you or others could be system and the vehicle, which burned. would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL Never dispose of engine coolant by coolant. This mixture: putting it in the trash, or by pouring it on the ground, or into sewers, . Gives freezing protection down streams, or bodies of water. Have to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside the coolant changed by an temperature authorized service center, familiar . Gives boiling protection up to with legal requirements regarding 129 °C (265 °F), engine used coolant disposal. This will help Check to see if coolant is visible in temperature protect the environment and your the coolant surge tank. If the coolant . Protects against rust and health. inside the coolant surge tank is corrosion boiling, wait until it cools down. The coolant level should be at or above . Will not damage aluminum parts GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 293

the full cold mark. If it is not, there may be a leak in the cooling Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued) system. warning. The engine could catch cause system damage. If coolant If coolant is visible but the coolant fire and you or others could be is not visible in the surge tank, level is not at or above the full cold burned. contact your dealer. mark, see “How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank,” following. If no coolant is visible in the surge How to Add Coolant to the { Warning tank, add coolant. Coolant Surge Tank Steam and scalding liquids from a { Warning hot cooling system are under pressure. Turning the pressure Spilling coolant on hot engine cap, even a little, can cause them parts can burn you. Coolant to come out at high speed and contains ethylene glycol and it will you could be burned. Never turn burn if the engine parts are hot the cap when the cooling system, 1. Remove the coolant surge tank enough. including the pressure cap, is hot. pressure cap when the cooling Wait for the cooling system and system, including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and pressure cap to cool. upper radiator hose, is no { Warning longer hot. Turn the pressure cap slowly Plain water, or other liquids such Caution as alcohol, can boil before the counterclockwise about one full turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for proper coolant mixture will. With Failure to follow the specific that to stop. A hiss means plain water or the wrong mixture, coolant fill procedure could cause there is still some pressure left. the engine could get too hot but the engine to overheat and could there would not be an overheat 2. Keep turning the pressure cap (Continued) slowly, and remove it. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

294 Vehicle Care

3. Fill the coolant surge tank with In addition, there are ENGINE the proper mixture to the full Caution OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE, cold mark. ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE If the pressure cap is not tightly ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS 4. With the coolant surge tank installed, coolant loss and engine pressure cap off, start the REDUCED messages in the Driver damage may occur. Be sure the Information Center (DIC). engine and let it run until the cap is properly and tightly engine coolant temperature secured. If the decision is made not to lift the gauge indicates approximately hood when this warning appears, 90 °C (195 °F). get service help right away. See Engine Overheating Roadside Assistance Program By this time, the coolant level 0 inside the coolant surge tank 390. may be lower. If the level is Caution If the decision is made to lift the lower, add more of the proper hood, make sure the vehicle is mixture to the coolant surge Do not run the engine if there is a parked on a level surface. leak in the engine cooling system. tank until the level reaches the Check to see if the engine cooling This can cause a loss of all full cold mark. fan(s) are running. If the engine is 5. Replace the pressure cap coolant and can damage the overheating, the fans should be tightly. system and vehicle. Have any running. If they are not, do not leaks fixed right away. 6. Verify coolant level after the continue to run the engine. Have the engine is shut off and the vehicle serviced. coolant is cold. If necessary, The vehicle has several indicators repeat coolant fill procedure to warn of engine overheating. Steps 1–6. There is a coolant temperature gauge in the vehicle's instrument cluster. See Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 138. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 295

If Steam is Coming from the If there is an engine overheat longer displays, the vehicle can be Engine Compartment warning, but no steam is seen or driven. Continue to drive the vehicle heard, the problem may not be too slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a { Warning serious. Sometimes the engine can safe vehicle distance from the get a little too hot when the vehicle: vehicle in front. If the warning does Steam and scalding liquids from a . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. not come back on, continue to drive hot cooling system are under normally and have the cooling . Stops after high-speed driving. pressure. Turning the pressure system checked for proper fill and cap, even a little, can cause them . Idles for long periods in traffic. function. to come out at high speed and . Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing If the warning continues, pull over, you could be burned. Never turn 0 262. stop, and park the vehicle the cap when the cooling system, right away. If the ENGINE OVERHEATED including the pressure cap, is hot. STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE If there is still no sign of steam and Wait for the cooling system and OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE the vehicle is equipped with an pressure cap to cool. message appears with no sign of engine driven cooling fan, push steam, try this for a minute or so: down the accelerator until the If No Steam is Coming from engine speed is about twice as fast 1. Turn the air conditioning off. as normal idle speed for at least the Engine Compartment 2. Turn the heater on to the five minutes while the vehicle is The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP highest temperature and to the parked. If the warning is still there, ENGINE or the ENGINE highest fan speed. Open the turn off the engine and get everyone OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE windows as necessary. out of the vehicle until it cools down. message, along with a low coolant 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off If there is no sign of steam, idle the condition, can indicate a serious the road, shift to P (Park) or engine for five minutes while problem. N (Neutral), and let the parked. If the warning is still engine idle. displayed, turn off the engine until it cools down. If the engine coolant temperature gauge is no longer in the overheat zone or an overheat warning no GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

296 Vehicle Care

Engine Fan protection against freezing in an area where the temperature may fall Caution If the vehicle has electric cooling below freezing. fans, the fans may be heard . Do not use washer fluid that spinning at low speed during most Adding Washer Fluid contains any type of water repellent coating. This can everyday driving. The fans may turn The vehicle has a low washer fluid cause the wiper blades to off if no cooling is required. Under message on the DIC that comes on chatter or skip. heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, when the washer fluid is low. The high outside temperatures, message is displayed for . Do not use engine coolant or operation of the air conditioning 15 seconds at the start of each (antifreeze) in the system, the fans may change to ignition cycle. When the WASHER windshield washer. It can high speed and an increase in fan FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message damage the windshield noise may be heard. This is normal displays, washer fluid will need to washer system and paint. and indicates that the cooling be added to the windshield washer . Do not mix water with system is functioning properly. The fluid reservoir. fans will change to low speed when ready-to-use washer fluid. additional cooling is no longer Water can cause the required. solution to freeze and damage the washer fluid The electric engine cooling fans tank and other parts of the may run after the engine has been washer system. turned. off. This is normal and no service is required. . When using concentrated washer fluid, follow the Open the cap with the washer Washer Fluid manufacturer instructions for symbol on it. Add washer fluid until adding water. the tank is full. See Engine What to Use Compartment Overview 0 280 for . Fill the washer fluid tank When windshield washer fluid needs reservoir location. only three-quarters full when to be added, be sure to read the it is very cold. This allows manufacturer's instructions before for fluid expansion if use. Use a fluid that has sufficient (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 297

Replacing Brake System Parts Caution (Continued) Caution Always replace brake system parts freezing occurs, which could Continuing to drive with worn-out with new, approved replacement damage the tank if it is brake pads could result in costly parts. If this is not done, the brakes completely full. brake repair. may not work properly. The braking performance expected can change in many other ways if the wrong Brakes Some driving conditions or climates replacement brake parts are can cause a brake squeal when the Disc brake pads have built-in wear installed or if parts are improperly brakes are first applied or lightly installed. indicators that make a high-pitched applied. This does not mean warning sound when the brake pads something is wrong with the brakes. are worn and new pads are needed. Brake Fluid The sound can come and go or can Properly torqued wheel nuts are be heard all the time when the necessary to help prevent brake vehicle is moving, except when pulsation. When tires are rotated, applying the brake pedal firmly. inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the { Warning proper sequence to torque specifications. See Capacities and Specifications 0 384. The brake wear warning sound The brake master cylinder reservoir means that soon the brakes will Brake pads should be replaced as is filled with GM approved DOT 3 not work well. That could lead to complete sets. brake fluid as indicated on the a crash. When the brake wear reservoir cap. See Engine warning sound is heard, have the Brake Pedal Travel Compartment Overview 0 280 for vehicle serviced. See your dealer if the brake pedal the location of the reservoir. does not return to normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be a sign that brake service may be required. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

298 Vehicle Care

Checking Brake Fluid { Warning { Warning With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level surface, the brake fluid level If too much brake fluid is added, it The wrong or contaminated brake should be between the minimum can spill on the engine and burn, fluid could result in damage to the and maximum marks on the brake if the engine is hot enough. You brake system. This could result in fluid reservoir. or others could be burned, and the loss of braking leading to a There are only two reasons why the the vehicle could be damaged. possible injury. Always use the brake fluid level in the reservoir may Add brake fluid only when work is proper GM approved brake fluid. go down: done on the brake hydraulic . Normal brake lining wear. When system. new linings are installed, the Caution fluid level goes back up. When the brake fluid falls to a low . A fluid leak in the brake level, the brake warning light comes If brake fluid is spilled on the hydraulic system. Have the on. See Brake System Warning vehicle's painted surfaces, the brake hydraulic system fixed. Light 0 145. paint finish can be damaged. With a leak, the brakes will not Brake fluid absorbs water over time Immediately wash off any painted work well. which degrades the effectiveness of surface. Always clean the brake fluid the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around at the specified intervals to prevent Battery - North America the cap before removing it. increased stopping distance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 370. The original equipment battery is Do not top off the brake fluid. maintenance free. Do not remove What to Add Adding fluid does not correct a leak. the cap and do not add fluid. If fluid is added when the linings are Use only GM approved DOT 3 Refer to the replacement number worn, there will be too much fluid brake fluid from a clean, sealed shown on the original battery label when new brake linings are container. See Recommended when a new battery is needed. See installed. Add or remove fluid, as Fluids and Lubricants 0 379. necessary, only when work is done Engine Compartment Overview on the brake hydraulic system. 0 280 for battery location. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 299

How to Check Lubricant { Warning Warning (Continued)

WARNING: Battery posts, not careful. See Jump Starting - terminals, and related North America 0 351 for tips on accessories contain lead and lead working around a battery without compounds, chemicals known to getting hurt. the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other Infrequent Usage: Remove the reproductive harm. Batteries also black, negative (−) cable from the contain other chemicals known to battery to keep the battery from the State of California to cause running down. cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. For more information Extended Storage: Remove the black, negative (−) cable from the go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ Automatic Transfer Case battery or use a battery trickle passenger-vehicle. charger. 1. Fill Plug 2. Drain Plug See California Proposition Four-Wheel Drive To get an accurate reading, the 65 Warning 0 277 and the back Transfer Case vehicle should be on a level cover. surface. Vehicle Storage When to Check Lubricant If the level is below the bottom of Refer to Maintenance Schedule the fill plug (1) hole, located on the { Warning 0 370 to determine when to check transfer case, some lubricant will the lubricant. need to be added. Add enough Batteries have acid that can burn lubricant to raise the level to the you and gas that can explode. bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use You can be badly hurt if you are care not to overtighten the plug. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

300 Vehicle Care

When to Change Lubricant Rear Axle Refer to Maintenance Schedule When to Check Lubricant 0 370 to determine how often to change the lubricant. It is not necessary to regularly check rear axle fluid unless a leak is What to Use suspected or an unusual noise is Refer to Recommended Fluids and heard. A fluid loss could indicate a Lubricants 0 379 to determine what problem. Have it inspected and kind of lubricant to use. repaired. All axle assemblies are filled by Front Axle volume of fluid during production. When to Check and Change They are not filled to reach a certain Lubricant 1. Fill Plug level. When checking the fluid level 2. Drain Plug on any axle, variations in the It is not necessary to regularly . When the differential is cold, add readings can be caused by factory check front axle fluid unless a leak fill differences between the minimum is suspected, or an unusual noise is enough lubricant to raise the level from 0 mm (0 in) to 3.2 mm and the maximum fluid volume. heard. A fluid loss could indicate a Also, if a vehicle has just been problem. Have it inspected and (1/8 in) below the fill plug (1) hole. driven before checking the fluid repaired. level, it may appear lower than . When the differential is at How to Check Lubricant normal because fluid has traveled operating temperature (warm), out along the axle tubes and has To get an accurate reading, the add enough lubricant to raise the not drained back to the sump area. vehicle should be on a level level to the bottom of the fill Therefore, a reading taken surface. plug (1) hole. five minutes after the vehicle has What to Use been driven will appear to have a lower fluid level than a vehicle that Refer to Recommended Fluids and has been stationary for an hour or Lubricants 0 379 to determine what kind of lubricant to use. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 301

two. The rear axle assembly must What to Use noise emissions to exceed Federal be supported on a flat, level surface standards, are covered by the Refer to Recommended Fluids and to get a true reading. warranty for the life of the vehicle. Lubricants 0 379 to determine what How to Check Lubricant kind of lubricant to use. The following information relates to compliance with federal noise To get an accurate reading, the Noise Control System emission standards for vehicles with vehicle should be on a level a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating surface. Noise Emission Warranty (GVWR) of more than 4 536 kg General Motors warrants to the first (10,000 lbs). The Maintenance person who purchases this vehicle Schedule provides information on for purposes other than resale and maintaining the noise control system to each subsequent purchaser that to minimize degradation of the noise this vehicle as manufactured by emission control system during the General Motors was designed, built life of the vehicle. The noise control and equipped to conform at the time system warranty is given in the it left General Motors control with all vehicle warranty booklet. applicable U.S. EPA Noise Control These standards apply only to Regulations. This warranty covers vehicles sold in the United States. this vehicle as designed, built and equipped by General Motors and is Federal law prohibits the following not limited to any particular part, acts or the causing thereof: The proper level is 1.0 mm to component or system of the vehicle 1. The removal or rendering 19.0 mm (0.04 in to 0.7 in) below manufactured by General Motors. inoperative by any person, the bottom of the fill hole, located on Defects in design, assembly or any other than for purposes of the rear axle. Add only enough fluid part, component or system of the maintenance, repair or to reach the proper level. vehicle manufactured by General replacement, of any device or Motors, which at the time it left element of design incorporated General Motors control caused into any new vehicle for the purpose of noise control, prior GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

302 Vehicle Care

to its sale or delivery to the Air Intake: Do not use the accelerator ultimate purchaser or while it is . Removal of the air cleaner pedal, and be ready to turn off in use; or silencer. the engine immediately if it starts. 2. The use of the vehicle after . Modification of the air cleaner. such device or element of 3. Try to start the engine in each design has been removed or Exhaust: gear. The vehicle should start rendered inoperative by any . Removal of the muffler and/or only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). person. resonator. If the vehicle starts in any other Among those acts presumed to position, contact your dealer for . Removal of the exhaust pipes service. constitute tampering are the acts and exhaust pipe clamps. listed below. Automatic Transmission Insulation: Starter Switch Check Shift Lock Control Removal of the noise shields or any Function Check underhood insulation. { Warning Engine: When you are doing this { Warning Removal or rendering engine speed inspection, the vehicle could governor, if the vehicle has one, move suddenly. If the vehicle When you are doing this inoperative so as to allow engine moves, you or others could be inspection, the vehicle could speed to exceed manufacturer injured. move suddenly. If the vehicle specifications. moves, you or others could be injured. Fan and Drive: 1. Before starting this check, be sure there is enough room . Removal of fan clutch, if the around the vehicle. 1. Before starting this check, be vehicle has one, or rendering sure there is enough room clutch inoperative. 2. Apply both the parking brake around the vehicle. It should be and the regular brake. . Removal of the fan shroud, if the parked on a level surface. vehicle has one. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 303

2. Apply the parking brake. Be Park Brake and P (Park) . To check the P (Park) ready to apply the regular mechanism's holding ability: brake immediately if the vehicle Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift to begins to move. P (Park). Then release the { Warning 3. With the engine off, turn the parking brake followed by the regular brake. ignition on, but do not start the When you are doing this check, engine. Without applying the the vehicle could begin to move. Contact your dealer if service is regular brake, try to move the You or others could be injured required. shift lever out of P (Park) with and property could be damaged. normal effort. If the shift lever Make sure there is room in front Wiper Blade Replacement moves out of P (Park), contact of the vehicle in case it begins to your dealer for service. Windshield wiper blades should be roll. Be ready to apply the regular inspected for wear or cracking. Ignition Transmission brake at once should the vehicle For the proper type and size, see begin to move. Lock Check Maintenance Replacement Parts 0 380. If equipped with a Key Access Park on a fairly steep hill, with the Front Wiper Blade ignition, while parked and with the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping parking brake set, try to turn the your foot on the regular brake, set Replacement ignition off in each shift lever the parking brake. To replace the wiper blade position. . To check the parking brake's assembly: . The ignition should turn off only holding ability: With the engine 1. Pull the windshield wiper when the shift lever is in running and the transmission in assembly away from the P (Park). N (Neutral), slowly remove foot windshield. . The key should come out only pressure from the regular brake when the ignition is off. pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only. Contact your dealer if service is required. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

304 Vehicle Care

warranty. Do not allow the 2. Push the release lever (2) to wiper blade arm to touch the disengage the hook and push windshield. the wiper arm (1) out of the blade assembly (3). 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper blade replacement. 3. Push the new blade assembly securely in the wiper arm hook Rear Wiper Blade Replacement until the release lever clicks To replace the rear wiper blade: into place. 1. With the rear wiper in the off 4. Return the wiper arm and position, open the liftglass to blade assembly to the rest access the rear wiper arm/ position on the glass. blade. 2. Lift up on the latch in the Glass Replacement middle of the wiper blade The rear wiper blade will not where the wiper arm attaches. lock in a vertical position so If the windshield or front side glass care should be used when must be replaced, see your dealer 3. With the latch open, pull the pulling it away from the vehicle. to determine the correct wiper blade down toward the replacement glass. windshield far enough to release it from the J-hooked end of the wiper arm. Windshield Replacement 4. Remove the wiper blade. HUD System Allowing the wiper blade arm to The windshield is part of the HUD touch the windshield when no system. If the windshield must be wiper blade is installed could replaced, get one that is designed damage the windshield. Any for HUD or the HUD image may damage that occurs would not look out of focus. be covered by the vehicle GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 305

Driver Assistance Systems Warning (Continued) When a windshield replacement is needed and the vehicle is equipped signs of wear, cracks, or other with a front-looking camera sensor damage periodically. Check to for the Driver Assistance Systems, make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate the windshield must be installed is held open with enough force. according to GM specifications for If struts are failing to hold the these systems to work properly. If it hood/trunk/liftgate, do not is not, there may be unexpected operate. Have the vehicle behavior and/or messages from serviced. these systems. Gas Strut(s) Hood This vehicle is equipped with gas Caution strut(s) to provide assistance in Do not apply tape or hang any lifting and holding open the hood/ objects from gas struts. Also do trunk/liftgate system in full open not push down or pull on gas position. struts. This may cause damage to the vehicle. { Warning

If the gas struts that hold open See Maintenance Schedule 0 370. the hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or others could be seriously injured. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service immediately. Trunk Visually inspect the gas struts for (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

306 Vehicle Care Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement should need no further adjustment. bulbs, or any bulb changing If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, procedure not listed in this section, the headlamp aim may be affected. contact your dealer. If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, see your dealer. High Intensity Discharge (HID) Lighting

{ Warning

Liftgate The High Intensity Discharge (HID) lighting system operates at a very high voltage. If you try to service any of the system components, you could be seriously injured. Have your dealer or a qualified technician service them.

After an HID headlamp bulb has been replaced, the beam might be a slightly different shade than it was originally. This is normal. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 307

LED Lighting Back-Up Lamps This vehicle has several LED lamps. To replace a back-up bulb: For replacement of any LED lighting 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate assembly, contact your dealer. 0 43. Fog Lamps

3. Remove the two screws from the taillamp assembly. 4. Pull the taillamp assembly straight back to remove.

2. Remove the taillamp closeout cover from the lamp assembly To replace the front fog lamp bulb: by pulling rearward from the 1. Locate the fog lamp under the top and bottom at the same front bumper. time to unfasten the snap tabs. 2. Disconnect the electrical connector from the fog lamp bulb assembly by pressing the connector release. 3. Turn the bulb counterclockwise to remove it from the housing. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

308 Vehicle Care

5. Turn the bulb socket License Plate Lamp 2. Bulb counterclockwise to remove it 3. Lamp Assembly from the taillamp assembly. To replace one of these bulbs: 6. Pull the bulb straight out from 1. Push the lamp assembly (3) the socket. toward the center of the 7. Put a new bulb into the socket, vehicle. insert it into the taillamp 2. Pull the lamp assembly down assembly, and turn the bulb to remove. socket clockwise until it clicks. 3. Turn the bulb socket (1) 8. Reinstall the taillamp assembly counterclockwise to remove it and tighten the screws. from the lamp assembly (3). 9. Reinstall the taillamp cover by 4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of snapping it into place. Passenger Side Shown, Driver the bulb socket (1). Side Similar 5. Push the replacement bulb straight into the bulb socket and turn the bulb socket clockwise to install it into the lamp assembly. 6. Push the lamp assembly back into position until the release tab locks into place.

1. Bulb Socket GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 309

Windshield Wipers Electrical System { Danger If the wiper motor overheats due to Electrical System heavy snow or ice, the windshield Fuses and circuit breakers are Overload wipers will stop until the motor cools marked with their ampere rating. and will then restart. Do not exceed the The vehicle has fuses to protect Although the circuit is protected specified amperage rating when against an electrical system from electrical overload, overload replacing fuses and circuit overload. Fuses also protect power due to heavy snow or ice may breakers. Use of an oversized devices in the vehicle. cause wiper linkage damage. fuse or circuit breaker can result Replace a bad fuse with a new one Always clear ice and heavy snow in a vehicle fire. You and others of the identical size and rating. from the windshield before using the could be seriously injured or If there is a problem on the road and windshield wipers. killed. a fuse needs to be replaced, there If the overload is caused by an are some spare fuses and a fuse electrical problem and not snow or To check a fuse, look at the puller in the left instrument panel ice, be sure to get it fixed. silver-colored band inside the fuse. fuse block. The same amperage If the band is broken or melted, fuse can also be borrowed. Choose Fuses and Circuit replace the fuse. Be sure to replace some feature of the vehicle that is Breakers a bad fuse with a new one of the not needed to use and replace it as identical size and rating. soon as possible. The wiring circuits in the vehicle are protected from short circuits by a Fuses of the same amperage can Headlamp Wiring combination of fuses and circuit be temporarily borrowed from An electrical overload may cause breakers. This greatly reduces the another fuse location, if a fuse goes the lamps to go on and off, or in chance of damage caused by out. Replace the fuse as soon as some cases to remain off. Have the electrical problems. possible. headlamp wiring checked right away if the lamps go on and off or remain off. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

310 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Caution Fuse Block The engine compartment fuse block Spilling liquid on any electrical is in the engine compartment, on component on the vehicle may the driver side of the vehicle. damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component.

A fuse puller is available in the left instrument panel fuse block.

Lift the cover to access the fuse block. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 311

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 1 Electric running 2 Antilock brake 3 Interior BEC LT1 boards system pump GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

312 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 4 Passenger 21 Automatic 38 – motorized seat belt headlamp leveling/ 39 Right trailer 5 Suspension Exhaust solenoid stoplamp/Turn leveling 22 Fuel pump signal lamp compressor 23 Integrated chassis 40 Left trailer 6 4WD transfer case control module stoplamp/turn electronic control 24 Real time signal lamp 7 – dampening 41 Trailer parking lamps 8 – 25 Fuel pump power 10 Electric parking module 42 Right parking lamps brake/– 26 –/Battery regulated voltage control 43 Left parking lamps 11 – 27 44 Upfitter 3 12 – – 13 Interior BEC LT2 28 Upfitter 2 45 Automatic level control/Run/Crank 14 Rear BEC 1 30 Wiper 31 Trailer interface 46 – 15 – module 47 Upfitter 4 16 – 32 – 49 Reverse lamps 17 Driver motorized seat belt 33 – 50 – 34 Reverse lamps 52 18 – – 35 Antilock brake 53 19 – – system valve 54 20 – – 36 Trailer brakes GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 313

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 55 – 74 Engine control 93 Horn module/Ignition 56 – 94 Fog lamps 75 Miscellaneous/ 57 – 95 High-beam Ignition/– headlamps 58 – 76 Transmission/ 96 – 59 Euro trailer Ignition 97 – 60 Air conditioning 77 RC upfitter 1 and 2 control 98 – 78 VBAT 61 – upfitter 1 and 2 99 – 62 – 79 – 100 O2 sensor A 63 Upfitter 1 80 – 101 Engine control module 64 – 81 – 102 Engine control 65 – 82 – module/ 66 – 83 Euro trailer/RC Transmission control module 67 Trailer battery 85 – 103 Auxiliary interior 68 Secondary 86 – fuel pump heater 87 Engine 69 RC upfitter 3 and 4 104 Starter 88 Injector A – odd 70 VBAT 105 – 89 Injector B – even upfitter 3 and 4 106 – 90 O2 sensor B 71 – 107 Aeroshutter 91 Throttle control 73 – 108 – GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

314 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Relays Usage Instrument Panel Fuse 109 Police upfitter 37 Upfitter 3 Block (Left) 110 – 48 Upfitter 4 111 – 51 Parking lamp 113 – 64 Secondary 114 Front windshield fuel pump washer 72 Upfitter 1 115 Rear window 84 Run/Crank washer 92 Engine control 116 Left cooling fan module 117 Fuel pump prime 112 Starter 118 – The left instrument panel fuse block 119 – access door is on the driver side 120 Fuel pump prime edge of the instrument panel. 121 Right HID Pull off the cover to access the fuse headlamp block. 122 Left HID headlamp 123 Right cooling fan

Relays Usage 9 Fuel pump 29 Upfitter 2 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 315

Fuses Usage 3 – 4 Accessory power outlet 1 5 Retained accessory power 6 APO/BATT 7 Universal garage door opener/Interior rearview mirror 8 SEO/Retained accessory power 9 – 10 Body control module 3 11 Body control module 5 12 Steering wheel control backlighting 13 – 14 – 15 – The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage 16 Discrete logic ignition with all of the fuses, relays, and sensor features shown. 1 – 17 Video processing 2 – module GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

316 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 18 Mirror window module 33 SEO/Automatic level 46 Right heated, cooled, 19 Body control module 1 control/Left or ventilated seat (if heated seat equipped) 20 Front bolster (if equipped) 34 Park enable/Electric 47 Left heated, cooled, adjustable pedal (if or ventilated seat (if 21 – equipped) equipped) 22 – 35 – 48 – 23 – 36 Miscellaneous/Run 49 – 24 HVAC/Ignition crank 50 Accessory power 25 Instrument cluster/ 37 Heated steering wheel outlet 2 Ignition sensing 38 Steering column 51 – diagnostic module/ lock 2 (if equipped) Ignition 52 Retained accessory 39 Instrument cluster power relay 26 Tilt column/SEO/Tilt battery column lock 1/SEO 54 – 40 – 27 Data link connector/ 55 – 41 Driver seat module – 56 – 28 Passive entry/Passive 42 Euro trailer (if start/HVAC battery equipped) Relays Usage 29 Content theft 43 Left doors 52 Retained accessory deterrent 44 Driver power seat power 30 – 45 – 53 Run/Crank relay 31 – 32 – GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 317

Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Right)

The right instrument panel fuse block access door is on the passenger side edge of the instrument panel. Pull off the cover to access the fuse block.

The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. 1 – 2 – GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

318 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 3 – 21 Sunroof 38 Body control module 2 4 Accessory power 22 – 39 Air conditioning outlet 4 inverter 23 – 5 40 – 24 – – 6 41 – 25 – – 7 – 26 Infotainment/Airbag 42 – 8 Glove box 43 27 –/RF window switch/ – 9 – Rain sensor 44 Right door window motor 10 – 28 Obstacle detection/USB 45 Front blower 11 – 12 Steering wheel 29 Radio 46 Body control module 6 controls 30 – 47 Body control module 7 13 Body control module 8 31 – 48 Amplifier 14 – 32 – 49 Right front seat 15 – 33 – 50 Accessory power outlet 3 16 – 34 – 51 17 – 35 – – 53 18 – 36 Special equipment – 19 Body control module 4 option B2 54 – 20 Rear seat 37 Special equipment 55 – option entertainment 56 – GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 319

Relays Usage Fuses Usage 52 Retained accessory 1 Rear window power defogger relay 2 – Rear Compartment Fuse 3 Right heated second Block row seat 4 Heated mirrors 5 Liftgate 6 Glass breakage 7 Liftglass 8 Liftgate module logic 9 Rear wiper 10 Rear heating, ventilation, and air conditioning blower 11 Second row seat The rear compartment fuse block is 12 Liftgate module behind the access panel on the left side of the compartment. 13 Third row seat Pull the panel out by grabbing the 14 Rear accessory power finger access slot at the rear edge. The vehicle may not be equipped outlet with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. 15 Rear window defogger 16 Liftgate GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

320 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) 17 Liftglass Tires . Underinflated tires pose 18 Rear fog lamp (if equipped) Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The 19 Rear fog lamp (if resulting crash could equipped) leading tire manufacturer. See the warranty manual for cause serious injury. 20 Heated mirror information regarding the tire Check all tires frequently warranty and where to get to maintain the Relays Usage service. For additional recommended pressure. 1 Rear window information refer to the tire Tire pressure should be defogger manufacturer. checked when the tires are cold. { Warning . Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut, . Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by improperly used tires are a sudden impact — such dangerous. as when hitting a pothole. . Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the cause overheating as a recommended pressure. result of too much . Worn or old tires can flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the blowout and a serious tread is badly worn, crash. See Vehicle Load replace them. 0 Limits 200. (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 321

All-Season Tires traction on snow and ice-covered Warning (Continued) roads. Consider installing winter This vehicle may come with tires on the vehicle if frequent . Replace any tires that all-season tires. These tires are driving on ice or snow covered have been damaged by designed to provide good overall roads is expected. See your dealer impacts with potholes, performance on most road surfaces for details regarding winter tire curbs, etc. and weather conditions. Original availability and proper tire selection. equipment tires designed to GM's Also, see Buying New Tires 0 335. . Improperly repaired tires specific tire performance criteria can cause a crash. Only have a TPC specification code With winter tires, there may be the dealer or an molded onto the sidewall. Original decreased dry road traction, authorized tire service equipment all-season tires can be increased road noise, and shorter center should repair, identified by the last two characters tread life. After changing to winter of this TPC code, which will tires, be alert for changes in vehicle replace, dismount, and handling and braking. mount the tires. be “MS.” Consider installing winter tires on If using winter tires: . Do not spin the tires in the vehicle if frequent driving on excess of 56 km/h . Use tires of the same brand and snow or ice-covered roads is tread type on all four wheel (35 mph) on slippery expected. All-season tires provide positions. surfaces such as snow, adequate performance for most mud, ice, etc. Excessive winter driving conditions, but they . Use only radial ply tires of the same size, load range, and spinning may cause the may not offer the same level of speed rating as the original tires to explode. traction or performance as winter tires on snow or ice-covered roads. equipment tires. See Winter Tires 0 321. Winter tires with the same speed See Tire Pressure for rating as the original equipment tires High-Speed Operation 0 328 for Winter Tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y, inflation pressure adjustment for and ZR speed rated tires. If winter high-speed driving. This vehicle was not originally equipped with winter tires. Winter tires are designed for increased GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

322 Vehicle Care

tires with a lower speed rating are Tire Sidewall Labeling chosen, never exceed the tire's Caution (Continued) maximum speed capability. Useful information about a tire is damage. Keep tires set to the molded into the sidewall. The Low-Profile Tires correct inflation pressure and example shows a typical when possible, avoid contact with passenger vehicle tire sidewall. If the vehicle has P275/55R20 or curbs, potholes, and other road P285/45R22 size tires, they are hazards. classified as touring tires and are designed for on road use. All-Terrain Tires The low-profile, wide tread design is not recommended for This vehicle may have all-terrain off-road driving. See Off-Road tires. These tires provide good Driving 0 192, for additional performance on most road surfaces, information. weather conditions, and for off-road driving. See Off-Road Driving 0 192. Caution The tread pattern on these tires may wear more quickly than other tires. Low-profile tires are more Consider rotating the tires more Passenger (P-Metric)/Spare Tire susceptible to damage from road frequently than at 12 000 km hazards or curb impact than (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear (1) Tire Size : The tire size code standard profile tires. Tire and/or is noted when the tires are is a combination of letters and wheel assembly damage can inspected. See Tire Inspection numbers used to define a 0 occur when coming into contact 333. particular tire's width, height, with road hazards like potholes, aspect ratio, construction type, or sharp edged objects, or when and service description. See the sliding into a curb. The warranty “Tire Size” illustration later in this does not cover this type of section for more detail. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 323

(2) TPC Spec (Tire week of the year 2010 would (7) Maximum Cold Inflation Performance Criteria have a four-digit DOT date Load Limit : Maximum load that Specification) : Original of 0310. can be carried and the equipment tires designed to (4) Tire Identification Number maximum pressure needed to GM's specific tire performance (TIN) : The letters and numbers support that load. For criteria have a TPC specification following the DOT code are the information on recommended code molded onto the sidewall. Tire Identification Number (TIN). tire pressure see Tire Pressure GM's TPC specifications meet or 0 327 and Vehicle Load Limits The TIN shows the 0 exceed all federal safety manufacturer and plant code, 200. guidelines. tire size, and date the tire was (8) Temporary Use Only : Only (3) DOT (Department of manufactured. The TIN is use a temporary spare tire until Transportation) : The molded onto both sides of the the road tire is repaired and Department of Transportation tire, although only one side may replaced. This spare tire should (DOT) code indicates that the have the date of manufacture. not be driven on over 112 km/h tire is in compliance with the (5) Tire Ply Material : The type (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) U.S. Department of of cord and number of plies in when pulling a trailer, with the Transportation Motor Vehicle the sidewall and under the tread. proper inflation pressure. See Safety Standards. Full-Size Spare Tire 0 350. (6) Uniform Tire Quality DOT Tire Date of Grading (UTQG) : Tire Manufacture : The last four manufacturers are required to digits of the TIN indicate the tire grade tires based on three manufactured date. The first two performance factors: treadwear, digits represent the week traction, and temperature (01-52) and the last two digits, resistance. For more the year. For example, the third information, see Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 337. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

324 Vehicle Care

Tire Designations (3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit is certified to carry. The speed number that indicates the tire rating is the maximum speed a Tire Size height-to-width measurements. tire is certified to carry a load. The example shows a typical For example, if the tire size passenger vehicle tire size. aspect ratio is 75, as shown in Tire Terminology and item C of the tire illustration, it Definitions would mean that the tire's sidewall is 75 percent as high as Air Pressure : The amount of it is wide. air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of (4) Construction Code : A letter the tire. Air pressure is code is used to indicate the type expressed in kPa (kilopascal) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire of ply construction in the tire. or psi (pounds per square inch). (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : The letter R means radial ply Accessory Weight : The The United States version of a construction; the letter D means combined weight of optional metric tire sizing system. The diagonal or bias ply accessories. Some examples of letter P as the first character in construction; and the letter B optional accessories are the tire size means a passenger means belted-bias ply automatic transmission, power vehicle tire engineered to construction. windows, power seats, and air standards set by the U.S. Tire (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of conditioning. and Rim Association. the wheel in inches. Aspect Ratio : The relationship (2) Tire Width : The three-digit (6) Service Description : These of a tire's height to its width. number indicates the tire section characters represent the load width in millimeters from index and speed rating of the Belt : A rubber coated layer of sidewall to sidewall. tire. The load index represents cords between the plies and the the load carrying capacity a tire tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 325

Bead : The tire bead contains Department of Transportation Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A steel wires wrapped by steel (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety tire used on light duty trucks and cords that hold the tire onto Standards. The DOT code some multipurpose passenger the rim. includes the Tire Identification vehicles. Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Load Index : An assigned in which the plies are laid at designator which can also number ranging from 1 to 279 alternate angles less than identify the tire manufacturer, that corresponds to the load 90 degrees to the centerline of production plant, brand, and carrying capacity of a tire. date of production. the tread. Maximum Inflation Pressure : Cold Tire Pressure : The GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight The maximum air pressure to Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits amount of air pressure in a tire, 0 which a cold tire can be inflated. measured in kPa (kilopascal) 200. The maximum air pressure is or psi (pounds per square inch) GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight molded onto the sidewall. before a tire has built up heat Rating for the front axle. See Maximum Load Rating : The from driving. See Tire Pressure Vehicle Load Limits 0 200. 0 load rating for a tire at the 327. GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight maximum permissible inflation Curb Weight : The weight of a Rating for the rear axle. See pressure for that tire. 0 motor vehicle with standard and Vehicle Load Limits 200. Maximum Loaded Vehicle optional equipment including the Intended Outboard Sidewall : Weight : The sum of curb maximum capacity of fuel, oil, The side of an asymmetrical tire weight, accessory weight, and coolant, but without that must always face outward vehicle capacity weight, and passengers and cargo. when mounted on a vehicle. production options weight. DOT Markings : A code molded Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric into the sidewall of a tire unit for air pressure. signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

326 Vehicle Care

Normal Occupant Weight : The tire inflation pressure as shown Treadwear Indicators : Narrow number of occupants a vehicle on the tire placard. bands, sometimes called wear is designed to seat multiplied by See Tire Pressure 0 327 and bars, that show across the tread 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Vehicle Load Limits 0 200. of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/ 0 Limits 200. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic 16 in) of tread remains. See When It Is Time for New Tires Occupant Distribution : tire in which the ply cords that 0 Designated seating positions. extend to the beads are laid at 335. Outward Facing Sidewall : The 90 degrees to the centerline of UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality side of an asymmetrical tire that the tread. Grading Standards) : A tire has a particular side that faces Rim : A metal support for a tire information system that provides outward when mounted on a and upon which the tire beads consumers with ratings for a vehicle. The side of the tire that are seated. tire's traction, temperature, and contains a whitewall, bears treadwear. Ratings are Sidewall : The portion of a tire determined by tire white lettering, or bears between the tread and the bead. manufacturer, brand, and/or manufacturers using model name molding that is Speed Rating : An government testing procedures. higher or deeper than the same alphanumeric code assigned to The ratings are molded into the a tire indicating the maximum sidewall of the tire. See Uniform moldings on the other sidewall 0 of the tire. speed at which a tire can Tire Quality Grading 337. operate. Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A Vehicle Capacity Weight : The tire used on passenger cars and Traction : The friction between number of designated seating some light duty trucks and the tire and the road surface. positions multiplied by multipurpose vehicles. The amount of grip provided. 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load Recommended Inflation Tread : The portion of a tire that Limits 0 200. Pressure : Vehicle comes into contact with manufacturer's recommended the road. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 327

Vehicle Maximum Load on the The Tire and Loading Tire : Load on an individual tire Caution Information label on the vehicle due to curb weight, accessory Neither tire underinflation nor indicates the original equipment weight, occupant weight, and overinflation is good. tires and the correct cold tire cargo weight. Underinflated tires, or tires inflation pressures. The Vehicle Placard : A label that do not have enough air, recommended pressure is the permanently attached to a can result in: minimum air pressure needed to vehicle showing the vehicle support the vehicle's maximum . Tire overloading and load carrying capacity. capacity weight and the original overheating which could equipment tire size and lead to a blowout. For additional information recommended inflation pressure. regarding how much weight the See “Tire and Loading . Premature or vehicle can carry, and an Information Label” under Vehicle irregular wear. example of the Tire and Loading Load Limits 0 200. . Poor handling. Information label, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 200. How the Tire Pressure . Reduced fuel economy. vehicle is loaded affects vehicle Overinflated tires, or tires that Tires need the correct amount of handling and ride comfort. Never have too much air, can air pressure to operate load the vehicle with more result in: effectively. weight than it was designed to . Unusual wear. carry. . Poor handling. When to Check . Rough ride. Check the tires once a month or more. . Needless damage from road hazards. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

328 Vehicle Care

Do not forget the spare tire, inflation pressure is high, press if the vehicle has one. See on the metal stem in the center Warning (Continued) 0 Full-Size Spare Tire 350 for of the tire valve to release air. you or others could be killed. additional information. Re-check the tire pressure with Some high-speed rated tires How to Check the tire gauge. require inflation pressure adjustment for high-speed Use a good quality pocket-type Put the valve caps back on the operation. When speed limits and gauge to check tire pressure. valve stems to keep out dirt and road conditions allow the vehicle Proper tire inflation cannot be moisture and prevent leaks. Use to be driven at high speeds, make determined by looking at the tire. only valve caps designed for the sure the tires are rated for Check the tire inflation pressure vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors high-speed operation, are in when the tires are cold, meaning could be damaged and would excellent condition, and are set to the vehicle has not been driven not be covered by the vehicle the correct cold tire inflation for at least three hours or no warranty. pressure for the vehicle load. more than 1.6 km (1 mi). Tire Pressure for Remove the valve cap from the When driving the vehicle at speeds tire valve stem. Press the tire High-Speed Operation of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher, set gauge firmly onto the valve to the cold inflation pressure to 20 kPa { Warning (3 psi) above the recommended tire get a pressure measurement. pressure shown on the Tire and If the cold tire inflation pressure Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h Loading Information label. Return matches the recommended (100 mph) or higher, puts the tires to the recommended cold pressure on the Tire and additional strain on tires. tire inflation pressure when Loading Information label, no Sustained high-speed driving high-speed driving has ended. 0 further adjustment is necessary. causes excessive heat buildup See Vehicle Load Limits 200 and 0 If the inflation pressure is low, and can cause sudden tire failure. Tire Pressure 327. add air until the recommended This could cause a crash, and pressure is reached. If the (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 329

Tire Pressure Monitor Accordingly, when the low tire This sequence will continue upon pressure telltale illuminates, you subsequent vehicle start-ups as System should stop and check your tires as long as the malfunction exists. The Tire Pressure Monitor System soon as possible, and inflate them When the malfunction indicator is (TPMS) uses radio and sensor to the proper pressure. Driving on a illuminated, the system may not be technology to check tire pressure significantly under-inflated tire able to detect or signal low tire levels. The TPMS sensors monitor causes the tire to overheat and can pressure as intended. TPMS the air pressure in your tires and lead to tire failure. Under-inflation malfunctions may occur for a variety transmit tire pressure readings to a also reduces fuel efficiency and tire of reasons, including the installation receiver located in the vehicle. tread life, and may affect the of replacement or alternate tires or vehicle's handling and stopping Each tire, including the spare (if wheels on the vehicle that prevent ability. provided), should be checked the TPMS from functioning properly. monthly when cold and inflated to Please note that the TPMS is not a Always check the TPMS malfunction the inflation pressure recommended substitute for proper tire telltale after replacing one or more by the vehicle manufacturer on the maintenance, and it is the driver's tires or wheels on your vehicle to vehicle placard or tire inflation responsibility to maintain correct tire ensure that the replacement or pressure label. (If your vehicle has pressure, even if under-inflation has alternate tires and wheels allow the tires of a different size than the size not reached the level to trigger TPMS to continue to function indicated on the vehicle placard or illumination of the TPMS low tire properly. tire inflation pressure label, you pressure telltale. See Tire Pressure Monitor should determine the proper tire Your vehicle has also been Operation 0 330. inflation pressure for those tires.) equipped with a TPMS malfunction See Radio Frequency Statement As an added safety feature, your indicator to indicate when the 0 396. vehicle has been equipped with a system is not operating properly. tire pressure monitoring system The TPMS malfunction indicator is (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire combined with the low tire pressure pressure telltale when one or more telltale. When the system detects a of your tires is significantly malfunction, the telltale will flash for under-inflated. approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

330 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Monitor shown on the Tire and Loading they are cold. See Vehicle Load Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 200, for an example of the Operation Limits 0 200. Tire and Loading Information label This vehicle may have a Tire and its location. Also see Tire A message to check the pressure in 0 Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). a specific tire displays in the Driver Pressure 327. The TPMS is designed to warn the Information Center (DIC). The low The TPMS can warn about a low driver when a low tire pressure tire pressure warning light and the tire pressure condition but it does condition exists. TPMS sensors are DIC warning message come on at not replace normal tire mounted onto each tire and wheel each ignition cycle until the tires are maintenance. See Tire Inspection assembly, excluding the spare tire inflated to the correct inflation 0 333, Tire Rotation 0 334 and Tires and wheel assembly. The TPMS pressure. If the vehicle has DIC 0 320. sensors monitor the air pressure in buttons, tire pressure levels can be the tires and transmit the tire viewed. For additional information Caution pressure readings to a receiver and details about the DIC operation located in the vehicle. and displays, see Driver Information Tire sealant materials are not all Center (DIC) 0 151. the same. A non-approved tire The low tire pressure warning light sealant could damage the TPMS may come on in cool weather when sensors. TPMS sensor damage the vehicle is first started, and then caused by using an incorrect tire turn off as the vehicle is driven. This sealant is not covered by the could be an early indicator that the vehicle warranty. Always use only air pressure is getting low and the GM approved tire sealant When a low tire pressure condition needs to be inflated to the proper available through your dealer or is detected, the TPMS illuminates pressure. the low tire pressure warning light included in the vehicle. located on the instrument cluster. A Tire and Loading Information label If the warning light comes on, stop shows the size of the original as soon as possible and inflate the equipment tires and the correct tires to the recommended pressure inflation pressure for the tires when GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 331

TPMS Malfunction Light and . The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or Message process was not done or not being near facilities using radio completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction. are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after system detects a malfunction, the If the TPMS is not functioning successfully completing the properly, it cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure warning light sensor matching process. See flashes for about one minute and low tire pressure condition. See "TPMS Sensor Matching your dealer for service if the TPMS then stays on for the remainder of Process" later in this section. the ignition cycle. A DIC warning malfunction light and DIC message message also displays. The . One or more TPMS sensors are come on and stay on. missing or damaged. The malfunction light and DIC warning Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped) message come on at each ignition malfunction light and the DIC cycle until the problem is corrected. message should go off when the This feature provides visual and Some of the conditions that can TPMS sensors are installed and audible alerts outside the vehicle to cause these to come on are: the sensor matching process is help when inflating an underinflated performed successfully. See tire to the recommended cold tire . One of the road tires has been your dealer for service. pressure. replaced with the spare tire. The spare tire does not have a . Replacement tires or wheels do When the low tire pressure warning TPMS sensor. The malfunction not match the original equipment light comes on: tires or wheels. Tires and wheels light and the DIC message 1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level other than those recommended should go off after the road tire place. is replaced and the sensor could prevent the TPMS from matching process is performed functioning properly. See Buying 2. Set the parking brake firmly. 0 successfully. See "TPMS Sensor New Tires 335. 3. Place the vehicle in P (Park). Matching Process" later in this section. 4. Add air to the tire that is underinflated. The turn signal lamp will flash. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

332 Vehicle Care

When the recommended The TPMS will not activate the tire TPMS Sensor Matching pressure is reached, the horn fill alert properly under the following Process sounds once and the turn conditions: Each TPMS sensor has a unique signal lamp will stop flashing . There is interference from an and briefly turn solid. identification code. The identification external device or transmitter. code needs to be matched to a new Repeat these steps for all . The air pressure from the tire/wheel position after rotating the underinflated tires that have inflation device is not sufficient vehicle’s tires or replacing one or illuminated the low tire pressure to inflate the tire. more of the TPMS sensors. Also, warning light. the TPMS sensor matching process . There is a malfunction in should be performed after replacing If the tire is overinflated by more the TPMS. than 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will a spare tire with a road tire sound multiple times and the turn . There is a malfunction in the containing the TPMS sensor. The signal lamp will continue to flash for horn or turn signal lamps. malfunction light and the DIC message should go off at the next eight seconds after filling stops. To . The identification code of the ignition cycle. The sensors are release and correct the pressure, TPMS sensor is not registered to matched to the tire/wheel positions, while the turn signal lamp is still the system. flashing, briefly press the center of using a TPMS relearn tool, in the the valve stem. When the . The battery of the TPMS sensor following order: driver side front tire, recommended pressure is reached, is low. passenger side front tire, passenger the horn sounds once. If the tire fill alert does not operate side rear tire, and driver side rear. due to TPMS interference, move the See your dealer for service or to If the turn signal lamp does not flash purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS within 15 seconds after starting to vehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back or forward and try again. If the tire fill relearn tool can also be purchased. inflate the tire, the tire fill alert has See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor not been activated or is not working. alert feature is not working, use a tire pressure gauge. Activation Tool at If the hazard warning flashers are www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or on, the tire fill alert visual feedback call 1-800-GM TOOLS will not work properly. (1-800-468-6657). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 333

There are two minutes to match the 5. Press and hold V in the center matched to the driver side rear first tire/wheel position, and of the DIC controls. tire, and the TPMS sensor five minutes overall to match all four matching process is no longer tire/wheel positions. If it takes The horn sounds twice to active. The TIRE LEARNING longer, the matching process stops signal the receiver is in relearn ACTIVE message on the DIC and must be restarted. mode and the TIRE display screen goes off. LEARNING ACTIVE message The TPMS sensor matching displays on the DIC screen. 11. Turn the vehicle off. process is: 6. Start with the driver side 12. Set all four tires to the 1. Set the parking brake. front tire. recommended air pressure 2. Turn the ignition on without level as indicated on the Tire 7. Place the relearn tool against and Loading Information label. starting the vehicle or place the the tire sidewall, near the valve vehicle in Service Mode. stem. Then press the button to Tire Inspection See Ignition Positions (Key activate the TPMS sensor. 0 Access) 207 or Ignition A horn chirp confirms that the We recommend that the tires, Positions (Keyless Access) sensor identification code has 0 including the spare tire, if the 205. been matched to this tire and vehicle has one, be inspected 3. Make sure the Tire Pressure wheel position. for signs of wear or damage at info page option is turned on. 8. Proceed to the passenger side least once a month. The info pages on the DIC can front tire, and repeat the Replace the tire if: be turned on and off through procedure in Step 7. the Settings menu. See Driver . The indicators at three or Information Center (DIC) 0 151. 9. Proceed to the passenger side rear tire, and repeat the more places around the tire 4. Use the DIC controls on the procedure in Step 7. can be seen. right side of the steering wheel to scroll to the Tire Pressure 10. Proceed to the driver side rear . There is cord or fabric screen under the DIC tire, and repeat the procedure showing through the tire's info page. in Step 7. The horn sounds two rubber. times to indicate the sensor identification code has been GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

334 Vehicle Care

. The tread or sidewall is rotation, check the wheel the tires have been rotated. cracked, cut, or snagged alignment. See Tire Pressure 0 327 and deep enough to show cord or See When It Is Time for New Vehicle Load Limits 0 200. 0 fabric. Tires 335 and Wheel Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor Replacement 0 339. . The tire has a bump, bulge, System. See Tire Pressure or split. Monitor Operation 0 330. . The tire has a puncture, cut, Check that all wheel nuts are or other damage that cannot properly tightened. See “Wheel be repaired well because of Nut Torque” under Capacities the size or location of the and Specifications 0 384. damage. { Warning Tire Rotation Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the Tires should be rotated every parts to which it is fastened, can 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See make wheel nuts become loose Maintenance Schedule 0 370. after time. The wheel could come Tires are rotated to achieve a Use this rotation pattern when off and cause an accident. When uniform wear for all tires. The rotating the tires. changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the first rotation is the most Do not include the spare tire in important. wheel attaches to the vehicle. In the tire rotation. an emergency, a cloth or a paper Anytime unusual wear is Adjust the front and rear tires to towel can be used; however, use noticed, rotate the tires as soon the recommended inflation a scraper or wire brush later to as possible, check for proper tire pressure on the Tire and remove all rust or dirt. inflation pressure, and check for Loading Information label after damaged tires or wheels. If the unusual wear continues after the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 335

Lightly coat the center of the Treadwear indicators are one way to Vehicle Storage tell when it is time for new tires. wheel hub with wheel bearing Tires age when stored normally Treadwear indicators appear when grease after a wheel change or mounted on a parked vehicle. Park the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) tire rotation to prevent corrosion a vehicle that will be stored for at or less of tread remaining. Some or rust build-up. Do not get least a month in a cool, dry, clean commercial truck tires may not have area away from direct sunlight to grease on the flat wheel treadwear indicators. slow aging. This area should be free mounting surface or on the See Tire Inspection 0 333 and Tire of grease, gasoline, or other wheel nuts or bolts. Rotation 0 334 for additional substances that can deteriorate information. rubber. When It Is Time for New The rubber in tires ages over time. Parking for an extended period can Tires This also applies to the spare tire, cause flat spots on the tires that if the vehicle has one, even if it is Factors, such as maintenance, may result in vibrations while never used. Multiple factors temperatures, driving speeds, driving. When storing a vehicle for including temperatures, loading vehicle loading, and road conditions at least a month, remove the tires or conditions, and inflation pressure affect the wear rate of the tires. raise the vehicle to reduce the maintenance affect how fast aging weight from the tires. takes place. GM recommends that tires, including the spare if equipped, be replaced after six Buying New Tires years, regardless of tread wear. The GM has developed and matched tire manufacture date is the last four specific tires for the vehicle. The digits of the DOT Tire Identification original equipment tires installed Number (TIN) which is molded into one side of the tire sidewall. The were designed to meet General first two digits represent the week Motors Tire Performance Criteria (01-52) and the last two digits, the Specification (TPC Spec) year. For example, the third week of system rating. When the year 2010 would have a replacement tires are needed, four-digit DOT date of 0310. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

336 Vehicle Care

GM strongly recommends affected if all the tires are not buying tires with the same TPC replaced at the same time. { Warning Spec rating. If proper rotation and Mixing tires of different sizes, GM's exclusive TPC Spec maintenance have been done, brands, or types may cause system considers over a dozen all four tires should wear out at loss of control of the vehicle, about the same time. See Tire resulting in a crash or other critical specifications that impact 0 the overall performance of the Rotation 334 for information vehicle damage. Use the vehicle, including brake system on proper tire rotation. However, correct size, brand, and type performance, ride and handling, if it is necessary to replace only of tires on all wheels. traction control, and tire one axle set of worn tires, place the new tires on the rear axle. This vehicle may have a pressure monitoring different size spare than the performance. GM's TPC Spec { Warning road tires originally installed number is molded onto the tire's on the vehicle. When new, the sidewall near the tire size. If the Tires could explode during vehicle included a spare tire tires have an all-season tread improper service. Attempting and wheel assembly with a design, the TPC Spec number to mount or dismount a tire similar overall diameter as the will be followed by MS for mud could cause injury or death. road tires and wheels, so it is and snow. See Tire Sidewall all right to drive on it. The 0 Only your dealer or authorized Labeling 322 for additional tire service center should spare tire was developed for information. mount or dismount the tires. use on this vehicle and will not GM recommends replacing worn affect vehicle handling. tires in complete sets of four. Uniform tread depth on all tires will help to maintain the performance of the vehicle. Braking and handling performance may be adversely GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 337

Vehicles that have a tire or All-Wheel Drive, the performance { Warning pressure monitoring system of these systems can also be affected. Using bias-ply tires on the could give an inaccurate vehicle may cause the wheel low-pressure warning if non-TPC { Warning rim flanges to develop cracks Spec rated tires are installed. See Tire Pressure Monitor after many miles of driving. If different sized wheels are used, System 0 329. A tire and/or wheel could fail there may not be an acceptable suddenly and cause a crash. The Tire and Loading level of performance and safety if Use only radial-ply tires with Information label indicates the tires not recommended for those the wheels on the vehicle. original equipment tires on the wheels are selected. This vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits increases the chance of a crash 0 and serious injury. Only use GM Winter tires with the same speed 200 for the label location and specific wheel and tire systems rating as the original equipment more information about the Tire and Loading Information label. developed for the vehicle, and tires may not be available for H, have them properly installed by a V, W, Y and ZR speed rated GM certified technician. tires. Never exceed the winter Different Size Tires and tires maximum speed capability Wheels ’ 0 when using winter tires with a See Buying New Tires 335 and If wheels or tires are installed that Accessories and Modifications lower speed rating. are a different size than the original 0 278. If the vehicle tires must be equipment wheels and tires, vehicle replaced with a tire that does not performance, including its braking, Uniform Tire Quality ride and handling characteristics, have a TPC Spec number, make stability, and resistance to rollover Grading sure they are the same size, may be affected. If the vehicle has load range, speed rating, and The following information relates electronic systems such as antilock to the system developed by the construction (radial) as the brakes, rollover airbags, traction original tires. control, electronic stability control, United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

338 Vehicle Care

(NHTSA), which grades tires by Quality grades can be found norm due to variations in driving treadwear, traction, and where applicable on the tire habits, service practices and temperature performance. This sidewall between tread shoulder differences in road applies only to vehicles sold in and maximum section width. For characteristics and climate. the United States. The grades example: Traction are molded on the sidewalls of Treadwear 200 Traction AA The traction grades, from most passenger car tires. The Temperature A Uniform Tire Quality Grading highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, (UTQG) system does not apply All Passenger Car Tires Must and C. Those grades represent to deep tread, winter tires, Conform to Federal Safety the tire's ability to stop on wet compact spare tires, tires with Requirements In Addition To pavement as measured under nominal rim diameters of These Grades. controlled conditions on 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), Treadwear specified government test or to some limited-production surfaces of asphalt and tires. The treadwear grade is a concrete. A tire marked C may comparative rating based on the have poor traction performance. While the tires available on wear rate of the tire when tested Warning: The traction grade General Motors passenger cars under controlled conditions on a assigned to this tire is based on and light trucks may vary with specified government test straight-ahead braking traction respect to these grades, they course. For example, a tire tests, and does not include must also conform to federal graded 150 would wear one and acceleration, cornering, safety requirements and one-half (1½) times as well on hydroplaning, or peak traction additional General Motors Tire the government course as a tire characteristics. Performance Criteria (TPC) graded 100. The relative standards. performance of tires depends Temperature upon the actual conditions of The temperature grades are A their use, however, and may (the highest), B, and C, depart significantly from the representing the tire's resistance GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 339

to the generation of heat and its Wheel Alignment and Tire Some aluminum wheels can be ability to dissipate heat when Balance repaired. See your dealer if any of tested under controlled these conditions exist. conditions on a specified indoor The tires and wheels were aligned Your dealer will know the kind of laboratory test wheel. Sustained and balanced at the factory to wheel that is needed. high temperature can cause the provide the longest tire life and best overall performance. Adjustments to Each new wheel should have the material of the tire to degenerate wheel alignment and tire balancing same load-carrying capacity, and reduce tire life, and are not necessary on a regular diameter, width, offset, and be excessive temperature can lead basis. Consider an alignment check mounted the same way as the one it to sudden tire failure. The grade if there is unusual tire wear or the replaces. C corresponds to a level of vehicle is significantly pulling to one Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel performance which all side or the other. Some slight pull to nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor passenger car tires must meet the left or right, depending on the System (TPMS) sensors with new under the Federal Motor Safety crown of the road and/or other road GM original equipment parts. Standard No. 109. Grades B and surface variations such as troughs A represent higher levels of or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is { Warning vibrating when driving on a smooth performance on the laboratory road, the tires and wheels may need test wheel than the minimum Using the wrong replacement to be rebalanced. See your dealer wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel required by law. Warning: The for proper diagnosis. temperature grade for this tire is nuts can be dangerous. It could affect the braking and handling of established for a tire that is Wheel Replacement the vehicle. Tires can lose air, properly inflated and not Replace any wheel that is bent, and cause loss of control, causing overloaded. Excessive speed, cracked, or badly rusted or a crash. Always use the correct underinflation, or excessive corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel loading, either separately or in loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and nuts for replacement. combination, can cause heat wheel nuts should be replaced. buildup and possible tire failure. If the wheel leaks air, replace it. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

340 Vehicle Care

Tire Chains Caution Warning (Continued)

The wrong wheel can also cause { Warning If traction devices are used, install problems with bearing life, brake them on the rear tires. cooling, speedometer or If the vehicle has 265/65R18, odometer calibration, headlamp P265/65R18, P275/55R20, aim, bumper height, vehicle or P285/45R22 size tires, do not ground clearance, and tire or tire use tire chains. There is not Caution enough clearance. Tire chains chain clearance to the body and If the vehicle has P255/70R17 or chassis. used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can P265/70R17 size tires, use tire cause damage to the brakes, chains only where legal and only Used Replacement Wheels suspension, or other vehicle when necessary. Use chains that parts. The area damaged by the are the proper size for the tires. { Warning tire chains could cause loss of Install them on the rear tires only. control and a crash. Do not use chains on the front Replacing a wheel with a used tires. Tighten them as tightly as one is dangerous. How it has Use another type of traction possible with the ends securely been used or how far it has been device only if its manufacturer fastened. Drive slowly and follow driven may be unknown. It could recommends it for the vehicle's the chain manufacturer's fail suddenly and cause a crash. tire size combination and road instructions. If the chains contact When replacing wheels, use a conditions. Follow that the vehicle, stop and retighten new GM original equipment manufacturer's instructions. To them. If the contact continues, wheel. avoid vehicle damage, drive slow slow down until it stops. Driving and readjust or remove the too fast or spinning the wheels traction device if it is contacting with chains on will damage the the vehicle. Do not spin the vehicle. wheels. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 341

If a Tire Goes Flat { Warning Warning (Continued) It is unusual for a tire to blowout while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause be badly injured or killed if the are maintained properly. If air goes permanent damage to the tire. vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack out of a tire, it is much more likely to Re-inflating a tire after it has been is provided with the vehicle, only leak out slowly. But if there ever is a driven on while severely use it for changing a flat tire. blowout, here are a few tips about underinflated or flat may cause a what to expect and what to do: blowout and a serious crash. If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire If a front tire fails, the flat tire Never attempt to re-inflate a tire and wheel damage by driving slowly creates a drag that pulls the vehicle that has been driven on while to a level place, well off the road, toward that side. Take your foot off severely underinflated or flat. if possible. Turn on the hazard the accelerator pedal and grip the Have your dealer or an authorized warning flashers. See Hazard steering wheel firmly. Steer to tire service center repair or Warning Flashers 0 174. maintain lane position, and then replace the flat tire as soon as gently brake to a stop, well off the possible. { Warning road, if possible. A rear blowout, particularly on a Changing a tire can be dangerous. The vehicle can slip curve, acts much like a skid and { Warning may require the same correction as off the jack and roll over or fall used in a skid. Stop pressing the Lifting a vehicle and getting under causing injury or death. Find a accelerator pedal and steer to it to do maintenance or repairs is level place to change the tire. To straighten the vehicle. It may be dangerous without the help prevent the vehicle from very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake appropriate safety equipment and moving: to a stop, well off the road, training. If a jack is provided with 1. Set the parking brake firmly. if possible. the vehicle, it is designed only for 2. Put the shift lever in changing a flat tire. If it is used for P (Park). anything else, you or others could (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

342 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued) 3. For vehicles with four-wheel drive with an N (Neutral) transfer case position, be sure the transfer case is in a drive gear — not in N (Neutral). 4. Turn off the engine and do 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) not restart while the vehicle 2. Flat Tire is raised. The following information explains 5. Do not allow passengers to how to use the jack and change 1. Jack Knob remain in the vehicle. a tire. 2. Wing Nut Retaining the 6. Place wheel blocks, Wheel Blocks if equipped, on both sides of Tire Changing 3. Wing Nut Retaining the the tire at the opposite Tool Bag corner of the tire being Before changing a flat tire, see changed. “Hands-Free Operation” under Liftgate 0 43.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), Removing the Spare Tire and use the following example as a Tools guide to assist in the placement of The equipment needed to change a the wheel blocks (1), if equipped. flat tire is stored in the rear of the vehicle, on the driver side, behind a door in the trim panel. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 343

4. Turn the jack knob (1) To access the spare tire, refer to the counterclockwise to release the following graphics and instructions: jack and wheel blocks from the bracket. 5. Turn the wing nut retaining the wheel blocks (2) counterclockwise to remove the wheel blocks and the wheel block retainer. Use the following tools:

1. Pull to open the trim panel door. The third row driver side seat may need to be folded to 1. Hoist Assembly access the trim panel door. 2. Hoist Shaft 3. Hoist Shaft Access 2. Lift the acoustic pad to access Cover/Hole the jack and tools. 4. Jack Handle Extensions 3. Turn the wing nut retaining the 5. Wheel Wrench tool bag (3) counterclockwise to 6. Spare Tire Lock remove it. 7. Hoist End of Extension Tool Pull the tool bag toward the 1. Jack 8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole front of the vehicle and lift the 2. Wheel Blocks 9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem rear portion of the bag upward 3. Jack Handle Pointed Down) to remove it. 4. Jack Handle Extensions 10. Tire/Wheel Retainer 5. Wheel Wrench 11. Hoist Cable GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

344 Vehicle Care

1. Open the hoist shaft access 4. Insert the open end of the door (3) on the bumper to extension (7) through the hole access the spare tire lock (6). in the rear bumper (8) (hoist shaft access hole). Be sure the hoist end of the extension (7) connects to the hoist shaft. The ribbed square end of the extension is used to lower the spare tire. 5. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the spare tire to the ground. 3. Assemble the two jack handle If equipped with a hitch cover, Continue to turn the wheel extensions (4) and wheel wrench until the spare tire can turn the hitch cover retainers wrench (5), as shown. counterclockwise and pull the be pulled out from under the cover downward to remove it vehicle. before removing the hoist shaft access door. 2. To remove the spare tire lock (6), insert the ignition key, turn it clockwise and then pull it straight out. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 345

6. Use the wheel wrench hook to Removing the Flat Tire and pull the hoist cable closer to Installing the Spare Tire assist in reaching the spare tire. 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 341 for more information.

3. Use the wheel wrench to loosen all the wheel nuts. Turn 7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle the wheel wrench with some slack in the cable to counterclockwise to loosen the access the tire/wheel retainer. 2. If the vehicle has a center cap that covers the wheel wheel nuts. Do not remove the Tilt the retainer and pull it and wheel nuts yet. the cable and spring through fasteners, place the chisel end the center of the wheel. of the wheel wrench in the slot on the wheel and gently pry the Once the retainer is separated cap out. from the guide pin, tilt the retainer and pull it through the If the wheel has a bolt-on hub center of the wheel along with cap, loosen the plastic nut caps the cable and latch. by turning the wheel wrench counterclockwise. The plastic 8. Put the spare tire near the nut caps will be retained in the flat tire. hub cap after it is removed from the wheel. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

346 Vehicle Care

one jack handle extension. both jack handle Attach the wheel wrench to the extensions (3). Attach the jack handle extension. Attach wheel wrench (4) to the jack the jack handle to the jack. handle extensions (3). Attach Position the jack on the frame the jack handle (2) to the behind the flat tire where the jack (1). Use the jacking frame sections overlap. Turn pad (5) provided on the rear the wheel wrench clockwise to axle. Turn the wheel wrench (4) raise the vehicle. Raise the clockwise to raise the vehicle. Jacking Locations (Overall View) vehicle far enough off the Raise the vehicle far enough 4. Position the jack under the ground so there is enough off the ground so there is vehicle, as shown. room for the spare tire to clear enough room for the spare tire the ground. to clear the ground.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.

Left Front Shown, Right Front Rear Position Similar Rear Tire Flat: If the flat tire is Front Tire Flat: If the flat tire is on a rear tire of the vehicle, on a front tire of the vehicle, use the jack handle (2) and use the jack handle and only GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 347

{ Warning Warning (Continued)

Raising the vehicle with the jack towel can be used; however, use improperly positioned can a scraper or wire brush later to damage the vehicle and even remove all rust or dirt. make the vehicle fall. To help avoid personal injury and vehicle 8. Put the wheel nuts back on damage, be sure to fit the jack lift with the rounded end of the head into the proper location nuts toward the wheel after before raising the vehicle. mounting the spare tire.

7. Remove any rust or dirt from { Warning the wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare wheel. Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might { Warning come loose. The vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a crash. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can 9. Tighten each wheel nut by make wheel nuts become loose hand. Then use the wheel after time. The wheel could come wrench to tighten the nuts until off and cause an accident. When the wheel is held against changing a wheel, remove any the hub. rust or dirt from places where the 5. Remove all of the wheel nuts. 10. Turn the wheel wrench wheel attaches to the vehicle. In counterclockwise to lower the 6. Take off the flat tire. an emergency, a cloth or a paper vehicle. Lower the jack (Continued) completely. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

348 Vehicle Care

. For center caps, line up the tab Warning (Continued) on the center cap with the slot in the wheel. The cap only goes in using accessory locking wheel one way. Place the cap on the nuts. See Capacities and wheel and press until it snaps 0 Specifications 384 for original into place. equipment wheel nut torque specifications. . For bolt-on hub caps, line up the plastic nut caps with the wheel nuts and tighten clockwise by hand to get them started. Then Caution tighten with the wheel wrench until snug. Improperly tightened wheel nuts 11. Tighten the nuts firmly in a Storing a Flat or Spare Tire crisscross sequence as shown can lead to brake pulsation and by turning the wheel wrench rotor damage. To avoid expensive and Tools clockwise. brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper { Warning { Warning sequence and to the proper torque specification. See Storing a jack, a tire, or other Wheel nuts that are improperly or Capacities and Specifications equipment in the passenger incorrectly tightened can cause 0 384 for the wheel nut torque compartment of the vehicle could the wheels to become loose or specification. cause injury. In a sudden stop or come off. The wheel nuts should collision, loose equipment could be tightened with a torque wrench strike someone. Store all these in When reinstalling the regular wheel the proper place. to the proper torque specification and tire, also reinstall either the after replacing. Follow the torque center cap or the bolt-on hub cap, specification supplied by the depending on which one the aftermarket manufacturer when vehicle has. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 349

Store the tire under the rear of the 11. Hoist Cable Caution vehicle in the spare tire carrier. 1. Put the tire (9) on the ground at Refer to the following graphics and the rear of the vehicle with the Storing an aluminum wheel with a instructions: flat tire under your vehicle for an valve stem pointed down, and extended period of time or with to the rear. the valve stem pointing up can 2. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle. damage the wheel. Always stow Separate the tire/wheel retainer the wheel with the valve stem from the guide pin. Pull the pin pointing down and have the through the center of the wheel/tire repaired as soon as wheel. Tilt the retainer down possible. through the center wheel opening. Make sure the retainer is fully Caution seated across the underside of the wheel. The tire hoist can be damaged if there is no tension on the cable 1. Hoist Assembly when using it. To have the 2. Hoist Shaft necessary tension, the spare or 3. Hoist Shaft Access road tire and wheel assembly Cover/Hole must be installed on the tire hoist 4. Jack Handle Extensions to use it. 5. Wheel Wrench 6. Spare Tire Lock 7. Hoist End of Extension Tool 8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole 9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Down) 10. Tire/Wheel Retainer GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

350 Vehicle Care

3. Assemble the two jack handle 2. Assemble the wheel blocks extensions (4) and wheel and jack together with the wrench (5). wing nut. 3. Position the jack and wheel blocks in the driver side trim panel over the wheelhouse. 4. Turn the jack knob clockwise until the jack is secured tight in the mounting bracket. Be sure to position the holes in the base of the jack onto the pin in the mounting bracket. 7. Make sure the tire is stored securely. Push, pull, and then 5. Use the retaining bracket to try to turn the tire. If the tire fasten the tool bag on the stud moves, use the wheel wrench and turn the wing nut clockwise 4. Insert the open end of the to tighten the cable. to secure. extension (7) through the hole 8. Reinstall the spare tire lock. 6. Close the trim panel door. in the rear bumper (8) (hoist shaft access hole). 9. Reinstall the hoist shaft access Full-Size Spare Tire cover. 5. Raise the tire part way upward. If this vehicle came with a full-size If equipped, reinstall the hitch Make sure the retainer is spare tire, it was fully inflated when cover and turn the retainers seated in the wheel opening. new, however, it can lose air over clockwise. 6. Raise the tire fully against the time. Check the inflation pressure underside of the vehicle by To store the tools: regularly. turning the wheel wrench See Tire Pressure 0 327 and 1. Return the tools (wheel 0 clockwise until you hear two wrench, jack handle, and jack Vehicle Load Limits 200. For clicks or feel it skip twice. The handle extensions) to the cable cannot be overtightened. tool bag. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 351 instructions on how to remove, The vehicle may have a different Jump Starting install, or store a spare tire, see Tire size spare tire than the road tires 0 Changing 342. originally installed on the vehicle. Jump Starting - North If equipped with a temporary use This spare tire was developed for full-size spare tire, it is indicated on use on this vehicle, so it is all right America to drive on it. If the vehicle has the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall For more information about the four-wheel drive and a different size Labeling 0 322. This spare tire vehicle battery, see Battery - North spare tire is installed, drive only in should not be driven on over America 0 298. 112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h two-wheel drive. If the vehicle's battery has run (55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at After installing the spare tire on the down, you may want to use another the proper inflation pressure. Repair vehicle, stop as soon as possible vehicle and some jumper cables to and replace the road tire as soon as and check that the spare tire is start your vehicle. Be sure to use it is convenient, and stow the spare correctly inflated. the following steps to do it safely. tire for future use. Have the damaged or flat road tire repaired or replaced and installed { Warning Caution back onto the vehicle as soon as possible so the spare tire will be WARNING: Battery posts, If the vehicle has four-wheel drive available in case it is needed again. terminals, and related and a different size spare tire is accessories contain lead and lead installed, do not drive in Do not mix tires and wheels of compounds, chemicals known to four-wheel drive until the flat tire different sizes, because they will not the State of California to cause is repaired and/or replaced. The fit. Keep your spare tire and its wheel together. If the vehicle has a cancer and birth defects or other vehicle could be damaged and spare tire that does not match the reproductive harm. Batteries also the repairs would not be covered original road tires and wheels in size contain other chemicals known to by the warranty. Never use and type, do not include the spare in the State of California to cause four-wheel drive when a different the tire rotation. cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER size spare tire is installed on the vehicle. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

352 Vehicle Care

unwanted ground connection. Warning (Continued) Caution You would not be able to start your vehicle, and the bad HANDLING. For more information Ignoring these steps could result grounding could damage the go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ in costly damage to the vehicle electrical systems. passenger-vehicle. that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying to start To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling, set the parking See California Proposition the vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work, and it could damage brake firmly on both vehicles 65 Warning 0 277 and the back involved in the jump start the vehicle. cover. procedure. Put the automatic transmission in P (Park) or a { Warning 1. Check the other vehicle. manual transmission in Neutral It must have a 12-volt battery before setting the parking Batteries can hurt you. They can with a negative ground system. brake. For vehicles with be dangerous because: four-wheel-drive with a . They contain acid that can Caution N (Neutral) transfer case burn you. position, be sure the transfer If the other vehicle does not have case is in a drive gear — not . They contain gas that can a 12-volt system with a negative N (Neutral). explode or ignite. ground, both vehicles can be . They contain enough damaged. Only use a vehicle that Caution electricity to burn you. has a 12-volt system with a If any accessories are left on or If you do not follow these steps negative ground for jump starting. plugged in during the jump exactly, some or all of these starting procedure, they could be things can hurt you. 2. Get the vehicles close enough damaged. The repairs would not so the jumper cables can be covered by the vehicle reach, but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other. (Continued) If they are, it could cause an GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 353

For more information on the Caution (Continued) location of the remote Warning (Continued) positive (+) and remote warranty. Whenever possible, turn negative (−) terminals, see your eyes or on your skin, flush off or unplug all accessories on Engine Compartment Overview the place with water and get either vehicle when jump starting. 0 280. medical help immediately.

3. Turn the ignition off on both { Warning vehicles. Unplug unnecessary { Warning accessories plugged into the An electric fan can start up even accessory power outlets. Turn when the engine is not running Fans or other moving engine off the radio and all the lamps and can injure you. Keep hands, parts can injure you badly. Keep that are not needed. This will clothing, and tools away from any your hands away from moving avoid sparks and help save underhood electric fan. parts once the engine is running. both batteries. And it could save the radio! 5. Check that the jumper cables 4. Open the hood on the other { Warning do not have loose or missing vehicle and locate the insulation. If they do, you could positive (+) and negative (−) Using a match near a battery can get a shock. The vehicles terminal locations on that cause battery gas to explode. could be damaged too. vehicle. People have been hurt doing this, Before you connect the cables, The positive (+) terminal is and some have been blinded. here are some basic things you under a red plastic cover at the Use a flashlight if you need more should know. Positive (+) will positive battery post. To light. go to positive (+) or to a remote uncover the positive (+) Battery fluid contains acid that positive (+) terminal if the terminal, open the red plastic vehicle has one. Negative (−) cover. can burn you. Do not get it on you. If you accidentally get it in will go to a heavy, unpainted (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

354 Vehicle Care

metal engine part or to a 7. Do not let the other end touch engine and supports the remote negative (−) terminal if metal. Connect it to the resonator, on the vehicle with the vehicle has one. positive (+) terminal of the the dead battery. Do not connect positive (+) to good battery. Use a remote 10. Start the vehicle with the good negative (−) or you will get a positive (+) terminal if the battery and run the engine for a short that would damage the vehicle has one. while. battery and maybe other parts 8. Connect the black negative (−) 11. Try to start the vehicle that had too. And do not connect the cable to the negative (−) the dead battery. If it will not negative (−) cable to the terminal of the good battery. start after a few tries, it negative (−) terminal on the Use a remote negative (−) probably needs service. dead battery because this can terminal if the vehicle has one. cause sparks. Do not let the other end touch Caution anything until the next step. If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order, electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order, making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal. 6. Connect the red positive (+) cable to the positive (+) 9. Connect the other end of the terminal of the vehicle with the negative (−) cable to the metal dead battery. bracket that is bolted to the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 355 Jumper Cable Removal Towing the Vehicle Front Attachment Points Reverse the sequence exactly when removing the jumper cables. Caution After starting the disabled vehicle and removing the jumper cables, Incorrectly towing a disabled allow it to idle for several minutes. vehicle may cause damage. The damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not lash or hook to suspension components. Use the proper straps around the tires to secure the vehicle.

Use only a flatbed tow truck for The vehicle is equipped with towing a disabled vehicle. Never specific attachment points to be use a sling type lift or damage will used to pull the vehicle onto a occur. Use ramps to help reduce flatbed car carrier from a flat road approach angles if necessary. surface. Do not use these A towed vehicle should have its attachment points to pull the vehicle drive wheels off the ground. from snow, mud or sand. Consult a professional towing service if the disabled vehicle must Recreational Vehicle be towed. Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as a motor home. The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

356 Vehicle Care

dinghy and dolly towing. Dinghy Dinghy Towing Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles towing is towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground. Dolly Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles towing is towing the vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels on a dolly. Follow the tow vehicle manufacturer’s instructions. See your dealer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in front Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive of the vehicle grille could restrict vehicles with a two speed transfer airflow and cause damage to the Caution case that have a N (Neutral) and a 4 transmission. The repairs would n setting. not be covered by the vehicle If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is warranty. If using a shield, only towed with all four wheels on the { Warning use one that attaches to the ground, the drivetrain towing vehicle. components could be damaged. Shifting a four-wheel-drive The repairs would not be covered vehicle's transfer case into by the vehicle warranty. N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle to roll even if the transmission is in P (Park). You or others could Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not be injured. Set the parking brake be towed with all four wheels on the before shifting the transfer case ground. to N (Neutral). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 357

To dinghy tow: 10. Keep the ignition key in the Caution 1. Position the vehicle being towed vehicle in ACC/ towed behind the tow vehicle, ACCESSORY to prevent the Failure to disconnect the negative steering column from locking. facing forward and on a level battery cable or to have it contact surface. If equipped with Keyless the terminals can cause damage Access, keep the RKE 2. Securely attach the vehicle to the vehicle. transmitter outside of the being towed to the tow vehicle. vehicle, and manually lock the 3. Apply the parking brake and 6. Disconnect the negative doors. Access the vehicle as if start the engine. battery cable at the battery and it has a dead RKE transmitter battery, by using the key in the 4. Shift the transfer case to secure the nut and bolt. Cover the negative battery post with a door lock. N (Neutral). See Shifting into “ non-conductive material to N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle Drive 0 222. Check that the prevent any contact with the negative battery terminal. Before disconnecting the towed vehicle is in N (Neutral) by vehicle: starting the engine and shifting 7. Shift the transmission to the transmission to P (Park). 1. Park on a level surface. R (Reverse) and then to D 2. Set the parking brake, then (Drive). There should be no Caution shift the transmission to movement of the vehicle while P (Park). shifting. If the steering column is locked, 3. Connect the battery. 5. Shift the transmission into vehicle damage may occur. D (Drive). Turn the engine off. 4. Apply the brake pedal. 8. Move the steering wheel to make sure the steering column is unlocked. 9. With a foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

358 Vehicle Care

5. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN Dolly Towing – Front Towing with the engine off. Shift the (Front Wheels Off the Ground) Caution transfer case out of N (Neutral) Towing a four-wheel-drive vehicle to 2 m. See “Shifting out of with all four wheels on the N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel ground, or even with only two of Drive 0 222. See your dealer if its wheels on the ground, will the transfer case cannot be damage drivetrain components. shifted out of N (Neutral). Do not tow a four-wheel-drive 6. Check that the vehicle is in 2 m vehicle with any of its wheels on by starting the engine and the ground. shifting the transmission to R (Reverse) and then to D This vehicle should not be towed (Drive). There should be with the rear wheels on the ground. movement of the vehicle while shifting. 7. Shift the transmission to Caution P (Park) and turn off the ignition. If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is towed with the rear wheels on the 8. Disconnect the vehicle from the ground, the transmission could be tow vehicle. damaged. The repairs would not 9. Release the parking brake. be covered by the vehicle 10. Reset any lost presets. warranty. Never tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the The outside temperature ground. display will default to 0 °C (32 °F) but will reset with normal usage. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 359

Dolly Towing – Rear Towing This vehicle should not be towed 4. Put the transmission in (Rear Wheels Off the with any wheels on the ground. P (Park). Ground) Four-Wheel-Drive – Dolly Towing – Rear Towing 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly Vehicles (Rear Wheels Off the following the manufacturer's instructions. Ground) – Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles 6. Use an adequate clamping device designed for towing to ensure that the front wheels are locked into the straight position. 7. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

Caution

Towing a four-wheel-drive vehicle To dolly tow the vehicle from with all four wheels on the the rear: ground, or even with only two of 1. Attach the dolly to the tow its wheels on the ground, will vehicle following the dolly damage drivetrain components. manufacturer's instructions. Do not tow a four-wheel-drive vehicle with any of its wheels on 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the the ground. dolly. 3. Firmly set the parking brake. See Parking Brake 0 228. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

360 Vehicle Care

Appearance Care Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) Exterior Care your dealer. Follow all This could cause damage that manufacturer directions regarding would not be covered by the Locks correct product usage, necessary vehicle warranty. Locks are lubricated at the factory. safety precautions, and Use a de-icing agent only when appropriate disposal of any If using an automatic car wash, absolutely necessary, and have the vehicle care product. follow the car wash instructions. The locks greased after using. See windshield wiper and rear window Recommended Fluids and wiper, if equipped, must be off. Lubricants 0 379. Caution Remove any accessories that may Washing the Vehicle be damaged or interfere with the car Avoid using high-pressure wash equipment. To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it often and out of direct washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) Rinse the vehicle well, before sunlight. to the surface of the vehicle. Use washing and after, to remove all of power washers exceeding cleaning agents completely. If they 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result are allowed to dry on the surface, Caution in damage or removal of paint they could stain. Do not use petroleum-based, and decals. Dry the finish with a soft, clean acidic, or abrasive cleaning chamois or an all-cotton towel to agents as they can damage the avoid surface scratches and water vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic Caution spotting. parts. If damage occurs, it would Finish Care not be covered by the vehicle Do not power wash any warranty. Approved cleaning component under the hood that Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/wax materials is not products can be obtained from has this symbol. e recommended. If painted surfaces (Continued) (Continued) are damaged, see your dealer to GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 361

have the damage assessed and The bright metal moldings on the repaired. Foreign materials such as Caution (Continued) vehicle are aluminum, chrome or calcium chloride and other salts, ice stainless steel. To prevent damage melting agents, road oil and tar, tree may damage it. Use only always follow these cleaning sap, bird droppings, chemicals from non-abrasive waxes and polishes instructions: that are made for a basecoat/ industrial chimneys, etc., can . Be sure the molding is cool to damage the vehicle's finish if they clearcoat paint finish on the vehicle. the touch before applying any remain on painted surfaces. Wash cleaning solution. the vehicle as soon as possible. Use only approved cleaning If necessary, use non-abrasive To keep the paint finish looking new, . cleaners that are marked safe for keep the vehicle garaged or solutions for aluminum, chrome painted surfaces to remove foreign covered whenever possible. or stainless steel. Some matter. cleaners are highly acidic or Protecting Exterior Bright Metal contain alkaline substances and Occasional hand waxing or mild Moldings can damage the moldings. polishing should be done to remove residue from the paint finish. See . Always dilute a concentrated your dealer for approved cleaning Caution cleaner according to the products. manufacturer’s instructions. Failure to clean and protect the Do not apply waxes or polishes to bright metal moldings can result . Do not use cleaners that are not uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, in a hazy white finish or pitting. intended for automotive use. decals, simulated wood, or flat paint This damage would not be . Use a nonabrasive wax on the as damage can occur. covered by the vehicle warranty. vehicle after washing to protect and extend the molding finish. Caution

Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

362 Vehicle Care

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ . Aftermarket appearance caps or Windshield and Wiper Blades covers while the lamps are Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and Clean the outside of the windshield illuminated, due to excessive Stripes with glass cleaner. heat generated. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a Clean rubber blades using a lint-free soft cloth, and a car washing soap Caution cloth or paper towel soaked with to clean exterior lamps, lenses, windshield washer fluid or a mild emblems, decals, and stripes. Failure to clean lamps properly detergent. Wash the windshield Follow instructions under "Washing can cause damage to the lamp thoroughly when cleaning the the Vehicle" previously in this cover that would not be covered blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and section. by the vehicle warranty. a buildup of vehicle wash/wax Lamp covers are made of plastic, treatments may cause wiper and some have a UV protective streaking. coating. Do not clean or wipe them Replace the wiper blades if they are when dry. Caution worn or damaged. Damage can be caused by extreme dusty Do not use any of the following on Using wax on low gloss black conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, lamp covers: finish stripes can increase the snow, and ice. . Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss level and create a . Washer fluids and other cleaning non-uniform finish. Clean low Weatherstrips agents in higher concentrations gloss stripes with soap and Apply Dielectric silicone grease on than suggested by the water only. weatherstrips to make them last manufacturer. longer, seal better, and not stick or . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, Air Intakes squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at or other harsh cleaners. least once a year. Hot, dry climates Clear debris from the air intakes, may require more frequent . Ice scrapers or other hard items. between the hood and windshield, application. Black marks from when washing the vehicle. rubber material on painted surfaces GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 363

can be removed by rubbing with a clean cloth. See Recommended Caution Caution (Continued) Fluids and Lubricants 0 379. Chrome wheels and other chrome brushes. Damage could occur Tires trim may be damaged if the and the repairs would not be Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to vehicle is not washed after driving covered by the vehicle warranty. clean the tires. on roads that have been sprayed with magnesium, calcium, Brake System Caution or sodium chloride. These chlorides are used on roads for Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook-up, binding, Using petroleum-based tire conditions such as ice and dust. leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect dressing products on the vehicle Always wash the chrome with soap and water after exposure. disc brake pads for wear and rotors may damage the paint finish and/ for surface condition. Inspect drum or tires. When applying a tire brake linings/shoes for wear or dressing, always wipe off any cracks. Inspect all other brake parts. overspray from all painted Caution surfaces on the vehicle. Steering, Suspension, and To avoid surface damage, do not Chassis Components use strong soaps, chemicals, Wheels and Trim — Aluminum Visually inspect steering, or Chrome abrasive polishes, cleaners, suspension, and chassis brushes, or cleaners that contain components for damaged, loose, Use a soft, clean cloth with mild acid on aluminum or or missing parts or signs of wear at soap and water to clean the wheels. chrome-plated wheels. Use only least once a year. After rinsing thoroughly with clean approved cleaners. Also, never Inspect power steering for proper water, dry with a soft, clean towel. drive a vehicle with aluminum or A wax may then be applied. attachment, connections, binding, chrome-plated wheels through an leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning Visually check constant velocity joint boots and axle seals for leaks. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

364 Vehicle Care

For 1500 Series vehicles, at least underbody. Take care to thoroughly Finish Damage every other oil change lubricate the clean any areas where mud and Quickly repair minor chips and outer tie rod ends. other debris can collect. If equipped scratches with touch-up materials with power assist steps, extend Control arm ball joints on 1500 available from your dealer to avoid them and then use a high pressure Series vehicles are corrosion. Larger areas of finish wash to clean all joints and gaps. maintenance-free. damage can be corrected in your Do not directly power wash the dealer's body and paint shop. Caution transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water Chemical Paint Spotting Lubrication of applicable steering/ can overcome the seals and Airborne pollutants can fall upon suspension points should not be contaminate the fluid. Contaminated and attack painted vehicle surfaces done unless the temperature is fluid will decrease the life of the causing blotchy, ring-shaped −12 °C (10 °F) or higher, transfer case and/or axles and discolorations, and small, irregular or damage could result. should be replaced. dark spots etched into the paint Sheet Metal Damage surface. See “Finish Care” previously in this section. Body Component Lubrication If the vehicle is damaged and Lubricate all key lock cylinders, requires sheet metal repair or Interior Care hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel replacement, make sure the body To prevent dirt particle abrasions, fuel door hinge and power assist repair shop applies anti-corrosion regularly clean the vehicle's interior. step hinges, unless the components material to parts repaired or Immediately remove any soils. are plastic. Applying silicone grease replaced to restore corrosion Newspapers or dark garments can on weatherstrips with a clean cloth protection. transfer color to the vehicle s will make them last longer, seal ’ Original manufacturer replacement interior. better, and not stick or squeak. parts will provide the corrosion Use a soft bristle brush to remove Underbody Maintenance protection while maintaining the vehicle warranty. dust from knobs and crevices on the At least twice a year, spring and fall, instrument cluster. Using a mild use plain water to flush any soap solution, immediately remove corrosive materials from the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 365

hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect . Never rub any surface repellent from all interior surfaces or aggressively or with too much Caution permanent damage may result. pressure. To prevent scratching, never use Use cleaners specifically designed . Do not use laundry detergents or abrasive cleaners on automotive for the surfaces being cleaned to dishwashing soaps with glass. Abrasive cleaners or prevent permanent damage. Apply degreasers. For liquid cleaners, aggressive cleaning may damage all cleaners directly to the cleaning use approximately 20 drops per the rear window defogger. cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. switches or controls. Remove A concentrated soap solution will cleaners quickly. create streaks and attract dirt. Cleaning the windshield with water during the first three to six months Before using cleaners, read and Do not use solutions that contain strong or caustic soap. of ownership will reduce tendency follow all safety instructions on the to fog. label. While cleaning the interior, . Do not heavily saturate the open the doors and windows to get upholstery when cleaning. Speaker Covers proper ventilation. . Do not use solvents or cleaners Vacuum around a speaker cover To prevent damage, do not clean containing solvents. gently, so that the speaker will not the interior using the following Interior Glass be damaged. Clean spots with water cleaners or techniques: and mild soap. To clean, use a terry cloth fabric . Never use a razor or any other Coated Moldings sharp object to remove soil from dampened with water. Wipe droplets any interior surface. left behind with a clean dry cloth. Coated moldings should be cleaned. If necessary, use a commercial When lightly soiled, wipe with a . Never use a brush with stiff glass cleaner after cleaning with . bristles. plain water. sponge or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with water. . When heavily soiled, use warm soapy water. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

366 Vehicle Care

Fabric/Carpet/Suede to a clean area frequently to dirt that can scratch the surface. prevent forcing the soil in to the Then gently clean by rubbing with a Start by vacuuming the surface fabric. microfiber cloth. Never use window using a soft brush attachment. If a cleaners or solvents. Periodically rotating vacuum brush attachment is 4. Continue gently rubbing the hand wash the microfiber cloth being used, only use it on the floor soiled area until there is no separately, using mild soap. Do not carpet. Before cleaning, gently longer any color transfer from use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse remove as much of the soil as the soil to the cleaning cloth. thoroughly and air dry before possible: 5. If the soil is not completely next use. . Gently blot liquids with a paper removed, use a mild soap towel. Continue blotting until no solution followed only by plain Caution more soil can be removed. water. . For solid soils, remove as much If the soil is not completely Do not attach a device with a as possible prior to vacuuming. removed, it may be necessary to suction cup to the display. This use a commercial upholstery may cause damage and would To clean: cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small not be covered by the vehicle 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free hidden area for colorfastness before warranty. colorfast cloth with water. using a commercial upholstery Microfiber cloth is cleaner or spot lifter. If ring recommended to prevent lint formation occurs, clean the entire Instrument Panel, Leather, transfer to the fabric or carpet. fabric or carpet. Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and 2. Remove excess moisture by After cleaning, use a paper towel to Natural Open Pore Wood gently wringing until water does blot excess moisture. not drip from the cleaning cloth. Surfaces Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces 3. Start on the outside edge of the Use a soft microfiber cloth and Vehicle Information and dampened with water to remove soil and gently rub toward the Radio Displays center. Fold the cleaning cloth dust and loose dirt. For a more Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss thorough cleaning, use a soft surfaces or vehicle displays. First, microfiber cloth dampened with a use a soft bristle brush to remove mild soap solution. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Vehicle Care 367

Caution Caution { Warning

Soaking or saturating leather, Use of air fresheners may cause Do not bleach or dye seat belt especially perforated leather, as permanent damage to plastics webbing. It may severely weaken well as other interior surfaces, and painted surfaces. If an air the webbing. In a crash, they may cause permanent damage. freshener comes in contact with might not be able to provide Wipe excess moisture from these any plastic or painted surface in adequate protection. Clean and surfaces after cleaning and allow the vehicle, blot immediately and rinse seat belt webbing only with them to dry naturally. Never use clean with a soft cloth dampened mild soap and lukewarm water. heat, steam, or spot removers. Do with a mild soap solution. Allow the webbing to dry. not use cleaners that contain Damage caused by air fresheners silicone or wax-based products. would not be covered by the Cleaners containing these vehicle warranty. Floor Mats solvents can permanently change { Warning the appearance and feel of Cargo Cover and leather or soft trim, and are not Convenience Net recommended. If a floor mat is the wrong size or Wash with warm water and mild is not properly installed, it can detergent. Do not use chlorine interfere with the pedals. Do not use cleaners that increase bleach. Rinse with cold water, and Interference with the pedals can gloss, especially on the instrument then dry completely. cause unintended acceleration panel. Reflected glare can decrease and/or increased stopping visibility through the windshield Care of Seat Belts distance which can cause a crash under certain conditions. Keep belts clean and dry. and injury. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

368 Vehicle Care

Use the following guidelines for Removing and Replacing the proper floor mat usage: Floor Mats . The original equipment floor Pull up on the rear of the driver side mats were designed for your floor mat to unlock each retainer vehicle. If the floor mats need and remove. replacing, it is recommended that GM certified floor mats be purchased. Non-GM floor mats may not fit properly and may interfere with the pedals. Always check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals. . Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is not equipped with a floor mat retainer on the driver side floor. . Use the floor mat with the correct side up. Do not turn it over. Reinstall by lining up the floor mat retainer openings over the carpet . Do not place anything on top of retainers and snapping into position. the driver side floor mat. Make sure the floor mat is properly . Use only a single floor mat on secured in place. the driver side. Verify the floor mat does not . Do not place one floor mat on interfere with the pedals. top of another. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Service and Maintenance 369 General Information changes and tire rotations and Service and additional maintenance items like Maintenance Your vehicle is an important tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper investment. This section describes blades. the required maintenance for the General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help Caution General Information ...... 369 protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or Damage caused by improper Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may maintenance can lead to costly Maintenance Schedule ...... 370 also help to maintain the value of repairs and may not be covered the vehicle if it is sold. It is the Special Application Services by the vehicle warranty. responsibility of the owner to have Maintenance intervals, checks, Special Application all required maintenance performed. Services ...... 376 inspections, recommended fluids, Your dealer has trained technicians and lubricants are important to Additional Maintenance who can perform required keep the vehicle in good working and Care maintenance using genuine condition. Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have and Care ...... 376 up-to-date tools and equipment for Do not have chemical flushes that fast and accurate diagnostics. Many are not approved by GM Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and performed on the vehicle. The Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy use of flushes, solvents, cleaners, Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online or lubricants that are not Lubricants ...... 379 scheduling to assist with service approved by GM could damage Maintenance Replacement needs. the vehicle, requiring expensive Parts ...... 380 repairs that are not covered by Your dealer recognizes the Maintenance Records importance of providing the vehicle warranty. Maintenance Records ...... 382 competitively priced maintenance and repair services. With trained The Tire Rotation and Required technicians, the dealer is the place Services are the responsibility of the for routine maintenance such as oil vehicle owner. It is recommended to GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

370 Service and Maintenance have your dealer perform these . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic Maintenance services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. in hot weather Proper vehicle maintenance helps to . Mainly driven in hilly or Schedule keep the vehicle in good working mountainous terrain condition, improves fuel economy, Owner Checks and Services and reduces vehicle emissions. . Frequently towing a trailer At Each Fuel Stop Because of the way people use . Used for high speed or . Check the engine oil level. See vehicles, maintenance needs vary. competitive driving Engine Oil 0 283. There may need to be more . Used for taxi, police, or delivery frequent checks and services. The service Once a Month Additional Required Services - Refer to the information in the . Check the tire inflation Normal are for vehicles that: pressures. See Tire Pressure Maintenance Schedule Additional 0 . Carry passengers and cargo Required Services - Severe chart. 327. within recommended limits on . Inspect the tires for wear. See the Tire and Loading Information Tire Inspection 0 333. label. See Vehicle Load Limits { Warning 0 200. . Check the windshield washer Performing maintenance work can fluid level. See Washer Fluid . Are driven on reasonable road be dangerous and can cause 0 296. surfaces within legal driving serious injury. Perform limits. maintenance work only if the Engine Oil Change . Use the recommended fuel. See required information, proper tools, When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Fuel 0 254. and equipment are available. SOON message displays, have the If they are not, see your dealer to engine oil and filter changed within Refer to the information in the have a trained technician do the the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven Maintenance Schedule Additional work. See Doing Your Own under the best conditions, the Required Services - Normal chart. Service Work 0 278. engine oil life system may not The Additional Required Services - indicate the need for vehicle service Severe are for vehicles that are: for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Service and Maintenance 371

a year and the oil life system must . Check engine coolant level. See . Visually inspect steering, be reset. Your trained dealer Cooling System 0 291. suspension, and chassis technician can perform this work. . Check windshield washer fluid components for damaged, loose, If the engine oil life system is reset level. See Washer Fluid 0 296. or missing parts or signs of wear accidentally, service the vehicle at least once a year. See within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the . Visually inspect windshield wiper Exterior Care 0 360. Lubricate last service. Reset the oil life blades for wear, cracking, the suspension and steering system when the oil is changed. or contamination. See Exterior components at least every other See Engine Oil Life System 0 285. Care 0 360. Replace worn or oil change (if equipped with damaged wiper blades. See grease fittings). Tire Rotation and Required Wiper Blade Replacement Services Every 12 000 km/ 0 303. . Check restraint system 7,500 mi components. See Safety System . Check tire inflation pressures. Check 0 83. Rotate the tires, if recommended for See Tire Pressure 0 327. the vehicle, and perform the . Visually inspect fuel system for . Inspect tire wear. See Tire damage or leaks. following services. See Tire Inspection 0 333. Rotation 0 334. . Visually inspect exhaust system . Visually check for fluid leaks. and nearby heat shields for . Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. If needed, . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. loose or damaged parts. change engine oil and filter, and See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . Lubricate body components. See reset oil life system. 0 290. Exterior Care 0 360. 0 See Engine Oil 283 and . Inspect brake system. See 0 . Check starter switch. See Starter Engine Oil Life System 285. Exterior Care 0 360. Switch Check 0 302. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

372 Service and Maintenance

. Check automatic transmission shift lock control function. See Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Function Check 0 302. . Check ignition transmission lock. See Ignition Transmission Lock Check 0 303. . Check parking brake and automatic transmission park mechanism. See Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check 0 303. . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high effort, or binding. Replace if needed. . Visually inspect gas strut for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the hold open ability of the strut. If the hold open is low, service the gas strut. See Gas Strut(s) 0 305. . Inspect sunroof track and seal, if equipped. See Sunroof 0 58. . Verify spare tire key lock operation and lubricate as needed. See Tire Changing 0 342. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Service and Maintenance 373

Maintenance Schedule

Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Normal 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with @ 4WD. (4) Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

374 Service and Maintenance

Footnotes — Maintenance Contaminated fluid will decrease the Schedule Additional Required life of the transfer case and/or axles Services - Normal and should be replaced. (1) Or every two years, whichever (5) Or every five years, whichever comes first. More frequent comes first. See Cooling System passenger compartment air filter 0 291. replacement may be needed if (6) Or every 10 years, whichever driving in areas with heavy traffic, comes first. Inspect for fraying, poor air quality, high dust levels, excessive cracking, or damage; or environmental allergens. replace, if needed. Passenger compartment air filter replacement may also be needed if (7) Replace brake fluid every five there is reduced airflow, window years. See Brake Fluid 0 297. fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer can help determine when to replace the filter. (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper attachment, connection, routing, and condition. (3) Or every four years, whichever comes first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect the filter at each oil change or more often as needed. (4) Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Service and Maintenance 375

Maintenance Schedule

Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Severe 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @ Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with @ @ @ 4WD. (4) Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7)

Footnotes — Maintenance poor air quality, high dust levels, (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor Schedule Additional Required or environmental allergens. lines and hoses for proper Services - Severe Passenger compartment air filter attachment, connection, routing, and (1) Or every two years, whichever replacement may also be needed if condition. comes first. More frequent there is reduced airflow, window (3) Or every four years, whichever passenger compartment air filter fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer comes first. If driving in dusty replacement may be needed if can help determine when to replace conditions, inspect the filter at each driving in areas with heavy traffic, the filter. oil change or more often as needed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

376 Service and Maintenance (4) Do not directly power wash the Special Application Additional transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water Services Maintenance and Care can overcome the seals and . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important contaminate the transfer case fluid. Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly Contaminated fluid will decrease the components every oil change. may help to avoid future costly life of the transfer case and/or axles repairs. To maintain vehicle and should be replaced. . Have underbody flushing service performed. See "Underbody performance, additional (5) Or every five years, whichever Maintenance" in Exterior Care maintenance services may be comes first. See Cooling System 0 360. required. 0 291. It is recommended that your dealer (6) Or every 10 years, whichever perform these services — their comes first. Inspect for fraying, trained dealer technicians know excessive cracking, or damage; your vehicle best. Your dealer can replace, if needed. also perform a thorough (7) Replace brake fluid every five assessment with a multi-point years. See Brake Fluid 0 297. inspection to recommend when your vehicle may need attention. The following list is intended to explain the services and conditions to look for that may indicate services are required. Battery The 12-volt battery supplies power to start the engine and operate any additional electrical accessories. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Service and Maintenance 377

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment Properly working headlamps, battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and taillamps, and brake lamps are . Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts important to see and be seen on the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle. the road. the battery and ensure that the Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need connections and cables are attention include dimming, failure corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved fluids protect the vehicle’s systems to light, cracking, or damage. Belts and components. See The brake lamps need to be Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure . Belts may need replacing if they 0 that they light when braking. squeak or show signs of Lubricants 379 for GM approved cracking or splitting. fluids. . With a multi-point inspection, . Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps . Trained dealer technicians have and note any concerns. access to tools and equipment washer fluid levels should be to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill. Shocks and Struts recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may Shocks and struts help aid in control replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids for a smoother ride. may be low and need to be Brakes filled. . Signs of wear may include Brakes stop the vehicle and are steering wheel vibration, bounce/ crucial to safe driving. Hoses sway while braking, longer Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven . Signs of brake wear may include tire wear. chirping, grinding, or squealing be regularly inspected to ensure noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks. . As part of the multi-point With a multi-point inspection, your inspection, trained dealer dealer can inspect the hoses and technicians can visually inspect advise if replacement is needed. the shocks and struts for signs GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

378 Service and Maintenance

of leaking, blown seals, information on how to clean and Wiper Blades or damage, and can advise protect the vehicle’s interior and 0 Wiper blades need to be cleaned when service is needed. exterior, see Interior Care 364 and and kept in good condition to Exterior Care 0 360. Tires provide a clear view. Tires need to be properly inflated, Wheel Alignment . Signs of wear include streaking, rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel alignment is critical for skipping across the windshield, the tires can save money and fuel, ensuring that the tires deliver and worn or split rubber. and can reduce the risk of tire optimal wear and performance. . Trained dealer technicians can failure. . Signs that the alignment may check the wiper blades and . Signs that the tires need to be need to be adjusted include replace them when needed. replaced include three or more pulling, improper vehicle visible treadwear indicators; cord handling, or unusual tire wear. or fabric showing through the . Your dealer has the required rubber; cracks or cuts in the equipment to ensure proper tread or sidewall; or a bulge or wheel alignment. split in the tire. Windshield . Trained dealer technicians can inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the tires. Your dealer can also best viewing, keep the windshield provide tire/wheel balancing clean and clear. services to ensure smooth . Signs of damage include vehicle operation at all speeds. scratches, cracks, and chips. Your dealer sells and services name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the windshield and Vehicle Care recommend proper replacement To help keep the vehicle looking like if needed. new, vehicle care products are available from your dealer. For GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Service and Maintenance 379 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Automatic Transmission (Except DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Denali) Automatic Transmission DEXRON ULV Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19352619, in (Denali Only) Canada 19352620). Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Cooling System 0 291. Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 283. Front Axle (Four-Wheel Drive) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in Canada 89021678). Front Axle Propshaft Spline or Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 19257121, in One-Piece Propshaft Spline Canada 19257122). (Two-Wheel Drive) Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, in Canada 19299819). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

380 Service and Maintenance

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Power Assist Steps, and Outer Canada 10953474). Liftgate Handle Pivot Points Rear Axle SAE 75W-85 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 19300457, in Canada 19300458). Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive) DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481). Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in Canada 10953437). Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements.

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 22845992 A3181C Oil Filter 5.3L V8; 6.2L V8 19330000 PF63E Passenger Compartment Air Filter 23281440 CF188 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Service and Maintenance 381

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Spark Plugs 5.3L V8; 6.2L V8 12622441 41-114 Wiper Blades Driver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 22756331 — Passenger Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 22756331 — Rear – 33 cm (13.0 in) 22956295 — GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

382 Service and Maintenance Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Technical Data 383 Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification Label Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification There may be a label on the inside Number (VIN) of the glove box that contains the Vehicle Identification following information: Number (VIN) ...... 383 Service Parts Identification . Vehicle Identification Label ...... 383 Number (VIN) Vehicle Data . Model designation Capacities and . Paint information Specifications ...... 384 Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 385 . Production options and special This legal identifier is in the front equipment corner of the instrument panel, on If there is no label, there is a the driver side of the vehicle. It can barcode on the certification label on be seen through the windshield from the center (B) pillar to scan for this outside. The Vehicle Identification same information. Number (VIN) also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and certificates of title and registration. Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code. This code identifies the vehicle's engine, specifications, and replacement parts. See “Engine Specifications” under Capacities and Specifications 0 384 for the vehicle's engine code. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

384 Technical Data Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 379 for more information. Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Cooling System 5.3L V8; 6.2L V8 16.8 L 17.8 qt Engine Oil with Filter 5.3L V8; 6.2L V8 7.6 L 8.0 qt Fuel Tank Short Wheelbase 98.4 L 26.0 gal Long Wheelbase 119.2 L 31.5 gal Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Technical Data 385

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap 5.3L V8 C 0.95–1.10mm (0.037– 0.043 in) 6.2L V8 J 0.95–1.10mm (0.037– 0.043 in)

Engine Drive Belt Routing

5.3L and 6.2L V8 Engines GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

386 Customer Information Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Information Customer the Canadian Information Government ...... 397 Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Satisfaction General Motors ...... 397 Procedure Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Your satisfaction and goodwill are Customer Satisfaction Privacy important to your dealer and to Procedure ...... 386 Vehicle Data Recording and GMC. Normally, any concerns with Customer Assistance Privacy ...... 398 the sales transaction or the Offices ...... 388 Event Data Recorders ...... 398 operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance for Text OnStar ...... 399 resolved by your dealer's sales or Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 389 Infotainment System ...... 399 service departments. Sometimes, Online Owner Center ...... 389 however, despite the best intentions GM Mobility Reimbursement of all concerned, misunderstandings Program ...... 390 can occur. If your concern has not Roadside Assistance been resolved to your satisfaction, Program ...... 390 the following steps should be taken: Scheduling Service Appointments ...... 392 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership Program ...... 392 management. Normally, concerns Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 393 can be quickly resolved at that level. Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been Information ...... 395 reviewed with the sales, service, Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner Statement ...... 396 of your dealership or the general manager. Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to STEP TWO : If after contacting a the United States member of dealership management, Government ...... 396 it appears your concern cannot be GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Customer Information 387

resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line further help, in the U.S., call Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free 1-800-462-8782. In Canada, call dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at General Motors of Canada sure you are completely satisfied the following address: Customer Care Centre at with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program 1-800-263-3777 (English), if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus, or 1-800-263-7854 (French). after following the procedure Inc. We encourage you to call the outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Blvd. toll-free number in order to give your can file with the Better Business Suite 600 inquiry prompt attention. Have the Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program to Arlington, VA 22201 enforce your rights. following information available to Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 give the Customer Assistance The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/ representative: out-of-court program administered programs-services/ . Vehicle Identification by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/ Number (VIN). This is available Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line disputes regarding vehicle repairs or from the vehicle registration or This program is available in all title, or the plate at the top left of the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Although you may 50 states and the District of the instrument panel and visible Columbia. Eligibility is limited by through the windshield. be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to vehicle age, mileage, and other . Dealership name and location. filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves . Vehicle delivery date and program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility present mileage. case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program. When contacting GMC, remember decision given in your case, you STEP THREE — Canadian that your concern will likely be may reject it and proceed with any resolved at a dealer's facility. That is Owners : In the event that you do other venue for relief available not feel your concerns have been why we suggest following Step One to you. first. addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, General Motors of Canada GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

388 Customer Information

Company wants you to be aware of Mediation/Arbitration Program www.GMC.com its participation in a no-charge c/o Customer Care Centre 1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782) Mediation/Arbitration Program. General Motors of Canada 1-888-889-2438 (For Text General Motors of Canada Company Telephone devices (TTYs)) Company has committed to binding Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Roadside Assistance: arbitration of owner disputes 1908 Colonel Sam Drive 1-888-881-3302 involving factory-related vehicle Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 From U.S. Virgin Islands: service claims. The program Your inquiry should be accompanied provides for the review of the facts by the Vehicle Identification 1-800-496-9994 involved by an impartial third party Number (VIN). arbiter, and may include an informal Canada hearing before the arbiter. The Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada program is designed so that the Company entire dispute settlement process, Offices Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: from the time you file your complaint GMC encourages customers to call CA1-163-005 to the final decision, should be the toll-free number for assistance. 1908 Colonel Sam Drive completed in about 70 days. We However, if a customer wishes to Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 believe our impartial program offers write or e-mail GMC, the letter www.gmc.ca advantages over courts in most should be addressed to: jurisdictions because it is informal, 1-800-263-3777 (English) quick, and free of charge. United States and Puerto Rico 1-800-263-7854 (French) 1-800-263-3830 (For Text For further information concerning GMC Customer Assistance Center Telephone Devices (TTYs)) eligibility in the Canadian Motor P.O. Box 33172 Roadside Assistance: Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), Detroit, MI 48232-5172 1-800-268-6800 call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call the General Motors Customer Care Overseas Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), Please contact the local General 1-800-263-7854 (French), Motors Business Unit. or write to: GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Customer Information 389

Customer Assistance for G : View maintenance schedules, GMC Centre (Canada) gmc.ca Text Telephone (TTY) alerts, and OnStar onboard vehicle Take a trip to the GMC Centre: diagnostic information. Schedule Users service appointments. . Chat live with online help representatives. To assist customers who are deaf, I : View and print dealer-recorded hard of hearing, or speech-impaired service records and self-recorded . Use the Vehicle Tools section. and who use Text Telephones service records. . Access third party enthusiast (TTYs), GMC has TTY equipment sites and social media networks. available at its Customer Assistance D : Select a dealer and view Center. Any TTY user in the U.S. locations, maps, phone numbers, . Locate resources such as can communicate with GMC by and hours. lease-end, financing, and dialing: 1-888-889-2438. TTY users r : Track your vehicle’s warranty warranty information. in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. information. . Retrieve your favorite articles, J : View active recalls by Vehicle quizzes, tips, and multimedia Online Owner Center Identification Number (VIN). See galleries organized into the Features and Auto Care Online Owner Experience Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) 0 Sections. (U.S.) my.gmc.com 383. H . Download the owner’s manual The GMC online owner experience : View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite radio (if equipped), and for your vehicle, quickly and is a one-stop resource that allows easily. interaction with GMC and keeps OnStar account information (if important vehicle-specific equipped). . Find the GMC-recommended information in one place. F : Chat live with online help maintenance services for your representatives. vehicle. Membership Benefits E See my.gmc.com to register your : Download owner’s manuals vehicle. and view vehicle-specific how-to videos. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

390 Customer Information

GM Mobility Roadside Assistance Coverage Reimbursement Program Program Services are provided for the duration of the vehicle's powertrain For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call warranty. 1-888-881-3302; (Text Telephone (TTY): 1-888-889-2438). In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is covered. In Canada, a For Canadian-purchased vehicles, person driving the vehicle without call 1-800-268-6800. permission from the owner is not Service is available 24 hours a day, covered. 365 days a year. This program is available to Roadside Assistance is not a part of qualified applicants for cost Calling for Assistance the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. reimbursement, up to certain limits, General Motors North America and of eligible aftermarket adaptive When calling Roadside Assistance, GMC reserve the right to make any equipment required for the vehicle, have the following information changes or discontinue the such as hand controls or a ready: Roadside Assistance program at wheelchair/scooter lift for the . Your name, home address, and any time without notification. vehicle. home telephone number General Motors North America and To learn about the GM Mobility . Telephone number of your GMC reserve the right to limit program, see www.gmmobility.com location services or payment to an owner or or call the GM Mobility Assistance driver if they decide the claims are . Location of the vehicle Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text made too often, or the same type of Telephone (TTY) users, call . Model, year, color, and license claim is made many times. 1-800-833-9935. plate number of the vehicle Services Provided General Motors of Canada also has . Odometer reading, Vehicle a Mobility program. See www.gm.ca Identification Number (VIN), and . Emergency Fuel Delivery: or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE delivery date of the vehicle Delivery of enough fuel for the (800-463-7483) for details. TTY vehicle to get to the nearest . Description of the problem users call 1-800-263-3830. service station. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Customer Information 391

. Lock-Out Service: Service to be reimbursed within the Services Specific to unlock the vehicle if you are Powertrain warranty period. Canadian-Purchased Vehicles locked out. A remote unlock may Items considered are reasonable be available if you have OnStar. and customary hotel, meals, . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement For security reasons, the driver rental car, or a vehicle being is up to 7 L. Diesel fuel delivery must present identification delivered back to the customer, may be restricted. Propane and before this service is given. up to 805 km (500 mi). other fuels are not provided through this service. . Emergency Tow from a Public Services Not Included in . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle Road or Highway: Tow to the Roadside Assistance nearest GMC dealer for warranty registration is required. service, or if the vehicle was in a . Impound towing caused by . Trip Interruption Benefits and crash and cannot be driven. violation of any laws Assistance: Must be over Assistance is not given when the . Legal fines 150 km from where your trip was vehicle is stuck in the sand, started to qualify. mud, or snow. . Mounting, dismounting, Pre-authorization, original or changing of snow tires, detailed receipts, and a copy of . Flat Tire Change: Service to chains, or other traction devices change a flat tire with the spare the repair orders are required. tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Service is not provided if a vehicle Once authorization has been must be in good condition and is in an area that is not accessible received, the Roadside properly inflated. It is the owner's to the service vehicle or is not a Assistance advisor will help to responsibility for the repair or regularly traveled or maintained make arrangements and explain replacement of the tire if it is not public road, which includes ice and how to receive payment. covered by the warranty. winter roads. Off-road use is not . Alternative Service: If covered. . Battery Jump Start: Service to assistance cannot be provided jump start a dead battery. right away, the Roadside Assistance advisor may give . Trip Interruption Benefits and permission to get local Assistance: If your trip is emergency road service. You will interrupted due to a warranty receive payment, up to $100, event, incidental expenses may after sending the original receipt GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

392 Customer Information

to Roadside Assistance. If your dealer requests you to bring furnished with each new vehicle Mechanical failures may be the vehicle for service, you are provides detailed warranty coverage covered, however any cost for urged to do so as early in the work information. parts and labor for repairs not day as possible to allow for covered by the warranty are the same-day repair. Transportation Options owner responsibility. Warranty service can generally be Courtesy Transportation completed while you wait. However, Scheduling Service Program if you are unable to do so, your Appointments dealer may offer the following To enhance your ownership transportation options: When the vehicle requires warranty experience, we and our participating service, contact your dealer and dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Shuttle Service request an appointment. By Transportation, a customer support This includes one-way or round-trip scheduling a service appointment program for vehicles with the shuttle service within reasonable and advising the service consultant Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty time and distance parameters of of your transportation needs, your Coverage period in Canada), your dealer's area. dealer can help minimize your extended powertrain, and/or inconvenience. hybrid-specific warranties in both Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If the vehicle cannot be scheduled the U.S. and Canada. into the service department Several Courtesy Transportation If overnight warranty repairs are immediately, keep driving it until it options are available to assist in needed, and public transportation is can be scheduled for service, reducing inconvenience when used, the expense must be unless, of course, the problem is warranty repairs are required. supported by original receipts and safety related. If it is, please call within the maximum amount allowed Courtesy Transportation is not a by GM for shuttle service. If U.S. your dealership, let them know this, part of the New Vehicle Limited and ask for instructions. customers arrange their own Warranty. A separate booklet transportation, limited entitled “Limited Warranty and reimbursement for reasonable fuel Owner Assistance Information” expenses may be available. Claim amounts should reflect actual costs GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Customer Information 393

and be supported by original Additional Program Collision Parts receipts. See your dealer for Information Genuine GM Collision parts are new information. All program options, such as shuttle parts made with the same materials Courtesy Rental Vehicle service, may not be available at and construction methods as the parts with which the vehicle was For an overnight warranty repair, the every dealer. Contact your dealer originally built. Genuine GM dealer may provide an available for specific availability. Collision parts are the best choice to courtesy rental vehicle or provide for General Motors reserves the right to ensure that the vehicle's designed reimbursement of a rental vehicle. unilaterally modify, change, appearance, durability, and safety Reimbursement is limited and must or discontinue Courtesy are preserved. The use of Genuine be supported by original receipts as Transportation at any time and to GM parts can help maintain the GM well as a signed and completed resolve all questions of claim New Vehicle Limited Warranty. rental agreement and meet state/ eligibility pursuant to the terms and provincial, local, and rental vehicle conditions described herein at its Recycled original equipment parts provider requirements. sole discretion. may also be used for repair. These Requirements vary and may include parts are typically removed from minimum age requirements, Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in insurance coverage, credit card, etc. prior crashes. In most cases, the Additional fees such as fuel usage If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle. excessive mileage, or rental usage damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM beyond the completion of the repair technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to are also your responsibility. equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety It may not be possible to provide a repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of like vehicle as a courtesy rental. value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any related failures are not covered by that warranty. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

394 Customer Information

Aftermarket collision parts are also Insuring the Vehicle parts. Read the lease carefully, as available. These are made by you may be charged at the end of Protect your investment in the GM companies other than GM and may the lease for poor quality repairs. vehicle with comprehensive and not have been tested for the vehicle. collision insurance coverage. There As a result, these parts may fit If a Crash Occurs are significant differences in the poorly, exhibit premature durability/ quality of coverage afforded by If there has been an injury, call corrosion problems, and may not various insurance policy terms. emergency services for help. Do not perform properly in subsequent Many insurance policies provide leave the scene of a crash until all collisions. Aftermarket parts are not reduced protection to the GM matters have been taken care of. covered by the GM New Vehicle vehicle by limiting compensation for Move the vehicle only if its position Limited Warranty, and any vehicle damage repairs through the use of puts you in danger, or you are failure related to such parts is not aftermarket collision parts. Some instructed to move it by a police covered by that warranty. insurance companies will not officer. Repair Facility specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved GM also recommends that you recommend that you ensure that the in the crash. choose a collision repair facility that vehicle will be repaired with GM For emergency towing see meets your needs before you ever original equipment collision parts. need collision repairs. Your dealer Roadside Assistance Program If such insurance coverage is not 0 390. may have a collision repair center available from your current with GM-trained technicians and insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information: state-of-the-art equipment, or be to another insurance carrier. able to recommend a collision repair . Driver name, address, and center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number technicians and comparable company may require you to have . Driver license number equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Customer Information 395

. Vehicle make, model, and original GM parts. Remember, Service Publications model year recycled parts will not be covered by Ordering Information . Vehicle Identification the GM vehicle warranty. Number (VIN) Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals . Insurance company and policy but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis number Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle, . General description of the initially value the repair using suspension, brakes, electrical, damage to the other vehicle aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc. Choose a reputable repair facility the repair professional, and insist on that uses quality replacement parts. Genuine GM parts. Remember, Owner Information See “Collision Parts” earlier in this if the vehicle is leased, you may be Owner publications are written section. obligated to have the vehicle specifically for owners and intended repaired with Genuine GM parts, If the airbag has inflated, see What to provide basic operational even if your insurance coverage information about the vehicle. The Will You See after an Airbag does not pay the full cost. Inflates? 0 90. Owner’s Manual includes the If another party's insurance Maintenance Schedule for all Managing the Vehicle Damage company is paying for the repairs, models. Repair Process you are not obligated to accept a In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, repair valuation based on that In the event that the vehicle requires Owner’s Manual, and Warranty insurance company's collision policy damage repairs, GM recommends Manual. repair limits, as you have no that you take an active role in its contractual limits with that company. RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 – repair. If you have a pre-determined In such cases, you can have control $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and repair facility of choice, take the of the repair and parts choices as shipping fees. vehicle there, or have it towed there. long as the cost stays within Specify to the facility that any Without Pouch: Owner’s reasonable limits. required replacement collision parts Manual only. be original equipment parts, either new Genuine GM parts or recycled GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

396 Customer Information RETAIL SELL PRICE: Radio Frequency Reporting Safety $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and shipping fees. Statement Defects This vehicle has systems that Current and Past Models operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects Service and Owner publications are complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the to the United States available for many current and past Federal Communications model year GM vehicles. Commission (FCC) rules and with Government Innovation, Science and Economic ORDER TOLL FREE: If you believe that your vehicle Development (ISED) Canada's 1-800-551-4123 Monday Friday has a defect which could cause – RSP-100 / license-exempt RSS's / 8:00 AM 6:00 PM Eastern Time – ICES-001. a crash or could cause injury or For Credit Card Orders Only death, you should immediately Operation is subject to the following (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see inform the National Highway two conditions: Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. Traffic Safety Administration 1. The device may not cause Or write to: (NHTSA) in addition to notifying harmful interference. General Motors. Helm, Incorporated 2. The device must accept any Attention: Customer Service If NHTSA receives similar interference received, including 47911 Halyard Drive complaints, it may open an interference that may cause Plymouth, MI 48170 investigation, and if it finds that undesired operation of the Prices are subject to change without device. a safety defect exists in a group notice and without incurring of vehicles, it may order a recall Changes or modifications to any of obligation. Allow ample time for and remedy campaign. these systems by other than an delivery. However, NHTSA cannot authorized service facility could void All listed prices are quoted in U.S. authorization to use this equipment. become involved in individual funds. Make checks payable in U.S. problems between you, your funds. dealer, or General Motors. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Customer Information 397

To contact NHTSA, you may call or write to: In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 the Vehicle Safety Hotline Transport Canada (English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write: toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate 1-800-424-9153); go to http:// Defect Investigations and General Motors of Canada www.safercar.gov; or write to: Recalls Division Company Administrator, NHTSA 80 Noel Street Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Washington, D.C. 20590 Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Reporting Safety Defects You can also obtain other In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0801. information about motor vehicle to General Motors safety from http:// In other Central America and In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Caribbean Countries, call www.safercar.gov. Transport Canada) in a situation like 52-722-236-0680. this, notify General Motors. Reporting Safety Defects Call 1-800-GMC-8782 to the Canadian (1-800-462-8782), or write: Government GMC Customer Assistance Center If you live in Canada, and you P.O. Box 33172 believe that the vehicle has a Detroit, MI 48232-5172 safety defect, notify Transport Canada immediately, and notify General Motors of Canada Company. Call Transport Canada at 1-800-333-0510; go to: www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English) www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

398 Customer Information Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a better understanding of the Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to Note The vehicle has a number of record, in certain crash or near EDR data are recorded by your computers that record information crash-like situations, such as an air vehicle only if a non-trivial crash about the vehicle’s performance and bag deployment or hitting a road how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal vehicle uses computer modules to understanding how a vehicle’s driving conditions and no personal monitor and control engine and systems performed. The EDR is data (e.g., name, gender, age, and transmission performance, to designed to record data related to monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law deployment and deploy them in a systems for a short period of time, enforcement, could combine the crash, and, if equipped, to provide typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR data with the type of antilock braking to help the driver EDR in this vehicle is designed to control the vehicle. These modules record such data as: personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your investigation. technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating; Some modules may also store data To read data recorded by an EDR, about how the vehicle is operated, . Whether or not the driver and special equipment is required, and such as rate of fuel consumption or passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle retain personal preferences, such as . How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the temperature settings. or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the information if they have access to . How fast the vehicle was traveling. the vehicle or the EDR. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/20/17

Customer Information 399

GM will not access these data or OnStar Terms and Conditions and share it with others except: with the Privacy Statement on the OnStar consent of the vehicle owner or, website. if the vehicle is leased, with the See OnStar Additional Information consent of the lessee; in response 0 406. to an official request by police or similar government office; as part of GM's defense of litigation through Infotainment System the discovery process; or, as Using the navigation system may required by law. Data that GM result in the storage of destinations, collects or receives may also be addresses, telephone numbers, and used for GM research needs or may other trip information. See the be made available to others for infotainment manual for information research purposes, where a need is on stored data and for deletion shown and the data is not tied to a instructions. specific vehicle or vehicle owner. OnStar If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and has an active service plan, additional data may be collected through the OnStar system. This includes information about the vehicle’s operation; collisions involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle and its features; and, in certain situations, the location and approximate GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

400 OnStar OnStar Overview Terms, Privacy Statement, and OnStar Software Terms for more details including system limitations at OnStar Overview www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). OnStar Overview ...... 400 The OnStar system status light is OnStar Services next to the OnStar buttons. If the Emergency ...... 401 status light is: Security ...... 402 Navigation ...... 402 = Voice Command Button . Solid Green: System is ready. Connections ...... 403 Q Blue OnStar Button . Flashing Green: On a call. Diagnostics ...... 405 > Red Emergency Button . Red: Indicates a problem. OnStar Additional Information Q OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a . Off: System is active. Press Information ...... 406 comprehensive, in-vehicle system twice to speak with an OnStar that can connect to an OnStar Advisor. Advisor for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Connections, and Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR Diagnostics Services. OnStar (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an services may require a paid service Advisor. plan and data plan. OnStar requires Functionality of the Voice Command the vehicle battery and electrical button may vary by vehicle and system, cellular service, and GPS region. satellite signals to be available and operating. OnStar acts as a link to Press = to: existing emergency service . Open the OnStar app on the providers. OnStar may collect infotainment display. See the information about you and your infotainment manual for vehicle, including location information on how to use the information. See OnStar User OnStar app. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

OnStar 401 Or . Receive Roadside Assistance. OnStar Services . Make a call, end a call, . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, or answer an incoming call. if equipped. Emergency . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling Press > to get a priority connection Emergency Services require an voice commands. to an OnStar Advisor available 24/ active, OnStar service plan . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn 7 to: (excludes Basic Plan). With Navigation voice commands. . Get help for an emergency. Automatic Crash Response, built-in sensors can automatically alert a . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi . Be a Good Samaritan or specially trained OnStar Advisor hotspot name or SSID and respond to an AMBER Alert. who is immediately connected in to password, if equipped. . Get assistance in severe the vehicle to help. Press Q to connect to an weather or other crisis situations Press > for a priority connection to Advisor to: and find evacuation routes. an OnStar Advisor who can contact . Verify account information or emergency service providers, direct update contact information. them to your exact location, and . Get driving directions. relay important information. . Receive a Diagnostic check of With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially the vehicle's key operating trained Advisors are available systems. 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to provide a central point of contact, assistance, and information during a crisis. With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can locate a nearby service provider to help with a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty gas tank. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

402 OnStar

Security Navigation Cancel Route If equipped, OnStar provides these OnStar navigation requires a 1. Press =. System responds: services: specific OnStar service plan. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn 2. Say “Cancel route.” System OnStar Advisors can use GPS to directions or have them sent to the responds: “Do you want to pinpoint the vehicle and help vehicle’s navigation screen, cancel directions?” authorities quickly recover it. if equipped. 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: . With Remote Ignition Block, Turn-by-Turn Navigation “OK, request completed, thank if equipped, OnStar can block you, goodbye.” the engine from being restarted. 1. Press Q to connect to an Route Preview . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, Advisor. 1. Press =. System responds: if equipped, OnStar can work 2. Request directions to be with law enforcement to downloaded to the vehicle. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. gradually slow the vehicle down. 3. Follow the voice-guided 2. Say “Route preview.” System Theft Alarm Notification commands. responds with the next three maneuvers. If equipped, if the doors are locked Using Voice Commands Repeat and the vehicle alarm sounds, a During a Planned Route notification by text, e-mail, or phone 1. Press =. System responds: call will be sent. If the vehicle is Functionality of the Voice Command OnStar ready, then a tone. stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work button may vary by vehicle and “ ” with authorities to recover the region. For some vehicles, press = 2. Say “Repeat.” System vehicle. to open the OnStar app on the responds with the last direction infotainment display. For other given, then responds with vehicles press = as follows. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

OnStar 403

Get My Destination Connections devices can be connected. A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle 1. Press =. System responds: The following OnStar services help controls only when it is safe to “OnStar ready,” then a tone. with staying connected. do so. 2. Say “Get my destination.” For coverage maps, see 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot System responds with the www.onstar.com (U.S.) or information, press = to open address and distance to the www.onstar.ca (Canada). destination, then responds with the OnStar app on the Ensuring Security infotainment display, then “OnStar ready,” then a tone. . Change the default passwords select Wi-Fi Hotspot. On some Send Destination to Vehicle for the Wi-Fi hotspot and vehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi Directions can be sent to the myGMC mobile application. Settings on the screen. vehicle’s navigation screen, Make these passwords different 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display if equipped. from each other and use a the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), combination of letters, numbers, password, and on some Press Q, then ask the Advisor to and symbols to increase the vehicles, the connection type download directions to the vehicle’s security. (no Internet connection, 3G, navigation system, if equipped. After . Change the default name of the 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality the call ends, the navigation screen (poor, good, excellent). will provide prompts to begin driving SSID (Service Set Identifier). directions. Routes that are sent to This is your network’s name that 3. To change the SSID or the navigation screen can only be is visible to other wireless password, press Q or call canceled through the navigation devices. Choose a unique name 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect system. and avoid family names or with an Advisor. On some vehicle descriptions. See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or vehicles, the SSID and www.onstar.ca (Canada). OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) password can be changed in the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access After initial set-up, your vehicle’s to the Internet and web content at Wi-Fi hotspot will connect 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile automatically to your mobile GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

404 OnStar

devices. Manage data usage by . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot OnStar AtYourService turning Wi-Fi on or off on your on/off, manage settings, and OnStar Advisors can provide offers mobile device, using the myGMC monitor data consumption, from restaurants and retailers on mobile app, or by contacting an if equipped. your route, help locate hotels, OnStar Advisor. On some vehicles, . Locate a dealer and schedule or book a room. These services Wi-Fi can also be managed from the service. vary by market. Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. . Request roadside assistance. MyGMC Mobile App (If Available) OnStar Hands-Free Calling . Set a parking reminder with pin Download the myGMC mobile app Make and receive calls with the drop, take a photo, make a note, built-in wireless calling service, to compatible Apple and Android and set a timer. smartphones. GMC users can which requires available minutes. access the following services from a . Connect with GMC on social Functionality of the Voice Command smartphone: media. button may vary by vehicle and region. For some vehicles, press = . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, For myGMC mobile app information to open the OnStar app on the if factory-equipped. and compatibility, see my.gmc.com. infotainment display, then select . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped An active OnStar service, Hands-Free calling. For other with automatic locks. compatible device, factory-installed = remote start, and power locks are vehicles press as follows. . Activate the horn and lamps. required. Data rates apply. See Make a Call . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil onstar.com for details and system life, or tire pressure, limitations. 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar ready.” if factory-equipped with the Tire Remote Services Pressure Monitor System. 2. Say “Call.” System responds: Contact an OnStar Advisor to . Send destinations to the vehicle. “Call. Please say the name or unlock the doors or sound the horn number to call.” . Locate the vehicle on a map and flash the lamps. (U.S. market only). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

OnStar 405

3. Say the entire number without Verify Minutes and Expiration . Proactive Alerts: Receive a pausing, including a “1” and the real-time e-mail or text message area code. System responds: Press = and say “Minutes” then regarding potential issues with “OK, calling.” “Verify” to check how many minutes key vehicle components, such remain and their expiration date. as the battery, fuel system, Calling 911 Emergency or starter system. Alerts for 1. Press =. System responds: Diagnostics potential issues appear on the infotainment display. Proactive “OnStar ready.” By monitoring and reporting on the Alerts are designed to help vehicle s key systems, OnStar 2. Say “Call.” System responds: ’ predict specific types of issues Advanced Diagnostics provides a “Call. Please say the name or based on information collected way to keep up on maintenance. number to call.” from the vehicle. Other factors Capabilities vary by model. See may affect vehicle performance. 3. Say “911” without pausing. www.onstar.com for details and Not all issues will deliver alerts. System responds: “911.” system limitations. Message and In some cases, a dealer service data rates may apply. Advanced 4. Say “Call.” System responds: check may be required to Diagnostics requires an active “OK, dialing 911.” confirm the accuracy of the OnStar paid service plan, e-mail alerts. Retrieve My Number address on file, and enrollment in = Advanced Diagnostics. . Dealer Maintenance Notification: 1. Press . System responds: Have the vehicle notify your Includes: “OnStar ready.” preferred dealer when it is time 2. Say “My number.” System . Diagnostic Alerts: Set for maintenance. Your dealer will responds: “Your OnStar preferences to receive real-time then contact you to set up an Hands-Free Calling number is,” e-mails, texts, or monthly reports appointment. then says the number. of the vehicle’s health. Or To begin, press Q to speak to an press Q to have an Advisor End a Call Advisor, or see www.onstar.com. initiate a remote diagnostic Press =. System responds: “Call report. ended.” GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

406 OnStar OnStar Additional . After change in ownership and Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics, at 90 days. Remote Services, Roadside Information Assistance, Turn-by-Turn Transferring Service Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling OnStar Smart Driver Press Q to request account transfer are available on most vehicles. Not OnStar Smart Driver provides eligibility information. The Advisor all OnStar services are available information about driving behavior to can cancel or change account everywhere or on all vehicles. For help maximize overall vehicle information. more information, a full description performance, reduce wear and tear, of OnStar services, system and enhance fuel efficiency. An Selling/Transferring the limitations, and OnStar User Terms, Insurance Discounts Eligibility Vehicle Privacy Statement, and Software Terms: feature is also offered within OnStar Call 1-888-4ONSTAR Smart Driver. See www.onstar.com (1-888-466-7827) immediately to . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR for details regarding vehicle terminate your OnStar services if (1-888-466-7827). eligibility and system limitations. the vehicle is disposed of, sold, . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). OnStar, General Motors, and their transferred, or if the lease ends. affiliates are not insurance . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). Reactivation for Subsequent providers. Obtain insurance only . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. Owners from licensed insurance providers. Q Q . Press to speak with an In-Vehicle Audio Messages Press and follow the prompts to Advisor. speak to an Advisor as soon as Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update OnStar services cannot work unless information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar the vehicle is in a place where . Prior to vehicle purchase. service options. OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service Press Q to set up an account. How OnStar Service Works in that area. The wireless service . With the OnStar Basic Plan, Automatic Crash Response, provider must also have coverage, every 60 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, network capacity, reception, and Stolen Vehicle Assistance, technology compatible with OnStar services. Service involving location GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

OnStar 407

information about the vehicle cannot . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., Warranty work unless GPS signals are that meets accessibility needs. OnStar equipment may be available, unobstructed, and . Provide directions to the closest warranted as part of the vehicle compatible with the OnStar hospital or pharmacy in urgent warranty. hardware. OnStar services may not situations. work if the OnStar equipment is not Languages properly installed or it has not been TTY Users properly maintained. If equipment or The vehicle can be programmed to OnStar has the ability to software is added, connected, respond in multiple languages. communicate to deaf, or modified, OnStar services may Press Q and ask for an Advisor. hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired not work. Other problems beyond Advisors are available in English, customers while in the vehicle. The the control of OnStar such as Spanish, and French. Available — available dealer-installed TTY hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, languages may vary by country. system can provide in-vehicle electrical system design and access to all OnStar services, architecture of the vehicle, damage Potential Issues except Virtual Advisor and OnStar to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless OnStar cannot perform Remote Turn-by-Turn Navigation. phone network congestion or Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle jamming — may prevent service. OnStar Personal Identification Assistance after the vehicle has See Radio Frequency Statement Number (PIN) been off continuously for 10 days 0 396. without an ignition cycle. If the A PIN is needed to access some vehicle has not been started for Services for People with OnStar services. The PIN will need 10 days, OnStar can contact Disabilities to be changed the first time when Roadside Assistance or a locksmith speaking with an Advisor. To to help gain access to the vehicle. Advisors provide services to help change the OnStar PIN, contact an with physical disabilities and OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or Global Positioning medical conditions. calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. System (GPS) Press Q to help: . Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a large city with tall . Locate a gas station with an buildings; in parking garages; attendant to pump gas. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

408 OnStar

around airports; in tunnels and Unable to Connect to OnStar Vehicle Software Updates underpasses; or in an area with Message OnStar or GM may remotely deliver very dense trees. If GPS signals software updates or changes to the are not available, the OnStar If there is limited cellular coverage vehicle without further notice or system should still operate to or the cellular network has reached consent. These updates or changes call OnStar. However, OnStar maximum capacity, this message may enhance or maintain safety, could have difficulty identifying may come on. Press Q to try the security, or the operation of the the exact location. call again or try again after driving a few miles into another cellular area. vehicle or the vehicle systems. . In emergency situations, OnStar Software updates or changes may can use the last stored GPS Vehicle and Power Issues affect or erase data or settings that location to send to emergency are stored in the vehicle, such as OnStar services require a vehicle responders. OnStar Hands-Free Calling name electrical system, wireless service, tags, saved navigation destinations, A temporary loss of GPS can cause and GPS satellite technologies to be or pre-set radio stations. Neither loss of the ability to send a available and operating for features OnStar nor GM is responsible for Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The to function properly. These systems any affected or erased data or Advisor may give a verbal route or may not operate if the battery is settings. These updates or changes may ask for a call back after the discharged or disconnected. vehicle is driven into an open area. may also collect personal Add-on Electrical Equipment information. Such collection is Cellular and GPS Antennas described in the OnStar privacy The OnStar system is integrated statement or separately disclosed at Cellular reception is required for into the electrical architecture of the OnStar to send remote signals to the time of installation. These vehicle. Do not add any electrical updates or changes may also cause the vehicle. Do not place items over equipment. See Add-On Electrical or near the antenna to prevent 0 a system to automatically Equipment 274. Added electrical communicate with GM servers to blocking cellular and GPS signal equipment may interfere with the reception. collect information about vehicle operation of the OnStar system and system status, identify whether cause it to not operate. updates or changes are available, or deliver updates or changes. An active OnStar agreement constitutes GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

OnStar 409

consent to these software updates libcurl and unzip and for other third COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE or changes and agreement that party software please see http:// LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, either OnStar or GM may remotely opensource.lge.com/index DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, deliver them to the vehicle. www.onstar.com/us/en/ WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR Privacy libcurl: OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, The complete OnStar Privacy COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Statement may be found at NOTICE WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE www.onstar.com (U.S.), USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel THE SOFTWARE. Stenberg, . recommend that you review it. If you Except as contained in this notice, have any questions, call All rights reserved. the name of a copyright holder shall 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) not be used in advertising or Q Permission to use, copy, modify, or press to speak with an and distribute this software for any otherwise to promote the sale, use Advisor. Users of wireless purpose with or without fee is or other dealings in this Software communications are cautioned that hereby granted, provided that the without prior written authorization of the privacy of any information sent above copyright notice and this the copyright holder. via wireless cellular communications permission notice appear in all unzip: cannot be assured. Third parties copies. may unlawfully intercept or access This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the transmissions and private THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED Info-ZIP copyright and license. The communications without consent. “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF definitive version of this document ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR should be available at ftp:// OnStar - Software IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ Acknowledgements LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES license.html indefinitely. OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS Certain OnStar components include FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All libcurl and unzip software and other AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF rights reserved. third party software. Below are the THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO notices and licenses associated with EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

410 OnStar

For the purposes of this copyright Permission is granted to anyone to 3. Altered versions–including, but and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as use this software for any purpose, not limited to, ports to new the following set of individuals: including commercial applications, operating systems, existing Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, and to alter it and redistribute it ports with new graphical Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, freely, subject to the following interfaces, and dynamic, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed restrictions: shared, or static library Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris 1. Redistributions of source code versions–must be plainly Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, must retain the above copyright marked as such and must not Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, notice, definition, disclaimer, be misrepresented as being Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, and this list of conditions. the original source. Such Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, altered versions also must not 2. Redistributions in binary form be misrepresented as being Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, (compiled executables) must Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, Info-ZIP releases–including, reproduce the above copyright but not limited to, labeling of George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai notice, definition, disclaimer, Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, the altered versions with the and this list of conditions in names “Info-ZIP” (or any Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, documentation and/or other Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, variation thereof, including, but materials provided with the not limited to, different Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, distribution. The sole exception Rich Wales, Mike White. capitalizations), “Pocket to this condition is redistribution UnZip,”“WiZ” or “MacZip” This software is provided “as is,” of a standard UnZipSFX binary without the explicit permission without warranty of any kind, (including SFXWiz) as part of a of Info-ZIP. Such altered express or implied. In no event shall self-extracting archive; that is versions are further prohibited Info-ZIP or its contributors be held permitted without inclusion of from misrepresentative use of liable for any direct, indirect, this license, as long as the the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail incidental, special or consequential normal SFX banner has not addresses or of the damages arising out of the use of or been removed from the binary Info-ZIP URL(s). inability to use this software. or disabled. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

OnStar 411

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use the names “Info-ZIP,”“Zip,” “UnZip,”“UnZipSFX,”“WiZ,” “Pocket UnZip,”“Pocket Zip,” and “MacZip” for its own source and binary releases. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

412 Index Index A Airbag System (cont'd) Accessories and What Will You See after an Modifications ...... 278 Airbag Inflates? ...... 90 Accessory Power ...... 212 When Should an Airbag Active Fuel Management ...... 214 Inflate? ...... 88 Adaptive Cruise Control ...... 235 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 86 Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 274 Airbags Additional Information Adding Equipment to the OnStar ...... 406 Vehicle ...... 95 Additional Maintenance Passenger Status Indicator . . . 142 and Care ...... 376 Readiness Light ...... 141 Adjustable Throttle and Servicing Airbag-Equipped Brake Pedal ...... 205 Vehicles ...... 95 Adjustments System Check ...... 85 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 63 Alarm Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 290 Vehicle Security ...... 49 Air Conditioning ...... 180, 184 Alert Air Filter, Passenger Lane Change ...... 250 Compartment ...... 186 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) ...... 250 Air Vents ...... 185 All-Season Tires ...... 321 Airbag System All-Terrain Tires ...... 322 Check ...... 96 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 227 How Does an Airbag Warning Light ...... 145 Restrain? ...... 89 Appearance Care Passenger Sensing System . . . .91 Exterior ...... 360 What Makes an Airbag Interior ...... 364 Inflate? ...... 89 Armrest Storage ...... 119 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Index 413

Assistance Program, Battery (cont'd) C Roadside ...... 390 Power Protection ...... 178 Calibration ...... 126 Assistance Systems for Battery - North America . . . .298, 351 California Driving ...... 246 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 303 Fuel Requirements ...... 255 Assistance Systems for Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 54 Perchlorate Materials Parking and Backing ...... 243 Brake Requirements ...... 278 Automatic Pedal and Adjustable California Dimming Mirrors ...... 54 Throttle ...... 205 Proposition Door Locks ...... 42 System Warning Light ...... 145 65 Warning ...... 277,298, 351, Forward Braking ...... 248 Brakes ...... 297 Back Cover Headlamp System ...... 173 Antilock ...... 227 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... 2 Level Control ...... 232 Assist ...... 228 Capacities and Transmission ...... 216 Fluid ...... 297 Specifications ...... 384 Transmission Fluid ...... 286, 289 Parking ...... 228 Carbon Monoxide Automatic Transmission Braking ...... 190 Engine Exhaust ...... 215 Manual Mode ...... 218 Automatic Forward ...... 248 Liftgate ...... 43 Shift Lock Control Function Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 204 Winter Driving ...... 198 Check ...... 302 Bulb Replacement Cargo Axle, Front ...... 300 Back-up Lamps ...... 307 Tie-Downs ...... 120 Axle, Rear ...... 300 Fog Lamps ...... 307 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2 Headlamp Aiming ...... 306 B Center Console Storage ...... 120 Headlamps ...... 306 Battery Chains, Tire ...... 340 High Intensity Discharge Exterior Lighting Battery Charging (HID) Lighting ...... 306 Saver ...... 178 Wireless ...... 129 License Plate Lamps ...... 308 Load Management ...... 177 Charging System Light ...... 142 Buying New Tires ...... 335 Check Engine Light (Malfunction Indicator) ...... 143 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

414 Index

Check (cont'd) Control (cont'd) D Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 303 Traction and Electronic Damage Repair, Collision ...... 393 Child Restraints Stability ...... 229 Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2 Infants and Young Children . . . . .98 Control of a Vehicle ...... 190 Data Collection Lower Anchors and Tethers Convenience Net ...... 120 Infotainment System ...... 399 for Children ...... 104 Convex Mirrors ...... 52 OnStar ...... 399 Older Children ...... 97 Coolant Data Recorders, Event ...... 398 Securing ...... 112, 114 Engine Temperature Gauge . . 138 Daytime Running Systems ...... 101 Engine Temperature Lamps (DRL) ...... 173 Child-View Mirror ...... 56 Warning Light ...... 148 Defensive Driving ...... 190 Circuit Breakers ...... 309 Cooling ...... 180, 184 Delayed Locking ...... 42 Cleaning Cooling System ...... 291 Diagnostics Exterior Care ...... 360 Courtesy Transportation OnStar ...... 405 Interior Care ...... 364 Program ...... 392 Distracted Driving ...... 189 Climate Control Systems Cruise Control ...... 233 Dome Lamps ...... 176 Dual Automatic ...... 180 Light ...... 150 Door Rear ...... 184 Cruise Control, Adaptive ...... 235 Ajar Light ...... 150 Clock ...... 126 Cupholders ...... 118 Delayed Locking ...... 42 Cluster, Instrument ...... 133 Customer Assistance ...... 389 Locks ...... 41 Collision Damage Repair ...... 393 Offices ...... 388 Power Locks ...... 42 Compartments Text Telephone (TTY) Drive Belt Routing, Engine ...... 385 Storage ...... 118 Users ...... 389 Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 242 Compass ...... 126 Customer Information Driver Information Connections Service Publications Center (DIC) ...... 151 OnStar ...... 403 Ordering Information ...... 395 Driving Control Customer Satisfaction Assistance Systems ...... 246 Hill Descent ...... 231 Procedure ...... 386 Characteristics and Towing Tips ...... 259 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Index 415

Driving (cont'd) Emergency Extender, Seat Belt ...... 83 Defensive ...... 190 OnStar ...... 401 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 170 Drunk ...... 190 Engine Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 172 For Better Fuel Economy ...... 26 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 290 Exterior Lighting Battery Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 198 Check Light (Malfunction Saver ...... 178 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 200 Indicator) ...... 143 F Loss of Control ...... 192 Compartment Overview ...... 280 Fan Off-Road ...... 192 Coolant Temperature Engine ...... 296 Off-Road Recovery ...... 191 Gauge ...... 138 Features Vehicle Load Limits ...... 200 Coolant Temperature Memory ...... 12 Wet Roads ...... 197 Warning Light ...... 148 Filter, Winter ...... 198 Cooling System ...... 291 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 290 Dual Automatic Climate Drive Belt Routing ...... 385 Flash-to-Pass ...... 172 Control System ...... 180 Exhaust ...... 215 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 174 Fan ...... 296 E Flat Tire ...... 341 Heater ...... 210 E85 or FlexFuel ...... 256 Changing ...... 342 Oil Life System ...... 285 Electrical Equipment, FlexFuel Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 137 Add-On ...... 274 E85 ...... 256 Oil Pressure Light ...... 149 Electrical System Floor Mats ...... 367 Overheating ...... 294 Engine Compartment Fuse Fluid Power Messages ...... 158 Block ...... 310 Automatic Running While Parked ...... 215 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 309 Transmission ...... 286, 289 Starting ...... 209 Instrument Panel Fuse Brakes ...... 297 Entry Lighting ...... 177 Block ...... 314, 317 Four-Wheel Drive Equipment, Towing ...... 267 Overload ...... 309 Transfer Case ...... 222 Event Data Recorders ...... 398 Rear Compartment Fuse Washer ...... 296 Exit Lighting ...... 177 Block ...... 319 Fog Lamps ...... 175 Extended Parking ...... 214 Bulb Replacement ...... 307 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

416 Index

Folding Mirrors ...... 53 Fuses (cont'd) Glove Box ...... 118 Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . 248 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 309 GM Mobility Reimbursement Forward Collision Alert Instrument Panel Fuse Program ...... 390 Block ...... 314, 317 (FCA) System ...... 246 H Four-Wheel Drive ...... 222, 299 Rear Compartment Fuse Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 174 Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 146 Block ...... 319 Head Restraints ...... 61 Frequency Statement G Head-up Display ...... 154 Radio ...... 396 Garage Door Opener ...... 166 Headlamps Front Axle ...... 300 Programming ...... 166 Aiming ...... 306 Front Fog Lamp Gas Strut(s) ...... 305 Automatic ...... 173 Light ...... 150 Gauges Bulb Replacement ...... 306 Front Seats Engine Coolant Daytime Running Heated and Ventilated ...... 67 Temperature ...... 138 Lamps (DRL) ...... 173 Fuel ...... 254 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 137 Flash-to-Pass ...... 172 Additives ...... 255 Fuel ...... 137 High Intensity Discharge Economy Driving ...... 26 Odometer ...... 136 (HID) Lighting ...... 306 Filling a Portable Fuel Speedometer ...... 136 High-Beam On Light ...... 149 Container ...... 258 Tachometer ...... 136 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 172 Filling the Tank ...... 256 Transmission Temperature . . . . 139 Lamps On Reminder ...... 150 Foreign Countries ...... 255 Trip Odometer ...... 136 Heated Gauge ...... 137 Voltmeter ...... 140 Rear Seats ...... 69 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 149 Warning Lights and Steering Wheel ...... 123 Management, Active ...... 214 Indicators ...... 132 Heated and Ventilated Front Requirements, California . . . . . 255 General Information Seats ...... 67 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 350 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 369 Heated Mirrors ...... 54 Fuses Towing ...... 259 Heater Engine Compartment Fuse Vehicle Care ...... 277 Engine ...... 210 Block ...... 310 Glass Replacement ...... 304 Heating ...... 180, 184 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Index 417

High-Beam On Light ...... 149 J Lap Belt ...... 83 High-Speed Operation ...... 328 Jump Starting - North Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 78 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 198 America ...... 351 LATCH System Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 231 Replacing Parts after a K Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 229 Crash ...... 111 Keyless Entry Hood ...... 279 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Remote (RKE) System . . . . . 31, 33 Horn ...... 123 Tethers for Children ...... 104 Keys ...... 27, 28 How to Wear Seat Belts LED Lighting ...... 307 Properly ...... 77 L Level Control HVAC ...... 180, 184 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 322 Automatic ...... 232 Lamps I Liftgate ...... 43 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 173 Lighting Ignition Positions ...... 205, 207 Dome ...... 176 Entry ...... 177 Ignition Transmission Lock Exterior Controls ...... 170 Exit ...... 177 Check ...... 303 Exterior Lamps Off Illumination Control ...... 176 Immobilizer ...... 51 Reminder ...... 172 LED ...... 307 Indicator Exterior Lighting Battery Lights Vehicle Ahead ...... 146 Saver ...... 178 Airbag Readiness ...... 141 Infants and Young Children, License Plate ...... 308 Antilock Brake System Restraints ...... 98 Malfunction Indicator (ABS) Warning ...... 145 Infotainment ...... 179 (Check Engine) ...... 143 Brake System Warning ...... 145 Infotainment System ...... 399 On Reminder ...... 150 Charging System ...... 142 Instrument Cluster ...... 133 Reading ...... 176 Check Engine (Malfunction Instrument Panel Lane Change Alert (LCA) ...... 250 Indicator) ...... 143 Storage Area ...... 118 Lane Departure Cruise Control ...... 150 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 55 Warning (LDW) ...... 252 Door Ajar ...... 150 Introduction ...... 2 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 252 Engine Coolant Lane Keep Assist Light ...... 146 Temperature Warning ...... 148 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

418 Index

Lights (cont'd) Lower Anchors and Tethers Mirrors (cont'd) Engine Oil Pressure ...... 149 for Children (LATCH Automatic Dimming Flash-to-Pass ...... 172 System) ...... 104 Rearview ...... 56 Four-Wheel-Drive ...... 146 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 63 Blind Spot ...... 54 Front Fog Lamp ...... 150 Front Seats ...... 63 Convex ...... 52 High-Beam On ...... 149 Folding ...... 53 M High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 172 Heated ...... 54 Magnetic Ride Control ...... 232 Lane Keep Assist ...... 146 Manual Rearview ...... 55 Maintenance Low Fuel Warning ...... 149 Power ...... 53 Records ...... 382 Seat Belt Reminders ...... 140 Tilt in Reverse ...... 55 Maintenance and Care Security ...... 149 Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 55 Additional ...... 376 StabiliTrak OFF ...... 147 Monitor System, Tire Maintenance Schedule ...... 370 Tire Pressure ...... 148 Pressure ...... 329 Recommended Fluids and Tow/Haul Mode ...... 146 Lubricants ...... 379 N Traction Control System Transfer Case ...... 222 Navigation (TCS)/StabiliTrak ...... 147 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 143 OnStar ...... 402 Traction Off ...... 147 Manual Mode ...... 218 Net, Convenience ...... 120 Locking Rear Axle ...... 232 Memory Features ...... 12 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 204 Locks Memory Seats ...... 64 Noise Control System ...... 301 Automatic Door ...... 42 Messages Delayed Locking ...... 42 O Engine Power ...... 158 Door ...... 41 Odometer ...... 136 Vehicle ...... 157 Lockout Protection ...... 42 Trip ...... 136 Vehicle Speed ...... 158 Power Door ...... 42 Off-Road ...... 192 Mirror Safety ...... 43 Driving ...... 192 Child-View ...... 56 Loss of Control ...... 192 Recovery ...... 191 Mirrors Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 149 Oil Automatic Dimming ...... 54 Low-Profile Tires ...... 322 Engine ...... 283 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Index 419

Oil (cont'd) Parking (cont'd) Privacy Engine Oil Life System ...... 285 Brake and P (Park) Vehicle Data Recording ...... 398 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . 137 Mechanism Check ...... 303 Program Pressure Light ...... 149 Extended ...... 214 Courtesy Transportation ...... 392 Older Children, Restraints ...... 97 Over Things That Burn ...... 214 Proposition Online Owner Center ...... 389 Parking Assist ...... 243 65 Warning, OnStar ...... 399 Parking or Backing California ...... 277,298, 351, OnStar Additional Assistance Systems ...... 243 Back Cover Information ...... 406 Passenger Airbag Status R OnStar Connections ...... 403 Indicator ...... 142 Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 396 OnStar Diagnostics ...... 405 Passenger Compartment Air Reading Lamps ...... 176 OnStar Emergency ...... 401 Filter ...... 186 Rear Axle ...... 300 OnStar Navigation ...... 402 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 91 Locking ...... 232 OnStar Overview ...... 400 Perchlorate Materials Rear Climate Control System . . . 184 OnStar Security ...... 402 Requirements, California ...... 278 Rear Seats ...... 68 Operation Personalization Heated ...... 69 Fog Lamps ...... 175 Vehicle ...... 158 Rear Storage ...... 119 Ordering Power Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 243 Service Publications ...... 395 Door Locks ...... 42 Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 125 Outlets Mirrors ...... 53 Rearview Mirrors ...... 55 Power ...... 127 Outlets ...... 127 Automatic Dimming ...... 56 Overheating, Engine ...... 294 Protection, Battery ...... 178 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 63 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 212 P Recommended Fluids and Seat Adjustment ...... 62 Park Lubricants ...... 379 Windows ...... 56 Shifting Into ...... 212 Records Power Assist Steps ...... 48 Shifting Out of ...... 213 Maintenance ...... 382 Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 82 Parking Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 355 Brake ...... 228 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

420 Index

Reimbursement Program, Roadside Assistance Seats GM Mobility ...... 390 Program ...... 390 Head Restraints ...... 61 Remote Keyless Entry Roof Heated and Ventilated Front . . . .67 (RKE) System ...... 31, 33 Sunroof ...... 58 Heated, Rear ...... 69 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 39 Roof Rack System ...... 120 Lumbar Adjustment, Front ...... 63 Replacement Rotation, Tires ...... 334 Memory ...... 64 Glass ...... 304 Routing, Engine Drive Belt ...... 385 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 62 Replacement Parts Running the Vehicle While Rear ...... 68 Airbags ...... 96 Parked ...... 215 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 63 Maintenance ...... 380 S Second Row ...... 69 Replacing Airbag System ...... 96 Third Row Seat ...... 74 Safety Defects Reporting Replacing LATCH System Second Row Seats ...... 69 Canadian Government ...... 397 Parts after a Crash ...... 111 Securing Child General Motors ...... 397 Replacing Seat Belt System Restraints ...... 112, 114 U.S. Government ...... 396 Parts after a Crash ...... 84 Security Safety Locks ...... 43 Reporting Safety Defects Light ...... 149 Safety System Check ...... 83 Canadian Government ...... 397 OnStar ...... 402 Scheduling Appointments ...... 392 General Motors ...... 397 Vehicle ...... 49 Seat Belts ...... 76 U.S. Government ...... 396 Vehicle Alarm ...... 49 Care ...... 84 Restraints Service ...... 187 Extender ...... 83 Where to Put ...... 102 Accessories and How to Wear Seat Belts Retained Accessory Modifications ...... 278 Properly ...... 77 Power (RAP) ...... 212 Doing Your Own Work ...... 278 Lap Belt ...... 83 Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 55 Maintenance Records ...... 382 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 78 Ride Control Systems Maintenance, General Reminders ...... 140 Magnetic ...... 232 Information ...... 369 Replacing after a Crash ...... 84 Roads Parts Identification Label . . . . . 383 Use During Pregnancy ...... 82 Driving, Wet ...... 197 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Index 421

Service (cont'd) Steering (cont'd) System (cont'd) Publications Ordering Wheel Adjustment ...... 123 Roof Rack ...... 120 Information ...... 395 Wheel Controls ...... 123 Systems Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 392 Steps Driver Assistance ...... 242 Services Power Assist ...... 48 T Special Application ...... 376 Storage Tachometer ...... 136 Servicing the Airbag ...... 95 Rear ...... 119 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 389 Shift Lock Control Function Storage Areas Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 51 Check, Automatic Armrest ...... 119 Immobilizer ...... 51 Transmission ...... 302 Center Console ...... 120 Third-Row Seats ...... 74 Shifting Convenience Net ...... 120 Throttle, Adjustable ...... 205 Into Park ...... 212 Glove Box ...... 118 Time ...... 126 Out of Park ...... 213 Instrument Panel ...... 118 Tires ...... 320 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 250 Roof Rack System ...... 120 All-Season ...... 321 Signals, Turn and Sunglasses ...... 119 All-Terrain ...... 322 Lane-Change ...... 174 Storage Compartments ...... 118 Buying New Tires ...... 335 Special Application Services . . . . 376 Struts Chains ...... 340 Specifications and Gas ...... 305 Changing ...... 342 Capacities ...... 384 Stuck Vehicle ...... 200 Designations ...... 324 Speedometer ...... 136 Sun Visors ...... 58 Different Size ...... 337 StabiliTrak Sunglass Storage ...... 119 Full-Size Spare ...... 350 OFF Light ...... 147 Sunroof ...... 58 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 341 Start Assist, Hill ...... 229 Symbols ...... 3 Inspection ...... 333 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 39 System Low Profile ...... 322 Starter Switch Check ...... 302 Forward Collision Pressure ...... 327, 328 Starting the Engine ...... 209 Alert (FCA) ...... 246 Pressure Light ...... 148 Steering ...... 191 Infotainment ...... 179, 399 Pressure Monitor Operation . . 330 Heated Wheel ...... 123 Noise Control ...... 301 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 329 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

422 Index

Tires (cont'd) Trailer Vehicle (cont'd) Rotation ...... 334 Sway Control (TSC) ...... 273 Personalization ...... 158 Sidewall Labeling ...... 322 Towing ...... 262 Remote Start ...... 39 Terminology and Definitions . . 324 Transfer Case ...... 222 Security ...... 49 Uniform Tire Quality Transmission Speed Messages ...... 158 Grading ...... 337 Automatic ...... 216 Towing ...... 355 Wheel Alignment and Tire Fluid, Automatic ...... 286, 289 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 146 Balance ...... 339 Temperature Gauge ...... 139 Vehicle Care Wheel Replacement ...... 339 Transportation Program, Tire Pressure ...... 327 When It Is Time for New Courtesy ...... 392 Vehicle Data Recording and Tires ...... 335 Trip Odometer ...... 136 Privacy ...... 398 Winter ...... 321 Turn and Lane-Change Ventilation, Air ...... 185 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 222 Signals ...... 174 Visors ...... 58 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 146 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 140 U Towing Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 337 W Driving Characteristics ...... 259 Universal Remote System ...... 166 Warning Equipment ...... 267 Operation ...... 168 Brake System Light ...... 145 General Information ...... 259 Programming ...... 166 Caution and Danger ...... 2 Recreational Vehicle ...... 355 Using This Manual ...... 2 Lane Departure (LDW) ...... 252 Trailer ...... 262 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 273 V Indicators ...... 132 Vehicle ...... 355 Vehicle Warnings Traction Alarm System ...... 49 Hazard Flashers ...... 174 Control System (TCS)/ Canadian Owners ...... 2 Washer Fluid ...... 296 StabiliTrak Light ...... 147 Control ...... 190 Wheels Off Light ...... 147 Identification Number (VIN) . . . 383 Alignment and Tire Balance . . 339 Traction Control/Electronic Load Limits ...... 200 Different Size ...... 337 Stability Control ...... 229 Messages ...... 157 Replacement ...... 339 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-11349262) - 2018 - crc - 6/21/17

Index 423

When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 335 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 102 Wi-Fi ...... 403 Windows ...... 56 Power ...... 56 Windshield Replacement ...... 304 Wiper/Washer ...... 123 Winter Driving ...... 198 Winter Tires ...... 321 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 303 Wipers Rear Washer ...... 125 Wireless Charging ...... 129 18_GMC_Yukon_YukonDenalli_COV_en_US_84016524A_2017JUN23.ai 1 6/21/2017 8:13:42 AM 2018 Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner’s Manual

K

84016524 A